Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File No. 0-5965

 

 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   36-2723087

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

50 South La Salle Street

Chicago, Illinois

  60603
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 630-6000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered

Common Stock, $1.66    2 3 Par Value   The NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “accelerated filer”, large “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨       Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock as of June 28, 2013 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), based upon the last sale price of the Common Stock at June 28, 2013 as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market, held by non-affiliates was approximately $13.9 billion. Determination of stock ownership by non-affiliates was made solely for the purpose of responding to this requirement and the registrant is not bound by this determination for any other purpose.

At February 18, 2014, 237,309,755 shares of Common Stock, $1.66 2/3 par value, were outstanding.

Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference:

2013 Annual Report to Stockholders—Part I, Part II and Part IV

Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders—Part III

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Northern Trust Corporation

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

         Page  

PART I

    

Item 1

 

Business

     1   
 

Supplemental Item—Executive Officers of the Registrant

     29   

Item 1A

 

Risk Factors

     29   

Item 1B

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     41   

Item 2

 

Properties

     42   

Item 3

 

Legal Proceedings

     42   

Item 4

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     42   

PART II

    

Item 5

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     43   

Item 6

 

Selected Financial Data

     43   

Item 7

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     43   

Item 7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     43   

Item 8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     44   

Item 9

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     44   

Item 9A

 

Controls and Procedures

     44   

Item 9B

 

Other Information

     44   

PART III

    

Item 10

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     45   

Item 11

 

Executive Compensation

     45   

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     45   

Item 13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     45   

Item 14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     45   

PART IV

    

Item 15

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     46   

Item 15(a)(1) and (2)

 

Northern Trust Corporation and Subsidiaries List of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

     46   

Item 15(a)(3)

 

Exhibits

     46   

Signatures

     47   


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1—Business

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation) is a financial holding company that is a leading provider of asset servicing, fund administration, asset management, fiduciary and banking solutions for corporations, institutions, families and individuals worldwide. The Corporation conducts business through various U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including The Northern Trust Company (Bank). The Corporation was originally formed as a holding company for the Bank in 1971. The Corporation has a network of offices in 18 U.S. states, Washington, D.C., and 18 international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region. At December 31, 2013, the Corporation had consolidated total assets of $102.9 billion and stockholders’ equity of $7.9 billion.

The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in Chicago and the Corporation’s principal subsidiary. Founded in 1889, the Bank conducts its business through its U.S. operations and its various U.S. and non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had consolidated assets of $102.7 billion and common bank equity capital of $7.1 billion.

The Corporation expects that, although the operations of other banking and non-banking subsidiaries will continue to be of increasing significance, the Bank will in the foreseeable future continue to be the major source of the Corporation’s consolidated assets, revenues, and net income. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Northern Trust” refers to Northern Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

BUSINESS UNITS

Northern Trust focuses on servicing and managing client assets through its two primary business units: Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to Wealth Management and C&IS clients primarily by a third business unit, Asset Management. Northern Trust emphasizes quality through a high level of service complemented by the effective use of technology, delivered by a fourth business unit, Operations & Technology (O&T).

Financial information regarding the Corporation and its business units is included in the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders. In particular, for a discussion of significant developments in the business of the Corporation, and the impact on the financial results of the Corporation and its business units for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, you are urged to review the section entitled “Consolidated Results of Operations” on pages 12-20 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The following is a brief summary of each business unit’s activities.

Corporate & Institutional Services

C&IS is a leading global provider of asset servicing, brokerage, banking and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: global master trust and custody; fund administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment risk and analytical services; securities lending; foreign exchange; cash management; treasury management; brokerage services; and transition management services. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region. At December 31, 2013, total C&IS assets under custody were $5.1 trillion and assets under management were $662.7 billion.

 

1


Table of Contents

Wealth Management

Wealth Management provides trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. Wealth Management also includes the Global Family Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million.

Wealth Management is one of the largest providers of advisory services in the United States, with $496.0 billion in assets under custody and $221.8 billion in assets under management at December 31, 2013. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi.

Asset Management

Asset Management, through the Corporation’s various subsidiaries, provides a broad range of asset management and related services and other products to clients around the world, including clients of C&IS and Wealth Management. Clients include institutional and individual separately managed accounts, bank common and collective funds, registered investment companies, exchange traded funds, non-U.S. collective investment funds, and unregistered private investment funds. Asset Management offers both active and passive equity and fixed income portfolio management, as well as alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds) and multi-manager advisory services and products. Asset Management’s activities also include overlay services and other risk management services. Asset Management’s business operates internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements.

Operations & Technology

O&T supports all of Northern Trust’s business activities, including the processing and product management activities of C&IS, Wealth Management, and Asset Management. These activities are conducted principally in the operations and technology centers in Chicago, London, and Bangalore.

COMPETITION

The businesses in which Northern Trust operates are very competitive. Competition is provided by both unregulated and regulated financial services organizations, whose products and services span the local, national, and global markets in which Northern Trust conducts operations.

Northern Trust’s principal business strategy is to provide quality financial services to targeted market segments in which it believes it has a competitive advantage and favorable growth prospects. As part of this strategy, Northern Trust seeks to deliver a level of service that distinguishes it from its competitors. In addition, Northern Trust emphasizes the development and growth of recurring sources of fee-based income and is one of a select group of major bank holding companies in the United States that generates more revenues from fee-based services than from net interest income. Northern Trust seeks to develop and expand its recurring fee-based revenue by identifying selected markets with good growth characteristics and providing a high level of individualized service to clients in those markets. Northern Trust also seeks to preserve its asset quality through established credit review procedures and to maintain a conservative balance sheet. Finally, Northern Trust seeks to operate with a strong management team that includes senior officers having broad experience and long tenures.

Commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions actively compete for deposits, and money market funds and investment banking firms offer deposit-like services. These institutions, as well as consumer and commercial finance companies, national retail chains, factors, insurance companies, and pension trusts, are important competitors for various types of loans. Issuers of commercial paper compete actively for funds and reduce demand for bank loans. For personal and corporate trust services and investment counseling services, trust companies, investment banking firms, insurance companies, investment counseling firms, and others offer active competition.

 

2


Table of Contents

GOVERNMENT MONETARY AND FISCAL POLICIES

The earnings of Northern Trust are affected by numerous external influences. Chief among these are general economic conditions, both domestic and international, and actions that governments and their central banks take in managing their economies. These general conditions affect all of Northern Trust’s businesses, as well as the quality, value, and profitability of their loan and investment portfolios.

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) is an important regulator of U.S. economic conditions and has the general objective of promoting orderly economic growth in the United States. The Federal Reserve Board accomplishes this objective by its open market operations in United States Government securities, its setting of the discount rate at which member banks may borrow from Federal Reserve Banks, and its changes in the reserve requirements for deposits. The policies adopted by the Federal Reserve Board may strongly influence interest rates and hence what banks earn on their loans and investments and what they pay on their savings and time deposits and other purchased funds.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The laws and regulations that govern our activities are complex. Legislators and regulators frequently revise existing laws and regulations and adopt new ones. It is likely that the regulatory and supervisory requirements governing our banking activities will change during the course of the year. The following describes some of the principal laws and regulations that currently apply to the Corporation, the Bank, and our other affiliates.

Financial Holding Company Regulation

Under U.S. law, the Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHCA). Consequently, the Corporation and its business activities throughout the world are subject to the supervision, examination, and regulation of the Federal Reserve Board. The BHCA and other federal laws subject bank and financial holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage and to a range of supervisory requirements, including enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Supervision and regulation of bank holding companies, financial holding companies, and their subsidiaries are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and other clients of banking subsidiaries, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and the banking system as a whole, not for the protection of stockholders or other non-depository creditors.

Under the BHCA, bank holding companies and their banking subsidiaries are generally limited to the business of banking and activities closely related or incidental to banking. As a financial holding company, the Corporation is permitted to engage in other activities that the Federal Reserve Board, working with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to an activity that is financial in nature, or complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally, or to acquire shares of companies engaged in such activities. Activities defined to be financial in nature include: providing financial or investment advice; securities underwriting and dealing; insurance underwriting; and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies, subject to significant limitations. They also include activities previously determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The Corporation may not, however, directly or indirectly acquire the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company or a bank, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

In order to maintain the Corporation’s status as a financial holding company, each of the Corporation’s insured depository institution subsidiaries must remain “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” under applicable regulations, and must have received at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). In addition, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act’s (as defined and discussed

 

3


Table of Contents

further below) amendment of the BHCA, the Corporation must also be and remain “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” in order to maintain its status as a financial holding company. Failure to meet one or more of these requirements would mean, depending on the requirements not met, that the Corporation could not undertake new activities, continue certain activities, or make acquisitions other than those permitted generally for bank holding companies.

Subsidiary Regulation

The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, its deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum authorized limit, and it is subject to regulation by both these agencies. As an Illinois banking corporation, the Bank is also subject to Illinois state laws and regulations and to examination and supervision by the Division of Banking of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation. The Bank is registered as a government securities dealer in accordance with the Government Securities Act of 1986. As a government securities dealer, its activities are subject to the rules and regulations of the Department of the Treasury. The Bank is also registered as a transfer agent with the Federal Reserve Board and is therefore subject to the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board in this area.

The Bank also is provisionally registered with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) under the Commodity Exchange Act and is therefore subject to the rules and regulations of the CFTC applicable to swap dealers. Certain of our other affiliates are registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor or commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and are subject to that act and the associated rules and regulations of the CFTC.

The Corporation’s nonbanking affiliates are all subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board. Its broker-dealer subsidiary is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, subject to the rules and regulations of both of these bodies. Several subsidiaries of the Corporation are registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and are subject to that act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Other subsidiaries are regulated by state banking departments in various states. The Bank and other subsidiaries of the Corporation act as investment advisers to several mutual funds and other asset managers which are subject to regulation by the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Non-U.S. Regulation

The increasingly important activities of the Bank’s branches and subsidiaries outside the United States are subject to regulation by a number of non-U.S. regulatory agencies. For example, branches and subsidiaries conducting banking, fund administration and asset servicing businesses in the United Kingdom are authorized to do so pursuant to the UK Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 or are otherwise subject to regulation by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). The PRA and FCA exercise broad supervisory and disciplinary powers that include the power to temporarily or permanently revoke authorization to conduct a regulated business upon breach of the relevant regulations, suspend registered employees, and impose censures and fines on both regulated businesses and their regulated employees.

On June 8, 2011, the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union approved the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD). On July 22, 2013, the AIFMD entered into force via implementing legislation in EU member states. The AIFMD and its implementing legislation impose new regulatory requirements on covered alternative investment fund managers that are located or market fund interests in the EU, including regulations regarding risk management and valuation functions, leverage limits, custodial requirements, and investor disclosures. The EU is also in the process of implementing several other new regulations that may affect our operations such as the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR). EMIR came into effect on August 16, 2012, and regulates over-the-counter derivatives markets in the EU. EMIR imposes several new regulations relating to common rules for central counterparties, reporting and clearing obligations of parties to the over-the-counter market, and counterparty credit risk. The Bank is working diligently to comply with the AIFMD, EMIR, and other EU rules and regulations. Given the continuing implementation process of these regulations, the Bank cannot determine the impact of such new regulations on the Bank’s operations at this time.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Additionally, the Bank’s and the Corporation’s subsidiary banks located outside the U.S. are subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. As of December 31, 2013, each of our non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements.

Functional Regulation

Federal banking law has established a system of federal and state supervision and regulation based on functional regulation, meaning that primary regulatory oversight for a particular activity generally resides with the federal or state regulator designated as having the principal responsibility for that activity. Banking is supervised by federal and state banking regulators, insurance by state insurance regulators, derivatives and swaps activities by the CFTC, and securities activities by the SEC and state securities regulators.

A significant component of the functional regulation relates to the application of federal securities laws and SEC oversight of some bank securities activities. Generally, banks may conduct securities activities without broker-dealer registration only if the activities fall within a set of activity-based exemptions designed to allow banks to conduct only those activities traditionally considered to be primarily banking or trust activities. Securities activities outside these exemptions, as a practical matter, need to be conducted by a registered broker-dealer affiliate. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires the registration of any bank or separately identifiable division of the bank that acts as investment adviser for mutual funds.

Another component of the functional regulation relates to the application of federal commodity and derivatives laws and CFTC oversight of some bank commodity and derivatives activities, including swap dealing activities. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act (as defined and discussed further below), the Bank has provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer and therefore may engage in swap dealing activity above a de minimis notional threshold established for swap dealing with U.S. counterparties.

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) is having a broad impact on the financial services industry and imposes significant new regulatory and compliance requirements, including the imposition of increased capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council (FSOC), the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and the FDIC.

The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are most relevant to the Corporation and its banking subsidiaries, including the Bank.

Heightened Prudential Requirements . The Dodd-Frank Act imposes heightened prudential requirements on U.S. bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets, including the Corporation. The heightened prudential standards include more stringent risk-based capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, and stress testing requirements and single counterparty credit limits for large bank holding companies, including the Corporation. The Federal Reserve Board also has the discretion to require these large U.S. bank holding companies to limit their short-term debt, to issue contingent capital instruments, and to provide enhanced public disclosures. The Federal Reserve Board has proposed rules that would implement aggregate credit exposure limits and early remediation requirements that are required to be established under sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act, but these proposed rules have not yet been finalized. The Federal Reserve Board has issued final rules implementing heightened prudential standards for more stringent risk-based capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, and stress testing requirements. Under the final rules, U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, including the Corporation, must implement heightened prudential standards. More specifically, the Corporation must submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board, be subject to supervisor-conducted periodic stress tests to evaluate

 

5


Table of Contents

capital adequacy in adverse economic conditions, conduct capital stress tests, implement enhanced risk management procedures, comply with a liquidity risk management framework, conduct liquidity stress tests, and hold a buffer of liquid assets estimated to meet funding needs during a financial stress event.

Resolution Planning . As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC have jointly issued a final rule that requires certain organizations, including each BHC with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, to submit periodically to regulators a resolution plan for its rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. In addition, the FDIC has issued a final rule that requires insured depository institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets, such as the Bank, to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. The rule requires these insured institutions to submit a resolution plan that will enable the FDIC, as receiver, to resolve the bank in a manner that ensures that depositors receive access to their insured deposits within one business day of the institution’s failure, maximizes the net-present-value return from the sale or disposition of its assets, and minimizes the amount of any loss to be realized by the institution’s creditors. The final rule also sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the strategies for achieving the least costly resolution, and analyses of the financial company’s organization, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. The Corporation’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that our depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from our other subsidiaries. The Corporation and the Bank submitted a single resolution plan that complies with these rules in December 2013.

Mortgage Loan Origination and Risk Retention . The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks and thrifts. Most significantly, the new standards prohibit the Corporation’s subsidiaries from making a residential mortgage loan without verifying a borrower’s ability to repay, limit the total points and fees that the Corporation’s subsidiaries and/or a mortgage broker may charge on certain mortgage loans to 3% of the total loan amount, and prohibit certain prepayment penalty practices. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act, in conjunction with the Federal Reserve Board’s final rule on loan originator compensation, prohibits certain compensation payments to loan originators and steering consumers to loans not in their interest because it will result in greater compensation for a loan originator. These standards will result in a myriad of new system, pricing, and compensation controls in order to ensure compliance and to decrease repurchase requests and foreclosure defenses.

Proprietary Trading and Certain Relationships with Hedge Funds and Private Equity Funds . The Dodd-Frank Act adopts the so-called “Volcker Rule” which, subject to a two-year transition period and certain exceptions, became effective on July 21, 2012 and prohibits a banking entity from engaging in “proprietary trading,” which is defined as engaging as principal for the “trading account” of the banking entity in securities or other instruments, as determined by federal regulators. Certain forms of proprietary trading may qualify as “permitted activities,” and thus not be subject to the ban on proprietary trading, such as “market-making-related activities”, “risk-mitigating hedging activities”, and trading in U.S. government or agency obligations, certain other U.S., state or municipal obligations, and the obligations of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. Additionally, subject to a transition period and certain exceptions, the rule restricts a banking entity from sponsoring or investing in certain private funds. While a banking entity may “organize and offer” certain private funds if certain conditions are met, it may not acquire or retain an equity partnership or other ownership interest in such private funds except for certain limited investments. A banking entity that sponsors or invests in certain private funds is also restricted from providing credit or other support to the fund or permitting the fund to use the name of the bank.

In October 2011, the OCC, Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and the SEC, in consultation with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), jointly released a notice of proposed rulemaking implementing the Volcker Rule limitations of the Dodd-Frank Act. After extensive comment from the banking industry, consumer groups, and others, on December 10, 2013, the OCC, Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the SEC, and the CFTC issued the final Volcker Rule. That same day, the regulatory agencies extended the conformance period for compliance with the final rule until July 21, 2015.

 

6


Table of Contents

The final rule bans proprietary trading subject to exceptions for market making, hedging, certain trading activities in U.S. and foreign sovereign debt, certain trading activities of non-U.S. banking entities trading outside the United States, and trading activities related to liquidity management. The final rule also maintains the ban on sponsoring or investing in certain “covered funds,” such as hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rule requires large banking entities, including the Corporation, to implement a detailed compliance program, and on an annual basis requires the Chief Executive Officer of the banking entity to attest that the compliance program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the rule. In light of the complexity of the final regulation, the uncertain implementation of the final rule, and the possible regulatory and legislative changes to the final rule, the Corporation cannot fully assess the impact of the Volcker Rule on its business at this time.

Swaps and Other Derivatives . Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act (Title VII) imposes a new regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting, and recordkeeping. In addition, certain swaps and other derivatives activities are required to be “pushed out” of insured depository institutions and conducted in separately capitalized non-bank affiliates. Title VII also will require certain persons to register as a “major swap participant”, a “swap dealer”, a “major-security-based swap participant” or a “security-based swap dealer.” The CFTC and SEC have finalized joint rules further defining these entities, and the CFTC, SEC and other U.S. regulators are in the process of adopting regulations to implement Title VII. The CFTC has also finalized many rules applicable to swap dealers and other swap market participants including business conduct standards for swap dealers, reporting and recordkeeping, mandatory central clearing for certain swaps, exchange-trading rules applicable to swaps, and regulatory requirements for cross-border swap activities. It is anticipated that the CFTC’s ongoing rulemaking process will further clarify other subjects under Title VII, including margin and capital requirements. It is also anticipated that the SEC will continue with its rulemaking process, which will further clarify, among other things, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, the scope of registration requirements, central clearing requirements, and exchange-traded requirements for security-based swaps. Rules have also been issued to enhance the oversight of clearing and trading entities. The CFTC and SEC have yet to complete the implementation of Title VII, and the complete regulatory framework for swaps and security-based swaps continues to develop.

Consumer Financial Protection . The Dodd-Frank Act established a new independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) within the Federal Reserve System. The CFPB is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing financial products and services offered to consumers. For banking organizations with assets of $10 billion or more, including the Bank, the CFPB has exclusive rule making and examination, and primary enforcement, authority under federal consumer financial laws. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB. This new federal and state regulatory framework may result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries in respect of consumer financial products and services, with potentially significant increases in compliance costs.

Incentive Compensation Arrangements . The Dodd-Frank Act requires federal regulators to prescribe regulations or guidelines regarding incentive-based compensation practices at certain large financial institutions. On April 14, 2011, federal regulators including the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC, issued a proposed rule which, among other things, would require certain executive officers of covered financial institutions with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, including the Corporation, to defer at least 50% of their annual incentive-based compensation for a minimum of three years. No final rule has been issued to date.

The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to be implemented pursuant to regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with future regulatory actions, the full impact such requirements will have on the Corporation’s operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries, require changes to certain of the Corporation’s business practices, impose upon the Corporation more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage

 

7


Table of Contents

requirements, and could adversely affect certain of the Corporation’s business activities. These changes may also require the Corporation and its subsidiaries to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new requirements.

Holding Company Support and Cross-Guarantees under the FDIA

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA), when two or more insured depository institutions are under common control, each of those depository institutions may be liable for any loss incurred, or expected to be incurred, by the FDIC in connection with the default of any of the others. Each also may be liable for any assistance the FDIC provides to the other institutions. “Default” means the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution.

The Dodd-Frank Act amends the FDIA to obligate the Federal Reserve Board to require bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies to serve as a source of financial strength for any subsidiary depository institution. The appropriate federal banking agency for such a depository institution may require reports from companies that control the insured depository institution to assess their ability to serve as a source of strength and to enforce compliance with the source-of-strength requirements. The term “source of financial strength” is defined as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress at such subsidiaries. Under this requirement, the Corporation in the future could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should the Bank experience financial distress. To date no final regulations have been adopted.

This cross-guarantee liability for a loss at a commonly controlled institution would be subordinated in right of payment to deposit liabilities, secured obligations, any other general or senior liability, and any obligation subordinated to depositors or other general creditors, other than obligations owed to any affiliate of the depository institution (with certain exceptions).

Payment of Dividends

The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. A significant source of funds for the Corporation is dividends from the Bank. As a result, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will depend on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Corporation in amounts sufficient to service its obligations. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to Illinois law and to regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by various regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulatory restrictions if paying dividends would impair its profitability, financial condition or cash flow requirements.

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy statement provides that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Accordingly, without Federal Reserve Board approval, a bank holding company cannot pay cash dividends that exceed its net income, and cash dividends cannot be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing.

Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Corporation without regulatory approval. Approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required for payment of any dividend by a state chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its retained net income (as defined by regulatory agencies) for that year combined with its retained net income for the preceding two years. In addition, a state member bank may not pay a dividend in an amount greater than its “undivided profits,” as defined, without regulatory and stockholder approval.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Bank is also prohibited under federal law from paying any dividends if the Bank is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividends would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a bank or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III (as defined and discussed further below) impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Additionally, Federal Reserve Board regulations require every bank holding company domiciled in the U.S. that has $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, including the Corporation, to submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis. The Federal Reserve evaluates an institution’s plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or repurchasing or redeeming stock, as part of the capital plan reviews. In some cases, such as when an institution’s capital plan has been rejected by the Federal Reserve, the institution is required to receive approval from the Federal Reserve before making capital distributions. The Corporation submitted its capital plan as a part of the Federal Reserve’s 2013 Capital Plan Review (CapPR), and the Federal Reserve did not object to the Corporation’s plan. The Corporation submitted its capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2014 as part of the Federal Reserve’s 2014 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR).

Capital Adequacy Requirements

The regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies (including the Bank and the Corporation) are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. The final supervisory determination on an institution’s capital adequacy is based on the regulator’s assessment of numerous factors.

The Federal Reserve Board has established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines for bank holding companies, including the Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, the risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel I, are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board. As discussed further below, the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted new risk-based capital guidelines for “core banks,” including the Corporation, based upon the Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (Basel II) issued by the Basel Committee in November 2005. Additionally, on July 2, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies introduced new capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules designed to implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee published in December 2010 and revised in June 2011 (Basel III). These Basel III rules will come into effect between January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2019.

Under the existing Basel I-based guidelines, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (which are primarily the credit risk equivalents of balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit, but also include a nominal market risk equivalent balance related to foreign exchange and debt/equity trading activities) is eight percent. At least half of the total capital must be composed of tier 1 capital, which includes common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and, for bank holding companies only, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of trust preferred securities), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other disallowed intangibles, and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items. The Federal Reserve Board also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio for bank holding companies, requiring tier 1 capital of at least four percent (unless the institution is ranked a composite 1 under the CAMELS rating system) of average quarterly total consolidated assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

 

9


Table of Contents

The federal banking regulators have also established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines that FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, are required to meet. These regulations are generally similar to those established by the Federal Reserve Board for bank holding companies. The Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios remained strong at December 31, 2013 and were well above the minimum regulatory requirements established by U.S. banking regulators. The risk-based and leverage capital ratios for the Corporation and the Bank, together with the regulatory minimum ratios and the ratios required for classification as “well-capitalized,” are provided in the following chart.

 

     Risk-Based and Leverage Capital Ratios as of
December 31, 2013
 
     Tier 1
Capital
    Total
Capital
    Tier 1
Leverage

Ratio
 

Northern Trust Corporation

     13.4     15.8     7.9

The Northern Trust Company

     11.5     14.3     6.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum required ratio

     4.0     8.0     3.0 or 4.0

“Well-capitalized” minimum ratio

     6.0     10.0     5.0

As mentioned above, we are also subject to the Basel II framework for risk-based capital adequacy. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have issued final rules with respect to implementation of the Basel II framework. Under the final Basel II rules, the Corporation is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations. The rules require core banking organizations to have rigorous processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy.

In order to implement the rules, a core banking organization, such as the Corporation, is required to (and the Corporation did) adopt an implementation plan and must satisfactorily complete a parallel run, in which it calculates capital requirements under both the Basel II rules and regulations effective prior to the adoption of Basel II. In the U.S., the Corporation entered the parallel run in April 2010. The Corporation’s U.K., Guernsey and Canadian entities subject to Basel II rules have already adopted the standardized approach for credit risk and the basic indicator approach for operational risk in calculating minimum regulatory capital requirements.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board issued final rules implementing Basel III in the United States. Under these rules, when fully phased-in, banking organizations will be required to satisfy four risk-based capital ratios:

 

    A common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%;

 

    A tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0%;

 

    A total capital ratio of at least 8.0%; and

 

    A leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. Advanced approaches institutions, such as the Corporation, will also be subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3.0%.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s implementation in the final Basel III rules of a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, we are subject to a capital floor that is based on the Basel III standardized approach. We will therefore be required to calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both the standardized and advanced approaches, and will be subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios as calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.

On February 21, 2014, the Corporation was notified by the Federal Reserve Board that both the Corporation and the Bank would be permitted to exit parallel run. Accordingly, the Corporation and the Bank are required to use the advanced approaches methodologies to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Current results from the parallel run of the risk-based capital framework have demonstrated that the use of the advanced approaches methodologies, inclusive of commitments we provided to the Federal Reserve regarding our approach to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, has not resulted in common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital or total risk-based capital ratios falling below the levels required for categorization as “well-capitalized.” These results show that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio as calculated under the advanced approaches methodologies would have been 11.6% on a fully phased-in basis, while the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the standardized approach would have been 11.1% on a fully phased-in basis.

Basel III also introduces a capital conservation buffer, requiring banking organizations to hold a buffer of common equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of its total risk-weighted assets. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of

 

10


Table of Contents

economic stress. Banking organizations with a tier 1 common equity ratio above the minimum but below the conservation buffer may face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of such shortfall. Basel III also introduces a “countercyclical buffer” of 0% to 2.5% of a banking organization’s total risk-weighted assets for advanced approaches banking organizations, such as the Corporation, which is intended to create a capital buffer for such banking organizations during expansionary economic phases in order to protect against declines in asset prices if credit conditions weaken. In general, the amount of the countercyclical capital buffer is a weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer established in the various jurisdictions in which the banking organization has credit exposures.

The U.S.’s implementation of Basel III has increased the minimum capital thresholds for banking organizations and tightened the standards for what qualifies as capital. In October 2013, the U.S. banking agencies proposed a rule that would introduce quantitative liquidity requirements in the U.S. for large banking organizations, such as the Corporation and the Bank. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries is currently being reviewed. At this point we cannot determine the ultimate effect these final and proposed regulations would have upon our earnings or financial position. However, we believe our capital strength, balance sheet and business model leave us well positioned for the U.S. implementation of Basel III.

Prompt Corrective Action

Under the FDIA, the federal banking agencies must take “prompt corrective action” against undercapitalized U.S. banking institutions. U.S. banking institutions are assigned one of five capital categories: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized,” and are subjected to different regulation corresponding to the capital category within which the institution falls. A banking institution is deemed to be “well-capitalized” if the banking institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. A banking institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the Bank to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including: termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, restrictions on certain business activities, and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation and the Bank exceeded the required capital ratios for classification as “well-capitalized.”

As noted above, on December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board requested comment on a proposed rule to implement requirements in Section 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act to establish stricter prudential standards for U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. The proposed rule incorporates the Section 166 “early remediation requirements”. Similar to prompt corrective action, the early remediation requirements would require firms subject to the proposal to take increasingly stringent corrective measures as the firm’s financial condition deteriorates. Triggers for remediation include capital levels, stress test results, and risk management weaknesses. No final rule implementing Section 166 has been issued to date.

Examination and Enforcement Powers of the Federal Banking Agencies

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory system is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banks. To that end, the banking regulators have broad regulatory, examination, and enforcement powers, including the power to issue cease and desist orders, impose substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, terminate deposit insurance and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Corporation and its banking subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money penalties. The appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of unsafe or unsound circumstances exist.

 

11


Table of Contents

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency. Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject the Bank, the Corporation, and other subsidiaries of the Corporation, or their officers, directors, and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

FDIC-insured banks, including the Corporation’s bank subsidiaries, are subject to restrictions under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (as implemented by Regulation W), which govern transactions between FDIC-insured banks and any affiliated entity, whether that entity is the bank’s parent holding company, a holding company affiliate of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank. Regulation W restrictions apply to certain “covered transactions,” including extensions of credit, issuance of guarantees, investments or asset purchases. In general, these restrictions require that any extensions of credit must be fully secured with qualifying collateral and are limited, as to any one of the Corporation or such non-bank affiliates, to 10% of the lending bank’s capital stock and surplus, and, as to the Corporation and all such non-bank affiliates in the aggregate, to 20% of such lending bank’s capital stock and surplus. These restrictions are also applied to transactions between banks and their financial subsidiaries. Furthermore, these transactions must be on terms and conditions that are, or in good faith would be, offered to nonaffiliated companies (i.e., at arm’s length).

The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements, and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The definition of “affiliate” was expanded to include any investment fund to which the Corporation or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser. The ability of the Federal Reserve Board to grant exemptions from these restrictions was also narrowed, including by requiring coordination with other bank regulators. In addition, the provision in Section 23A that had permitted a bank to engage in covered transactions with a financial subsidiary of the bank in an amount greater than 10% (but less than 20%) of the bank’s capital and surplus has been eliminated.

The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all federally insured institutions. These restrictions include, among others, limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans (including credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements) to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions. The Dodd-Frank Act enhanced these restrictions and also imposed restrictions on the purchase or sale of assets between banking institutions and insiders.

Anti-Money Laundering, Anti-Terrorism Legislation, and Office of Foreign Assets Control

Under federal law, including the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act, financial institutions (including insured depository institutions, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions) must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and client identification in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. clients. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

 

12


Table of Contents

The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is responsible for requiring that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If the Corporation or the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, the Corporation or the Bank must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Many other countries have imposed similar laws and regulations that apply to the Corporation’s non-U.S. offices. The Corporation has established policies and procedures to comply with these laws and the related regulations in all relevant jurisdictions.

Deposit Insurance and Assessments

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits.

FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators, the institution’s capital levels and other risk measures.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits effective September 30, 2020, eliminated the upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, and eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. On December 14, 2010, the FDIC raised the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF to 2%, where it remains today. The ratio is higher than the minimum reserve ratio of 1.35% as set by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The FDIC has implemented a revised rule on Assessments, Dividends, Assessment Base and Large Bank Pricing. The final rule, mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, changes the deposit insurance assessment system from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Because the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the prior assessment base, the rule’s assessment rates are lower than the previous rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. In addition, the rule adopts a “scorecard” assessment scheme for larger banks and suspends dividend payments if the DIF reserve ratio exceeds 1.5% but provides for decreasing assessment rates when the DIF reserve ratio reaches certain thresholds. The rule further reduces the assessment base for custodial banks by the daily or weekly average of a certain amount of low-risk assets (i.e., assets with a Basel risk weighting of 0%, regardless of maturity, plus 50% of assets with a Basel risk weighting of 20%, again regardless of maturity) subject to the limitation that the daily or weekly average value of these assets cannot exceed the daily or weekly average value of those deposits classified as transaction accounts and identified by the institution as being directly linked to a fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping account. The rule identifies custodial banks as insured depository institutions with previous calendar year-end trust assets (i.e., fiduciary and custody and safekeeping assets) of at least $50 billion or those insured depository institutions that derived more than 50% of their revenue (interest income plus non-interest income) from trust activity over the previous calendar year. Under the rule, the Bank will pay slightly lower assessments to the DIF than under the previous system.

Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the DIF as well as the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act may result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce the profitability of or otherwise negatively impact the Bank.

 

13


Table of Contents

Interstate Banking and Branching

The Dodd-Frank Act amends the BHCA to require a bank holding company seeking approval to acquire shares of a bank located outside of the bank holding company’s home state to be well-capitalized and well-managed. Similarly, the Dodd-Frank Act amends the Bank Merger Act to require that the surviving bank in an interstate merger transaction be well-capitalized and well-managed.

In addition, national banks and state banks with different home states are permitted to merge across state lines, with the approval of the appropriate federal banking agency, unless the home state of a participating banking institution passed legislation prior to June 1, 1997 that expressly prohibits interstate mergers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national bank or a state bank, with the approval of its regulator, to open a branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank were a bank chartered in that state.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to the CRA. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering applications to establish branches, merger applications, and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. Federal banking agencies are required to make public the rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of its bank subsidiaries is reviewed by federal banking agencies in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or thrift or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. The Bank received an “outstanding” CRA rating from its regulator in its most recent CRA examination.

In October 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, the federal regulator responsible for monitoring the Bank’s CRA compliance, approved the designation of the Bank as a “wholesale bank.” As a result of this redesignation, the Bank now fulfills its CRA obligations by making qualified investments for the purposes of community development, rather than retail CRA loans.

In addition, federal law requires the disclosure of agreements reached with community groups that relate to the CRA, and contains various other provisions designed to improve the delivery of financial services to consumers while maintaining an appropriate level of safety in the financial services industry. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank is not a party to any such agreements.

Privacy and Security

Federal law establishes a minimum federal standard of financial privacy by, among other provisions, requiring financial institutions to adopt and disclose privacy policies with respect to consumer information and setting forth certain limitations on disclosure to third parties of consumer information. The Corporation has adopted and disseminated its privacy policies pursuant to law. Regulations adopted under the federal law set standards for protecting the security, confidentiality and integrity of client information, and require notice to regulators, and in some cases, to clients, in the event of security breaches. A number of states have adopted their own statutes concerning financial privacy and security and requiring notification of security breaches.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

In addition to the laws and regulations discussed above, the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries are also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with clients and monitor account activity when taking deposits, making loans to or engaging in other types of transactions with such clients. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to

 

14


Table of Contents

substantial penalties, operating restrictions and reputational damage to the financial institution. The creation of the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to lead to enhanced and strengthened enforcement of consumer financial protection laws.

Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those listed above.

Money Market Mutual Funds

On June 5, 2013, the SEC proposed a rule regarding money market mutual funds (MMMF) reform. The SEC proposal set forth two alternative methods of reform, either requiring MMMFs to transact at a “floating” net asset value per share or imposing a liquidity fee if a MMMF’s liquidity level fell below a specified threshold and permitting a fund to temporarily suspend redemptions. The comment period for these alternative proposals closed on September 17, 2013. No final rule has been issued to date. Because of the uncertainty as to whether the SEC will issue final rules and what the final rules will require, the Corporation and the Bank cannot fully evaluate such reforms’ impact to their business at this time.

Future Legislation

Federal, state, local and non-U.S. legislators and regulators regularly introduce measures or take actions that would modify the regulatory requirements applicable to banks, their holding companies and their affiliates. Such legislation may change the banking statutes and the operating environment of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in substantial and unpredictable ways. Northern Trust cannot determine the ultimate effect that future legislation or implementing regulations might have upon its financial condition or results of operations.

STAFF

Northern Trust employed approximately 14,800 full-time equivalent officers and staff members as of December 31, 2013.

STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES

The following statistical disclosures, included in the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Schedule

   2013
Annual
Report
Page(s)
 

Ratios

     10   

Non-U.S. Outstandings

     42-43   

Nonperforming Assets and 90 Day Past Due Loans

     44   

Average Balance Sheet with Analysis of Net Interest Income

     120-121   

Additional statistical information on a consolidated basis is set forth below. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods’ financial information to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

15


Table of Contents

Remaining Maturity and Average Yield of Securities Held to Maturity and Available for Sale

(Yield calculated on amortized cost and presented on a taxable equivalent basis giving effect to the applicable federal and state tax rates)

 

     December 31, 2013  
     One Year or Less     One to Five Years     Five to Ten Years     Over Ten Years    

Average

Maturity

 
($ in Millions)    Book      Yield     Book      Yield     Book      Yield     Book      Yield    

Securities Held to Maturity

                    

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

   $ 108.6         4.09   $ 101.7         4.43   $ 14.9         4.97   $ —           —       39 mos.   

Government Sponsored Agency

     10.1         2.52        14.7         2.71        3.3         4.02        7.8         4.83        66 mos.   

Other —Fixed

     885.2         0.29        1,134.7         0.91        7.9         3.96        27.1         4.04        21 mos.   

  —Floating

     6.0         1.25        3.8         1.47        —           —          —           —          8 mos.   

Total Securities Held to Maturity

   $ 1,009.9         0.73   $ 1,254.9         1.22   $ 26.1         4.54   $ 34.9         4.22     24 mos.   

Securities Available for Sale

                    

U.S. Government

   $ 200.6         0.82   $ 1,717.3         1.23   $ —           —     $ —           —       28 mos.   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     —           —          4.6         6.82        —           —          —           —          22 mos.   

Government Sponsored Agency

     6,706.1         0.56        8,053.4         0.95        1,753.7         1.18        1,014.8         1.56        36 mos.   

Asset-Backed—Fixed

     1,578.2         0.56        649.6         0.72        4.3         5.17        4.4         5.49        10 mos.   

Asset-Backed—Floating

     88.8         0.81        93.0         0.71        21.6         0.84        —           —          23 mos.   

Auction Rate Securities

     —           —          1.4         0.34        1.2         0.63        96.3         1.33        20 mos.   

Other —Fixed

     500.2         1.84        3,678.0         1.44        589.7         1.76        135.4         1.82        40 mos.   

  —Floating

     491.8         0.72        869.9         0.65        123.6         0.57        14.9         0.51        28 mos.   

Total Securities Available for Sale

   $ 9,565.7         0.64   $ 15,067.2         1.07   $ 2,494.1         1.29   $ 1,265.8         1.57     34 mos.   

 

     December 31, 2012  
     One Year or Less     One to Five Years     Five to Ten Years     Over Ten Years    

Average

Maturity

 
($ in Millions)    Book      Yield     Book      Yield     Book      Yield     Book      Yield    

Securities Held to Maturity

                      

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

   $ 117.1         6.30   $ 184.4         6.53   $ 27.8         7.51   $ —           —       43 mos.   

Government Sponsored Agency

     34.9         2.60        58.4         2.53        5.4         3.73        14.2         4.30        47 mos.   

Other —Fixed

     1,876.5         0.21        18.0         2.15        12.2         3.62        24.8         4.28        7 mos.   

  —Floating

     1.0         1.38        7.3         1.39        —           —          —           —          15 mos.   

Total Securities Held to Maturity

   $ 2,029.5         0.60   $ 268.1         5.22   $ 45.4         6.01   $ 39.0         4.29     14 mos.   

Securities Available for Sale

                      

U.S. Government

   $ 750.5         0.29   $ 1,034.1         1.61   $ —           —     $ —           —       24 mos.   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     —           —          14.1         6.82        —           —          —           —          34 mos.   

Government Sponsored Agency

     4,653.1         0.73        12,345.3         0.73        1,276.8         1.18        363.6         1.52        30 mos.   

Asset-Backed—Fixed

     951.9         0.71        1,073.4         0.69        4.1         5.39        6.9         5.44        16 mos.   

Asset-Backed—Floating

     161.9         0.64        147.8         0.74        25.1         0.82        4.8         0.65        22 mos.   

Auction Rate Securities

     —           —          0.7         0.61        2.0         0.86        95.1         1.20        65 mos.   

Other —Fixed

     66.9         1.03        552.2         1.07        214.6         1.51        89.7         1.51        56 mos.   

  —Floating

     866.9         1.09        3,672.8         1.39        215.4         1.65        53.8         1.74        34 mos.   

Total Securities Available for Sale

   $ 7,451.2         0.73   $ 18,840.4         0.92   $ 1,738.0         1.28   $    613.9         1.53     30 mos.   

 

16


Table of Contents

Securities Held to Maturity and Available for Sale

 

                                                                                    
     December 31  
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Securities Held to Maturity

              

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

   $ 225.2       $ 329.3       $ 529.4       $ 635.0       $ 692.6   

Government Sponsored Agency

     35.9         112.9         156.8         169.3         114.6   

Other

     2,064.7         1,939.8         113.0         117.9         103.1   

Total Securities Held to Maturity

   $ 2,325.8       $ 2,382.0       $ 799.2       $ 922.2       $ 910.3   

Securities Available for Sale

              

U.S. Government

   $ 1,917.9       $ 1,784.6       $ 4,029.4       $ 658.4       $ 74.0   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     4.6         14.1         15.8         36.3         47.0   

Government Sponsored Agency

     17,528.0         18,638.8         16,771.4         11,970.7         12,325.4   

Asset-Backed

     2,439.9         2,375.9         1,768.6         1,860.3         1,495.3   

Auction Rate

     98.9         97.8         178.3         367.8         427.7   

Other

     6,403.5         5,732.3         7,429.0         5,008.4         2,903.1   

Total Securities Available for Sale

   $ 28,392.8       $ 28,643.5       $ 30,192.5       $ 19,901.9       $ 17,272.5   

Average Total Securities

   $ 30,819.9       $ 30,893.8       $ 26,406.4       $ 19,859.2       $ 17,357.8   

Total Securities at Year-End

   $ 30,720.3       $ 31,033.5       $ 30,999.7       $ 20,830.9       $ 18,192.7   

Loans and Leases by Type

 

                                                                                    
     December 31  
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Commercial

              

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,375.8       $ 7,468.5       $ 6,918.7       $ 5,914.5       $ 6,312.1   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,955.8         2,859.8         2,981.7         3,242.4         3,213.2   

Lease Financing, net

     975.1         1,035.0         978.8         1,063.7         1,004.4   

Non-U.S.

     954.7         1,192.3         1,057.5         1,046.2         728.5   

Other

     358.6         341.6         417.6         346.6         457.5   

Total Commercial

   $ 12,620.0       $ 12,897.2       $ 12,354.3       $ 11,613.4       $ 11,715.7   

Personal

              

Residential Real Estate

   $ 10,271.3       $ 10,375.2       $ 10,708.9       $ 10,854.9       $ 10,807.7   

Private Client

     6,445.6         6,130.1         5,651.4         5,423.7         5,004.4   

Other

     48.6         102.0         349.3         240.0         277.9   

Total Personal

   $ 16,765.5       $ 16,607.3       $ 16,709.6       $ 16,518.6       $ 16,090.0   

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 29,385.5       $ 29,504.5       $ 29,063.9       $ 28,132.0       $ 27,805.7   

Total U.S.

   $ 28,430.8       $ 28,312.2       $ 28,006.4       $ 27,085.8       $ 27,077.2   

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Remaining Maturity of Selected Loans and Leases

 

     December 31, 2013  
(In Millions)    Total     

One Year

or Less

    

One to

Five

Years

    

Over Five

Years

 

U.S. (Excluding Residential Real Estate and Private Client Loans)

           

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,375.8       $ 4,964.9       $ 1,848.1       $ 562.8   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,955.8         589.0         1,810.6         556.2   

Lease Financing, net

     975.1         114.2         391.4         469.5   

Other-Commercial

     358.6         252.6         106.0         —     

Other-Personal

     48.6         34.3         14.3         —     

Total U.S.

     11,713.9         5,955.0         4,170.4         1,588.5   

Non-U.S.

     954.7         950.6         3.6         .5   

Total Selected Loans and Leases

     12,668.6         6,905.6         4,174.0         1,589.0   

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loans and Leases

           

Fixed Rate

     9,057.2         5,686.2         2,402.0         969.0   

Variable Rate

     3,611.4         1,219.4         1,772.0         620.0   

Total

     12,668.6         6,905.6         4,174.0         1,589.0   

 

18


Table of Contents

Average Deposits by Type

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

U.S. Offices

              

Demand and Noninterest-Bearing

              

Individuals, Partnerships and Corporations

   $ 12,816.4       $ 16,736.5       $ 10,937.7       $ 862.2       $ 778.6   

Correspondent Banks

     71.6         72.8         101.2         86.5         80.5   

Other Noninterest-Bearing

     161.7         118.0         115.7         5,643.6         7,589.7   

Total Demand and Noninterest-Bearing

     13,049.7         16,927.3         11,154.6         6,592.3         8,448.8   

Interest-Bearing

              

Savings and Money Market

     14,533.4         14,101.9         14,297.6         13,049.5         11,162.4   

Savings Certificates less than $100,000

     252.5         300.4         343.0         401.3         478.6   

Savings Certificates $100,000 and more

     968.4         1,149.6         1,352.5         1,706.5         2,298.7   

Other

     881.1         1,545.1         1,909.9         1,596.8         1,101.8   

Total Interest-Bearing

     16,635.4         17,097.0         17,903.0         16,754.1         15,041.5   

Total U.S. Offices

     29,685.1         34,024.3         29,057.6         23,346.4         23,490.3   

Non-U.S. Offices

              

Non Interest-Bearing

     3,572.9         3,251.7         3,415.3         2,268.3         2,578.1   

Interest-Bearing

     42,338.3         37,943.8         39,973.5         29,968.4         27,157.6   

Total Non-U.S. Offices

     45,911.2         41,195.5         43,388.8         32,236.7         29,735.7   

Total Deposits

   $ 75,596.3       $ 75,219.8       $ 72,446.4       $ 55,583.1       $ 53,226.0   

Average Rates Paid on Interest-Related Deposits by Type

 

     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Interest-Related Deposits—U.S. Offices

          

Savings and Money Market

     0.07     0.13     0.18     0.27     0.48

Savings Certificates less than $100,000

     0.56        0.73        0.88        1.23        2.05   

Savings Certificates $100,000 and more

     0.73        0.91        1.03        1.34        2.05   

Other Time

     0.44        0.48        0.56        0.80        1.48   

Total U.S. Offices Interest-Related Deposits

     0.13        0.22        0.30        0.45        0.84   

Total Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Related Deposits

     0.19        0.31        0.44        0.42        0.29   

Total Interest-Related Deposits

     0.18     0.28     0.40     0.43     0.49

Remaining Maturity of Time Deposits $100,000 or More

 

     December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
     U.S. Offices     

Non-U.S.

Offices

     U.S. Offices     

Non-U.S.

Offices

 
(In Millions)   

Certificates

of Deposit

    

Other

Time

       

Certificates

of Deposit

    

Other

Time

    

3 Months or Less

   $ 527.8       $ —         $ 6,493.3       $ 664.1       $ —         $ 7,611.1   

Over 3 through 6 Months

     310.0         —           76.8         547.7         —           31.3   

Over 6 through 12 Months

     564.1         —           19.9         699.5         —           20.4   

Over 12 Months

     226.9         —           2.7         262.5         —           4.7   

Total

   $ 1,628.8       $ —         $ 6,592.7       $ 2,173.8       $ —         $ 7,667.5   

 

19


Table of Contents

Purchased Funds

Federal Funds Purchased

(Overnight Borrowings)

 

                                         
($ in Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance on December 31

   $ 965.1      $ 780.2      $ 815.3   

Highest Month-End Balance

     2,547.5        3,728.7        4,690.2   

Year – Average Balance

     2,255.5        1,619.1        2,250.4   

 – Average Rate

     0.07     0.08     0.08

Average Rate at Year-End

     0.01     0.05     0.06

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

 

                                         
($ in Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance on December 31

   $    917.3      $    699.8      $ 1,198.8   

Highest Month-End Balance

     917.3        699.8        1,479.3   

Year – Average Balance

     594.3        448.1        815.8   

 – Average Rate

     0.07     0.08     0.08

Average Rate at Year-End

     0.01     0.03     0.02

Other Borrowings

(Includes Treasury Investment Program Balances, Term Federal Funds Purchased and Other Short-Term Borrowings)

 

                                         
($ in Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance on December 31

   $ 1,558.6      $ 367.4      $ 931.5   

Highest Month-End Balance

     2,065.3        1,519.7        2,415.5   

Year – Average Balance

     1,804.9        978.7        1,400.6   

 – Average Rate

     0.19     0.41     0.39

Average Rate at Year-End

     0.40     0.00     0.02

Total Purchased Funds

 

                                         
($ in Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Balance on December 31

   $ 3,441.0      $ 1,847.4      $ 2,945.6   

Year – Average Balance

     4,654.7        3,045.9        4,466.8   

 – Average Rate

     0.11     0.18     0.18

 

20


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income

 

     2013/2012     2012/2011  
     Change Due To     Change Due To  

(Interest on a Taxable Equivalent Basis)

(In Millions)

  

Average

Balance

    Rate     Total    

Average

Balance

    Rate     Total  

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income

          

Money Market Assets

          

Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements

   $ 0.3      $ 1.1      $ 1.4      $ —        $ 0.3      $ 0.3   

Time Deposits with Banks

     (5.4     (28.9     (34.3     17.3        (33.7     (16.4

Other Interest-Bearing

     5.8        (0.1     5.7        (14.1     (0.3     (14.4

Securities

          

U.S. Government

     (6.8     1.3        (5.5     6.6        (6.2     0.4   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     (9.1     (0.3     (9.4     (12.3     (0.7     (13.0

Government Sponsored Agency

     (5.7     (9.1     (14.8     29.5        (7.4     22.1   

Other

     20.1        (18.8     1.3        0.9        9.0        9.9   

Loans and Leases

     (8.0     (76.9     (84.9     20.9        (130.1     (109.2

Total

     (8.8     (131.7     (140.5     48.8        (169.1     (120.3

Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense

          

Deposits

          

Savings and Money Market

   $ 0.6      $ (9.2   $ (8.6   $ (0.4   $ (7.3   $ (7.7

Savings Certificates and Other Time

     (6.0     (1.7     (7.7     (4.7     (3.0     (7.7

Non-U.S. Offices Time

     13.6        (50.7     (37.1     (8.9     (48.9     (57.8

Short-Term Borrowings

     2.9        (3.3     (0.4     (2.6     —          (2.6

Senior Notes

     (1.5     3.9        2.4        10.1        (2.5     7.6   

Subordinated Notes

          

Long-Term Debt

     (15.6     (7.6     (23.2     (31.4     (2.9     (34.3

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     —          (0.4     (0.4     —          0.4        0.4   

Total

   $ (6.0   $ (69.0   $ (75.0   $ (37.9   $ (64.2   $ (102.1

Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income

   $ (2.8   $ (62.7   $ (65.5   $ 86.7      $ (104.9   $ (18.2

Note: Changes not due solely to average balance changes or rate changes are included in the change due to rate column.

 

21


Table of Contents

Analysis of Allowance for Credit Losses

 

($ in Millions)    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Balance at Beginning of Year

   $ 327.6      $ 328.9      $ 357.3      $ 340.6      $ 251.1   

Charge-Offs

          

Commercial

          

Commercial and Institutional

     5.0        5.5        22.0        13.3        30.6   

Commercial Real Estate

     11.7        14.4        34.3        62.9        22.5   

Lease Financing, net

     —          —          —          —          —     

Non-U.S.

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Total Commercial

     16.7        19.9        56.3        76.2        53.1   

Personal

          

Residential Real Estate

     37.0        40.3        55.0        63.7        57.7   

Private Client

     5.5        2.8        5.0        10.2        21.5   

Other

     0.1        —          —          —          —     

Total Personal

     42.6        43.1        60.0        73.9        79.2   

Total Charge-Offs

     59.3        63.0        116.3        150.1        132.3   

Recoveries

          

Commercial

          

Commercial and Institutional

     3.6        3.1        15.0        0.8        2.9   

Commercial Real Estate

     5.0        14.5        6.5        2.8        0.2   

Lease Financing, net

     —          2.7        —          —          —     

Non-U.S.

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Total Commercial

     8.6        20.3        21.5        3.6        3.1   

Personal

          

Residential Real Estate

     9.4        9.8        7.8        2.3        1.3   

Private Client

     1.6        6.6        3.6        1.0        2.1   

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Total Personal

     11.0        16.4        11.4        3.3        3.4   

Total Recoveries

     19.6        36.7        32.9        6.9        6.5   

Net Charge-Offs

     39.7        26.3        83.4        143.2        125.8   

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0        25.0        55.0        160.0        215.0   

Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates

     —          —          —          (0.1     0.3   

Net Change in Allowance

     (19.7     (1.3     (28.4     16.7        89.5   

Balance at End of Year

     307.9      $ 327.6      $ 328.9      $ 357.3      $ 340.6   

Allowance Assigned To:

          

Loans and Leases

     278.1      $ 297.9      $ 294.8      $ 319.6      $ 309.2   

Undrawn Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

     29.8        29.7        34.1        37.7        31.4   

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

     307.9      $ 327.6      $ 328.9      $ 357.3      $ 340.6   

Loans and Leases at Year-End

     29,385.5      $ 29,504.5      $ 29,063.9      $ 28,132.0      $ 27,805.7   

Average Total Loans and Leases

     28,696.5      $ 28,975.7      $ 28,346.7      $ 27,514.4      $ 28,697.2   

As a Percent of Year-End Loans and Leases

          

Net Loan Charge-Offs

     0.14     0.09     0.29     0.51     0.45

Provision for Credit Losses

     0.07        0.08        0.19        0.57        0.77   

Allowance at Year-End Assigned to Loans and Leases

     0.95        1.01        1.01        1.14        1.11   

As a Percent of Average Loans and Leases

          

Net Loan Charge-Offs

     0.14     0.09     0.29     0.52     0.44

Allowance at Year-End Assigned to Loans and Leases

     0.97        1.03        1.04        1.16        1.08   

 

22


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Operations (Based on Obligor’s Domicile)

See also “Note 31—Business Units and Related Information” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” on pages 112-114 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Selected Average Assets and Liabilities Attributable to Non-U.S. Operations

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Total Assets

   $ 29,315.6       $ 29,237.4       $ 29,201.2       $ 22,664.0       $ 21,876.1   

Time Deposits with Banks

     17,785.5         18,580.4         16,906.5         14,592.4         15,357.0   

Loans

     1,164.0         1,091.1         1,301.7         692.9         951.5   

Customers’ Acceptance Liability

     0.5         0.7         0.3         0.5         0.3   

Non-U.S. Investments

     5,334.1         4,470.4         5,370.2         2,688.8         977.7   

Total Liabilities

   $ 48,144.4       $ 43,436.7       $ 45,757.5       $ 36,196.0       $ 33,310.6   

Deposits

   $ 45,865.7       $ 41,160.9       $ 43,370.3       $ 33,479.3       $ 30,888.3   

Liability on Acceptances

     0.5         0.7         0.3         0.5         0.3   

Percent of Non-U.S.-Related Average Assets and Liabilities to Total Consolidated Average Assets

 

     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  

Assets

     31     31     32     30     29

Liabilities

     51     47     50     48     45

Allowance for Credit Losses Relating to Non-U.S. Operations

 

(In Millions)    2013     2012     2011      2010     2009  

Balance at Beginning of Year

   $ 3.4      $ 4.7      $ 3.8       $ 4.9      $ 7.4   

Charge-Offs

     —          —          —           —          —     

Recoveries

     —          —          —           —          —     

Provision for Credit Losses

     (1.3     (1.3     0.9         (1.1     (2.5

Balance at End of Year

   $ 2.1      $ 3.4      $ 4.7       $ 3.8      $ 4.9   

The SEC requires the disclosure of the allowance for credit losses that is applicable to international operations. The above table has been prepared in compliance with this disclosure requirement and is used in determining non-U.S. operating performance. The amounts shown in the table should not be construed as being the only amounts that are available for non-U.S. loan charge-offs, since the entire allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases is available to absorb losses on both U.S. and non-U.S. loans. In addition, these amounts are not intended to be indicative of future charge-off trends.

 

23


Table of Contents

Distribution of Non-U.S. Loans and Deposits by Type

 

     December 31  

Loans

(In Millions)

   2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Commercial

   $ 497.0       $ 498.0       $ 335.9       $ 874.0       $ 626.3   

Non-U.S. Governments and Official Institutions

     250.1         252.4         197.8         110.3         59.7   

Banks

     10.4         9.9         13.3         9.3         2.1   

Other

     197.2         432.0         510.5         52.6         40.4   

Total

   $ 954.7       $ 1,192.3       $ 1,057.5       $ 1,046.2       $ 728.5   

Non-U.S. loans primarily include short duration advances related to the processing of custodied client investments.

 

     December 31  

Deposits

(In Millions)

   2013      2012      2011  

Commercial

   $ 43,638.1       $ 36,948.8       $ 34,824.1   

Non-U.S. Governments and Official Institutions

     6,370.5         5,990.4         3,405.6   

Banks

     306.0         248.8         1,018.4   

Other Time

     26.4         37.0         48.3   

Other Demand

     2.5         8.4         38.2   

Total

     50,343.5         43,233.4         39,334.6   

 

24


Table of Contents

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

For the discussion of Credit Risk Management, see the following information that is incorporated herein by reference to the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders:

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   2013
Annual Report
Page(s)
1.    Accounting Policies    60-66
   G. Derivative Financial Instruments    61-62
   H. Loans and Leases    62-64
   I. Allowance for Credit Losses    64
   L. Other Real Estate Owned    65
6.    Loans and Leases    79-84
7.    Allowance for Credit Losses    84-85
8.    Concentrations of Credit Risk    86
24.    Contingent Liabilities    101-102
25.    Derivative Financial Instruments    102-107
27.    Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments    109-110

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management

In addition, the following schedules on pages 22-24 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the “Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management” section:

Analysis of Allowance for Credit Losses

Allowance for Credit Losses Relating to Non-U.S. Operations

Distribution of Non-U.S. Loans and Deposits by Type

 

25


Table of Contents

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

For the discussion of interest rate sensitivity, see the section entitled “Market Risk Management” on pages 47-50 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet and Consolidated Statement of Income for the Bank, The Northern Trust Company, were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and are provided here for informational purposes. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the footnotes accompanying the consolidated financial statements included in the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders and incorporated herein by reference on page 44 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

26


Table of Contents

The Northern Trust Company

Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited)

 

     December 31  

(In Millions)

   2013     2012  

Assets

    

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 3,006.6      $ 3,736.7   

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell

     529.6        60.8   

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     19,384.6        18,794.8   

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

     12,897.8        7,606.6   

Securities

    

Available for Sale

     28,387.6        28,638.6   

Held to Maturity (Fair Value—$2,321.4 in 2013 and $2,394.8 in 2012)

     2,325.8        2,382.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Securities

     30,713.4        31,020.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and Leases

    

Commercial

     12,620.0        12,897.2   

Personal

     16,765.5        16,607.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans and Leases (Net of unearned income—$286.2 in 2013 and $297.9 in 2012)

     29,385.5        29,504.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases

     (278.1     (297.9

Buildings and Equipment

     454.8        464.9   

Client Security Settlement Receivables

     1,355.2        2,049.1   

Goodwill

     501.9        499.0   

Other Assets

     4,707.4        3,699.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 102,658.7      $ 97,138.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing

   $ 18,540.6      $ 20,552.4   

Savings and Money Market

     14,994.7        15,190.9   

Savings Certificates

     1,874.4        2,466.1   

Non-U.S. Offices — Noninterest-Bearing

     1,882.1        3,513.2   

     — Interest-Bearing

     48,425.3        41,411.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deposits

     85,717.1        83,134.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal Funds Purchased

     965.1        780.2   

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     917.3        699.8   

Other Borrowings

     1,598.2        392.2   

Senior Notes

     1,000.0        750.0   

Long-Term Debt

     2,034.0        1,714.2   

Other Liabilities

     3,325.3        2,442.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     95,557.0        89,913.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equit y

     7,101.7        7,225.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity

   $ 102,658.7      $ 97,138.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

The Northern Trust Company

Consolidated Statement of Income (unaudited)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31  

(In Millions)

   2013     2012     2011  

Noninterest Income

      

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,404.9      $ 2,208.2      $ 2,034.6   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4        206.1        324.5   

Treasury Management Fees

     69.0        67.4        72.1   

Security Commissions and Trading Income

     14.4        15.6        8.3   

Other Operating Income

     213.7        245.7        87.3   

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net

     (1.5     (1.9     (23.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Income

     2,944.9        2,741.1        2,502.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Income

      

Loans and Leases

     742.8        829.1        938.7   

Securities

      

—Available for Sale

     223.3        229.9        203.5   

—Held to Maturity

     21.6        33.1        33.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Securities

     244.9        263.0        237.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Time Deposits with Banks

     142.1        176.4        192.7   

Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Other

     25.4        18.3        31.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Income

     1,155.2        1,286.8        1,400.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

      

Deposits

     107.6        160.6        233.2   

Federal Funds Purchased

     1.5        1.2        1.9   

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     0.4        0.4        0.7   

Other Borrowings

     3.4        3.6        5.5   

Senior Notes

     28.8        26.0        16.5   

Long-Term Debt

     35.6        60.4        94.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

     177.3        252.2        352.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     977.9        1,034.6        1,047.6   

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0        25.0        55.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses

     957.9        1,009.6        992.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before Noninterest Expense

     3,902.8        3,750.7        3,495.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest Expense

      

Compensation

     1,257.1        1,220.5        1,221.5   

Employee Benefits

     249.5        250.2        249.5   

Outside Services

     480.1        447.5        460.9   

Equipment and Software

     377.1        366.1        327.3   

Occupancy

     169.5        170.2        176.2   

Visa Indemnification Benefits

     —          —          (23.1

Other Operating Expense

     290.6        267.9        237.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Expense

     2,823.9        2,722.4        2,649.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before Income Taxes

     1,078.9        1,028.3        845.9   

Provision for Income Taxes

     351.4        321.4        274.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 727.5      $ 706.9      $ 571.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends Paid to the Corporation

   $ 880      $ 440.0      $ 500.0   

 

28


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Corporation’s Internet address is www.northerntrust.com. We make available free of charge through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. Additionally, the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines, its code of business conduct and ethics applicable to directors, officers and employees, and the charters for its audit, business risk, business strategy, corporate governance, compensation and benefits, and executive committees are all available on the Corporation’s website. Information contained on the Corporation’s website is not part of this report.

Supplemental Item—Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information with regard to each executive officer of the Corporation.

 

Name and Age

  

Current Position Held with the Corporation and Effective Date First Elected to Office Indicated

Frederick H. Waddell (60)    Chairman of the Board (11/11/09) and Chief Executive Officer (1/1/08)
S. Biff Bowman (50)    Executive Vice President (7/17/07) and Head of Human Resources (5/2/12)
Jeffrey D. Cohodes (53)    Executive Vice President of the Bank (11/14/06) and Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer (3/1/11)
Steven L. Fradkin (52)    Executive Vice President (1/21/03) and President—C&IS (9/18/09)
Jane B. Karpinski (51)    Senior Vice President (1/3/06) and Controller (6/7/13)
William L. Morrison (63)    President and Chief Operating Officer (10/1/11), Executive Vice President (5/21/02-9/30/11) and Chief Financial Officer (9/18/09-9/30/11)
Michael G. O’Grady (48)    Executive Vice President (8/15/11) and Chief Financial Officer (10/1/11)
Stephen N. Potter (57)    Executive Vice President (10/17/06) and President—Asset Management (3/28/08)
Jana R. Schreuder (55)    Executive Vice President (6/30/05) and President—Wealth Management (3/1/11)
Joyce M. St. Clair (55)    Executive Vice President (4/1/07) and President—O&T (3/1/11)
Kelly R. Welsh (61)    Executive Vice President and General Counsel (7/18/00)

All of the executive officers except Michael G. O’Grady have been officers of the Corporation, or a subsidiary of the Corporation, for more than five years. Mr. O’Grady served as Managing Director of the Financial Institutions Group of Investment Banking of Bank of America Merrill Lynch from 2000 until joining the Corporation.

The positions of Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President are elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders. The other officers are appointed annually by the Board. Officers continue to hold office until their successors are duly elected or until their death, resignation or removal by the Board.

Item 1A—Risk Factors

From an investor’s standpoint, public companies in general and financial institutions in particular share many of the same risks. However, each company’s unique combination of strategies, markets served, product and service offerings, processes and systems, and other internal and external factors cause it to have its own set of principal risks. Following is a description of some of the principal risks inherent in Northern Trust’s business.

 

29


Table of Contents

We explain below that many of the risks we discuss can reduce our earnings, as a result of recognizing losses or otherwise. You should understand that significant reductions in earnings can have further negative effects on us in addition to reducing the price of our common stock and other securities, such as: reducing our capital, which can have regulatory and other consequences; affecting the confidence that clients and counterparties have in us, with a resulting negative effect on our ability to conduct and grow our businesses; and reducing the attractiveness of our securities to rating agencies and potential purchasers and so affecting our ability to raise capital and secure other funding or the prices at which we are able to do so.

We identify and manage risk through our business strategies and plans and our risk management practices and controls. If we fail to successfully identify and manage significant risks, we could incur financial loss. We may also suffer damage to our reputation that would restrict our ability to grow or conduct business profitably, or become subject to regulatory penalties or constraints that would limit some of our activities or make them significantly more expensive.

Economic, Market, and Monetary Policy Risks

Northern Trust carries on a global business. Changes in conditions in the global financial markets and general economic conditions could adversely affect Northern Trust’s businesses. Factors such as the level and volatility of equity and futures prices, the overall pace of capital markets activities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, investor sentiment and inflation or deflation can affect our results.

 

    A downturn in economic conditions, such as the recent severe global economic downturn, can negatively affect our earnings .

 

    Economic weakness can affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans, causing credit quality to deteriorate and resulting in increased cost of credit, a higher level of charge-offs, and higher provision for credit losses, all of which reduce our earnings.

 

    Economic weakness can also reduce the fees we earn for managing and servicing our clients’ assets. For example, the recent downturn in equity markets and the decrease in the value of some debt-related investments as a result of market disruption or illiquidity reduce the valuations of the assets we manage or service for others. This reduces our earnings since a significant part of the fees we earn is based on asset values.

 

    Weak economic conditions also affect wealth creation, investment preferences, trading activities, and savings patterns, which impact demand for our trust and investment products and services. Reduced transaction volumes would also negatively impact our earnings.

 

    A slowing of the globalization of investment activity or pension reform could limit our revenue growth . We believe we have profited from the increasing globalization of investment activity and from pension reform in many nations that has generated new pools of assets that require management and servicing. Any slowing or reversal of this globalization of financial activity and markets or other such trends would adversely affect factors that have been important in Northern Trust’s growth.

 

   

Uncertainty about the financial stability of several countries in the EU, the increasing risk that those countries may default on their sovereign debt and related stresses on financial markets could have a significant adverse effect on our earnings. Risks and ongoing concerns about the debt crisis in Europe could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries and the financial condition of European financial institutions. European market and economic disruptions have affected, and may continue to affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt, and home prices. Continuing economic challenges in Europe and the related disruptions may negatively impact our earnings. See the

 

30


Table of Contents
 

section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 40-47).

 

    Instability, disruption or a lack of confidence in the political, economic, legal or regulatory systems of the emerging markets in which we operate could expose us to liability or loss. Northern Trust’s expanding business activities in emerging markets, including investments made for clients in those markets, present risks inherent in conducting these activities in less mature and often less regulated business and investment environments.

 

    Changes in interest rates can negatively affect our earnings. The direction and level of interest rates are important factors in our earnings. Rates that remain persistently low may reduce our net interest margin, which is the difference between what we earn on our assets and the interest rates we pay for deposits and other sources of funding. A low interest rate environment can also reduce fees earned on certain of our products. For example, during 2009-2013, we waived certain fees associated with money market mutual funds due to the low level of short-term interest rates. Lower net interest margins and fee waivers negatively impact our earnings. See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Market Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 47-49).

 

    Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates can affect our earnings . Periods of lower foreign currency volatility can result in reduced foreign exchange trading income. We hold various non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities and maintain investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, primarily in connection with our global custody business, and effect other transactions in non-U.S. dollar currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets, investments, and cash flows and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than the U.S. dollar do not offset each other, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility, including hedging-related strategies, are not followed or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Market Risk Management—Foreign Currency Risk Management” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 49-50).

 

    Declines in the value of securities held in our investment portfolio can negatively affect our earnings . The value of securities available for sale and held to maturity within our investment portfolio may fluctuate as a result of market volatility and economic or financial market conditions. Generally, the fair value of those securities is determined based upon market values available from third party sources. The recent period of economic turmoil and financial market disruption has negatively affected the liquidity and pricing of securities generally and asset-backed and auction rate securities in particular. To the extent that any portion of the unrealized losses in our portfolio of investment securities results from declines in securities values that management determines to be other-than-temporary, the book value of those securities will be adjusted to their estimated recovery value and we will recognize a charge to earnings in the quarter during which we make that determination. See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Risk Management—Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management—Securities Portfolio” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (page 40) and “Note 4—Securities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” (pages 75-79) in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders for additional information.

 

   

Changes in a number of particular market conditions can negatively affect our earnings . In past periods, reductions in the volatility of currency trading markets, the level of cross-border investing activity, or the demand for borrowing securities or willingness to lend such securities have negatively affected our earnings from activities such as foreign exchange trading and securities lending. If these conditions occur in the future, our earnings from these activities may be negatively affected. In a few of our businesses, such

 

31


Table of Contents
 

as securities lending, our fee is calculated as a percentage of our client’s earnings, so that market and other factors that reduce our clients’ earnings from investments or trading activities also reduce our revenues. The recent extraordinary market conditions have produced losses in some securities lending programs. Such market conditions also have reduced borrower demand and led some clients to withdraw from these programs. A persistence or worsening of these conditions could result in additional withdrawals and decreased activity. See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—Variable Interests” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (page 32) and “Note 28—Variable Interest Entities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” (pages 110-111) in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders for additional information.

 

    Changes in the monetary and other policies of the various regulatory authorities or central banks of the United States, non-U.S. governments and international agencies can reduce our earnings and negatively affect our growth prospects . For example, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States, and its policies determine in large part the level of interest rates and our cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in interest rates and our cost of funds can negatively affect earnings. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board can reduce the value of financial instruments we hold. Its policies also can affect our borrowers by increasing interest rates or making sources of funding less available. This can increase the risk that they may fail to repay their loans from us.

 

    Failure to develop and implement contingency plans to address market disruptions could adversely affect us . Our success in the area of highly complex asset servicing relationships depends, in part, on our development and successful implementation of contingency plans to address significant market disruptions caused by bankruptcy, insolvency or illiquidity. If we fail to develop or successfully implement contingency plans for these market disruptions, our results and business may be negatively affected.

 

    Governmental action to combat economic weakness and financial market disruption may not succeed and may otherwise negatively affect us. Since mid-2008, there have been unprecedented disruptions in global financial markets, including volatility in asset values and constraints on the availability of credit. In response to these developments, the U.S. and other governments have taken steps designed to stabilize markets generally and strengthen financial institutions in particular. The upheaval in global financial markets has accentuated each of the risks identified above and magnified their potential effect on Northern Trust. To the extent that these governmental stabilization and mitigation activities are not successful or adversely change the competitive structure of the financial services industry, these developments could have an adverse impact on Northern Trust’s revenues, costs, credit losses, access to capital, and liquidity. They also may impose additional limitations or costs on Northern Trust’s business.

Operational Risks

 

    Errors, breakdowns in controls or other mistakes in the provision of services to clients or in carrying out transactions for our own account can subject us to liability, result in losses or negatively affect our earnings in other ways . In our asset servicing, investment management, fiduciary administration, and other business activities, Northern Trust effects or processes transactions for clients and for itself that involve very large amounts of money. Failure to properly manage or mitigate operational risks can have adverse consequences, and increased volatility in the financial markets may increase the magnitude of resulting losses.

 

    Many types of operational risks can negatively affect our earnings . Many factors can impact operations and expose us to risks that may vary in size, scale and scope, including:

 

    Human errors or omissions, including failures to comply with applicable laws or corporate policies and procedures;

 

32


Table of Contents
    Theft, fraud or misappropriation of assets, whether arising from the intentional actions of internal personnel or external third parties;

 

    Defects or interruptions in computer or communications systems;

 

    Breakdowns in processes, including manual processes, which are inherently more prone to error than automated processes, over-reliance on manual processes, breakdowns in internal controls or failures of the technology and facilities that support our operations;

 

    Unsuccessful or difficult implementation of computer systems upgrades;

 

    Defects in product design or delivery;

 

    Difficulty in accurately pricing assets, which can be aggravated by increased asset coverage, market volatility and illiquidity, and lack of reliable pricing from vendors;

 

    Negative developments in relationships with key counterparties, vendors, employees, or associates in our day-to-day operations; and

 

    External events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as natural disasters, epidemics, computer viruses, geopolitical events, political unrest or acts of terrorism.

 

    Our dependence on technology exposes us to risks that also can result in losses . Automated systems to record and process transactions, as well as to monitor positions and price assets, reduce the risk of human error, but our necessary dependence on such systems also increases the risk that system flaws or manipulation of those systems will result in losses. The failure to upgrade systems as necessary to support growth and changing business needs also could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Additionally, failure to ensure adequate review and consideration of critical business changes prior to and during introduction and deployment of key technological systems or failure to adequately align evolving client commitments and expectations with operational capabilities can have a negative impact on our operations.

 

    Breaches of our security measures can result in losses. We rely heavily on information technology to conduct our business and any failure, interruption or breach in the security of our systems could severely disrupt our operations. Our systems involve the use of clients’ and Northern Trust’s proprietary information and security breaches, including cyber-attacks, could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation, and potential liability. Our security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access our clients’ proprietary information or our own proprietary information. For example, outside parties may attempt to use social engineering schemes, such as “phishing,” to manipulate employees or clients into disclosing sensitive information. Information security risks for large financial institutions like us are significant in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties, including foreign state actors. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, our reputation could suffer and we could lose clients.

 

33


Table of Contents
    We may fail to detect errors resulting in losses that continue until the problems are detected and fixed . Given the high volume of transactions we process, errors that affect earnings may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and corrected.

 

    Our business continuity plans may not work and thus fail to prevent losses from operational failures . Our business continuity plans address many of these risks, but may not operate successfully to mitigate them. If they do not, we could incur losses, liability to clients or others and reduced earnings.

 

    Inability of our internal controls to keep pace with our expansion may result in losses . In recent years, we have expanded our geographic footprint, product pipeline, and client types. A failure to put controls in place to mitigate new risks associated with this expansion may disrupt our operations, resulting in losses.

 

    Failure of any of our third party vendors to perform can result in losses . Third party vendors provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, Internet connections and network access. While we have established risk management processes and continuity plans, any disruptions in service from a key vendor for any reason or poor performance of services could negatively affect our ability to deliver products and services to our clients and conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense.

 

    Northern Trust’s reputation and business may be harmed and we may be subject to legal claims if there is loss or disclosure of our clients’ or our own information . Northern Trust makes extensive use of online services and centralized data processing, including through third party service providers. The secure maintenance and transmission of client information is a critical element of our operations. Our information technology and other systems that maintain and transmit client information, or those of service providers or business partners, may be impacted by advertent or inadvertent actions or inactions by our employees, or those of a third party service provider or business partner. As a result, Northern Trust’s clients’ information may be lost, disclosed, accessed or taken without the clients’ consent. Any such loss, disclosure or access to, clients’ information can result in legal claims or legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, may have a serious impact on our reputation and may adversely affect our businesses, operating results and financial condition.

These risks are magnified as client requirements become more complex, and as our increasingly international business requires end-to-end management of operational and other processes across multiple time zones and many inter-related products and services.

See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Market Risk Management—Operational Risk Management” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 50-51).

Investment Performance, Fiduciary and Asset Servicing Risks

Revenues from our investment management, fiduciary, and asset servicing businesses are significant to our earnings.

 

    Failure to produce adequate and competitive returns can negatively affect our earnings and growth prospects . If we do not generate competitive risk-adjusted returns that satisfy clients in a variety of asset classes, we will have greater difficulty maintaining existing business and attracting new business, which would negatively affect our earnings and prospects.

 

    If we fail to comply with legal standards, we could incur liability to our clients or lose clients, which could negatively affect our earnings . Managing or servicing assets with reasonable prudence in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws is important to client satisfaction, which in turn is important to the earnings and growth of our investment businesses. Failure to comply with these standards, adequately manage these risks, or manage the differing interests often involved in the exercise of fiduciary responsibilities could also result in liability.

 

    We may take actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings . We may find it appropriate to take action or incur expenses in order to maintain client satisfaction or preserve the usefulness of investments or investment vehicles we manage in light of changes in security ratings, liquidity or valuation issues or other developments, even though we are not required to do so by law or the terms of governing instruments. The risk that we will decide to take actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings is greater in periods when credit or equity markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile and liquidity in markets is disrupted.

 

34


Table of Contents

Credit Risks

A number of Northern Trust’s product offerings involve credit risk, which is the risk that other parties will not fulfill their financial obligations to us. These product offerings include loans, leases, derivatives, foreign exchange and other credit commitments.

 

    Failure to evaluate accurately the prospects for repayment when we extend credit or maintain an adequate allowance for credit losses can result in losses or the need to make additional provisions for credit losses, both of which reduce our earnings . We evaluate credit commitments before we make them and then provide for credit risks based on our assessment of the credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio, including undrawn credit commitments. This process requires us to make difficult and complex judgments. Challenges associated with our credit risk assessments include identifying the proper factors to be used in assessment and accurately estimating the impacts of those factors. Allowances that prove to be inadequate can directly and negatively affect earnings.

 

    Weakened economic conditions can result in losses or the need for additional provisions for credit losses, both of which reduce our earnings . Credit risk levels and our earnings can also be affected by the strength of the economy in general and in the particular locales in which we extend credit, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit and adverse changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers which could impact the borrowers’ abilities to repay outstanding loans. For a fuller discussion of the allowance and provision for credit losses for 2013, 2012, and 2011, see the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 40-47).

 

    The failure or instability of any of our significant counterparties could expose us to loss . The financial markets are characterized by extensive interconnections among financial institutions, including banks, broker/dealers, collective investment funds and insurance companies. As a result of these interconnections, we and many of our clients have significant counterparty exposure to other financial institutions. This counterparty exposure presents significant risks to us and to our clients because the failure or perceived weakness of any of our counterparties (or in some cases of our clients’ counterparties) has the potential to expose us to risk of loss. The recent instability of the financial markets has resulted in many financial institutions becoming significantly less creditworthy, and as a result we are exposed to increased counterparty risks, both as principal and in our capacity as agent for our clients. Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions can occur rapidly, is often based upon a variety of factors and is difficult to predict. In addition, as U.S. and non-U.S. governments have addressed the financial crisis in an evolving manner, the criteria for and manner of governmental support of financial institutions and other economically important sectors remain uncertain. If a significant individual counterparty defaults on an obligation to us, we could incur financial losses that materially adversely affect our business, our financial condition and our results of operations. Given the limited number of strong counterparties in the current market, we are not able to mitigate all of our and our clients’ counterparty credit risk. The consolidation of financial service firms and the failures of other financial institutions have increased the concentration of our counterparty risk.

 

35


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risks

Northern Trust depends on access to capital markets and short-term funding to provide sufficient capital resources and other funds to meet our commitments and business needs and to accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of our clients.

 

    Many events or circumstances could adversely affect our capital costs, our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our ability to meet our commitments . Inadequate capital or the inability to meet our commitments could cause us to incur liability, restrict our ability to grow, or require us to take actions that would negatively affect our earnings. Among the developments that could have this effect are:

 

    A loss of confidence of debt purchasers, depositors or counterparties participating in the capital markets generally or in transactions with Northern Trust;

 

    Disruption in the market for debt-related securities; and

 

    A significant downgrade of any of our debt ratings . Credit agencies’ ratings can change and they often adjust their methodology. Credit ratings and outlooks are opinions on our creditworthiness and that of our obligations or securities, including long-term debt, short-term borrowings, preferred stock and other securities, including asset securitizations. Our credit ratings are subject to ongoing review by the ratings agencies and thus may change from time to time based on a number of factors, including our own financial strength, performance, prospects and operations as well as factors not under our control, such as ratings agency-specific criteria or frameworks for our industry or certain security types, which are subject to revision from time to time, and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. A significant downgrade in Northern Trust’s debt ratings could increase the costs and availability of short and long-term funding, negatively impacting our profitability and our ability to meet client needs.

 

    Our success with large, complex clients requires substantial liquidity . Our failure to successfully manage these liquidity and balance sheet issues would have a negative impact on our ability to meet client needs and grow.

 

    If the Bank or the other subsidiaries of the Corporation were unable to supply the Corporation with funds over time, the Corporation could be unable to meet its various obligations . The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. The Corporation relies primarily on dividends paid to it by the Bank to meet its obligations and to pay dividends to stockholders of the Corporation. There are various legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the other subsidiaries can supply funds to the Corporation by dividend or otherwise. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

See the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 32-39), including the discussion of the possible negative effects of a significant downgrade of any of the Corporation’s debt ratings (page 34).

Regulation Risks

Virtually every aspect of Northern Trust’s business around the world is regulated, generally by governmental agencies that have broad supervisory powers and the ability to impose sanctions. In the United States, the Corporation, the Bank, and many of the Corporation’s other subsidiaries are heavily regulated by bank regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. These regulations cover a variety of matters ranging from required capital levels to prohibited activities. They are specifically directed at protecting depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole, not security holders. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are also heavily regulated by bank, securities and other regulators globally.

 

36


Table of Contents
    Failure to comply with regulations can result in penalties and regulatory constraints that restrict our ability to grow or even conduct our business, or that reduce earnings . Regulatory violations or failure to meet formal or informal commitments made to regulators could generate penalties, require corrective actions that increase costs of conducting business, result in limitations on our ability to conduct business, restrict our ability to expand, or adversely impact our reputation. Failure to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory agencies on a timely basis could adversely affect proposed business opportunities and results of operations. In the ordinary course of our business, we are also subject to various regulatory, governmental and enforcement inquiries, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we are involved or may be specifically directed at us. In enforcement matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of civil and criminal penalties, and the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible.

 

    The ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act may have a material effect on our operations. The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, made a number of significant regulatory and compliance changes, such as:

 

    changes to the bank and bank holding company supervisory structure;

 

    changes to regulatory capital requirements;

 

    creation of new government regulatory agencies;

 

    limitation and prohibition of certain activities by the Volcker Rule;

 

    changes in insured depository institution regulations; and

 

    mortgage loan origination and risk retention.

There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, and the full extent of the impact of the requirements on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements or with any future changes in laws or regulations may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For a more detailed description of the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Business—Regulation and Supervision—The Dodd-Frank Act.”

 

    Changes in regulatory capital requirements could result in reduced earnings . The Dodd-Frank Act and the implementation of Basel III, have led to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios, and could impact the capital allocations to various business activities. The ultimate impact of the evolving capital and liquidity standards on us will depend on a number of factors, including the interpretation and implementation of capital and leverage requirements by the U.S. banking regulators.

 

   

Compliance with evolving laws and regulations applicable to banks and other financial services companies may impact us in ways that are difficult to predict . Laws, regulations, economic sanctions, and their interpretation by regulatory agencies may change or generate enhanced scrutiny of particular activities. Those changes or enhanced emphasis can impose costs or otherwise affect our ability to compete successfully. As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act will impose many new regulatory requirements on banking institutions, the full impacts of which are difficult to determine at this time. It is expected that additional legislative or regulatory requirements will continue to be imposed in the U.S. and in other countries, and existing legislative or regulatory requirements may be reinterpreted in the U.S. or in other countries, in each case in a way that may have an adverse impact on our business activities, our costs of

 

37


Table of Contents
 

compliance, and our revenues and earnings. Additionally, our understanding of legislative or regulatory requirements might be different than the enforcers’ understanding of the regulations. Moreover, many regulatory initiatives, including anti-money laundering rules, anti-bribery laws, home mortgage lending and loan modification requirements, and other regulatory requirements or priorities, could increase compliance costs and legal risks, and could lead to financial and reputational damage in the event of a violation. While we have programs in place, including policies, training and various forms of monitoring, designed to ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements, these programs and policies may not always protect us from conduct by individual employees. The full scope and impact of possible enhanced regulatory and enforcement scrutiny and evolving legislation and regulation is uncertain and difficult to predict.

 

    Potential additional regulation of money market mutual funds (MMMF) could lower the desirability of MMMFs for investors and reduce the profitability of MMMF sponsors . On June 5, 2013, the SEC issued a proposed rule regarding MMMF reform. The SEC proposal set forth two alternative methods of reform, either requiring MMMFs to transact at a “floating” net asset value per share or imposing a liquidity fee if a MMMF’s liquidity level fell below a specified threshold and permitting a fund to temporarily suspend redemptions. The comment period for these alternative proposals closed on September 17, 2013, and no final rule has been issued to date. Because of the uncertainty as to whether the SEC will issue final rules and what the final rules will require, the Corporation and the Bank cannot fully evaluate such reforms’ impact to their business at this time.

 

    The Federal Reserve Board (FRB) policies on interest rates can significantly affect business and economic conditions and our financial results and condition . The FRB’s policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest income and net interest margin. As a result of the FRB’s concerns regarding, among other things, continued slow economic growth and a weak housing market, the FRB recently indicated that it intends to keep the target range for the federal funds rate near zero until unemployment levels and inflation are under control. The FRB also may increase its purchases of U.S. government and mortgage-backed securities or take other actions in an effort to reduce or maintain low long-term interest rates.

See “Regulation and Supervision” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Litigation Risks

Our businesses involve the risk that clients or others may sue us, claiming that we have failed to perform under a contract or otherwise failed to carry out a duty owed to them. Our trust, custody and investment management businesses are particularly subject to this risk. This risk may be heightened during periods when credit, equity or other financial markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile, or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. In addition, as a publicly-held company, we are subject to the risk of claims under the federal securities laws, and volatility in the stock prices of Northern Trust and other financial institutions increases this risk.

 

    Litigation can result in significant liability or damage to our reputation, which could result in a loss . Even where we defend ourselves successfully, the cost of litigation is often substantial. Even claims made against us without merit may cause damage to our reputation among existing and prospective clients, or negatively impact the confidence of counterparties, rating agencies, and stockholders, and so negatively affect our earnings.

 

    We may fail to set aside adequate reserves or otherwise underestimate our liability, with a negative effect on our earnings . We estimate our potential liability for pending and threatened claims, and record reserves when appropriate pursuant to U.S. GAAP, by evaluating the facts of particular claims under current judicial decisions and legislative and regulatory interpretations. This process is inherently subject to risk, including the risks that a judge or jury could decide a case contrary to our evaluation of the law or the facts or that a court could change or modify existing law on a particular issue important to the case. Earnings will be adversely affected to the extent that our reserves are not adequate.

 

38


Table of Contents

See “Note 24—Contingent Liabilities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” (pages 101-102) in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders for a discussion of current legal proceedings and litigation-related financial reserves.

Tax Risks

In the course of its business, Northern Trust is sometimes subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due.

 

    These challenges can result in reduced earnings in a number of ways . These challenges may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions, all of which can require a greater provision for taxes or otherwise negatively affect earnings.

 

    Changes in tax laws and interpretations can negatively affect our earnings . Both U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities from time to time issue new, or modify existing, tax laws and regulations. These authorities may also issue new, or modify existing, interpretations of those laws and regulations. These new laws, regulations or interpretations, and the Corporation’s actions taken in response to, or reliance upon, such changes in the tax laws may impact the Corporation’s tax position in a manner that results in lower earnings.

Accounting Risks

 

    Changes in accounting standards may be difficult to predict and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements . New accounting standards, or changes to existing accounting standards, resulting both from initiatives of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their convergence efforts with the International Accounting Standards Board, as well as changes in the interpretation of existing accounting standards by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, or bank regulatory agencies, or otherwise reflected in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, potentially could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. These changes are difficult to predict and in some cases we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the revised treatment of certain transactions or activities, or even the restatement of consolidated financial statements for prior periods.

Strategic and Competitive Risks

We have grown through a combination of organic growth and the acquisition of selected businesses or capabilities, and we intend to continue to do so. A variety of risks could interfere with these plans.

 

    If we do not successfully execute strategic plans, we will not grow as we have planned and our earnings growth will be negatively impacted. Our growth depends upon successful, consistent execution of our business strategies in each business unit. A failure to execute these strategies will negatively impact growth. A failure to grow organically or to successfully integrate a substantial acquisition would have an adverse effect on our business. The challenges arising from generating organic growth or the integration of an acquired business may include preserving valuable relationships with employees, clients, suppliers, and other business partners, delivering enhanced products and services, as well as combining accounting, data processing and internal control systems.

 

    Failure to adequately control our costs could negatively affect our ability to compete and thus reduce our earnings . Our success in controlling the costs and expenses of our business operations also impacts operating results. Another goal of innovation, as a part of our business strategy, is to produce efficiencies in operations that help reduce and control costs and expenses, including the costs of losses associated with operating risks attributable to servicing and managing financial assets.

 

39


Table of Contents
    Failure to attract and retain skilled people could negatively affect our prospects . Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key talent. Competition for the best people in most of our activities can be intense and we may not be able to hire and retain key personnel, including as a result of any restrictions on our compensation practices that may be imposed by governments or regulators. The unexpected loss of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

 

    We face a variety of competitive challenges that could negatively affect our ability to maintain satisfactory prices and grow our earnings . We provide a broad range of financial products and services in highly competitive markets, in which pricing can be a key competitive factor. Merger activity in the financial services industry, including mergers resulting from government intervention and the overall disruption in the financial services industry, continues to produce large, in some cases well-capitalized, and geographically-diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and services at competitive prices. In certain businesses, such as foreign exchange trading, electronic networks present a competitive challenge. Additionally, technological advances and the growth of internet-based commerce have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer a variety of products and services competitive with certain areas of our business. Many of these non-traditional service providers have fewer regulatory constraints, and some have lower cost structures. These competitive pressures can negatively affect earnings and our ability to grow.

 

    Intervention of the U.S. and other governments in the financial services industry may heighten the challenges we face . In response to disruptions in global financial markets, the U.S. government and other governments around the world have taken, and may take further, unprecedented actions designed to stabilize markets generally and strengthen financial institutions in particular. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, created a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to regulate consumer financial services and products and a Financial Stability Oversight Council with regulatory authority over certain financial companies and activities. Governments also may take actions to significantly change the way financial institutions are regulated, either through new legislation, new regulations, new applications of existing regulations or a combination of all of these methods. These actions may involve increased intervention by such governments and regulators in the normal operation of our businesses and the businesses of our competitors in the financial services industry. Such intervention may impact the nature and level of competition in the industry in unpredictable ways. The nature, pace and volume of this government intervention, and our ability to react in a timely manner to regulatory developments, may adversely impact our ability to compete successfully and, in turn, negatively affect our earnings.

 

    We need to constantly invest in innovation, and the inability or failure to do so will negatively affect our businesses and earnings . Our success in this competitive environment requires consistent investment of capital and human resources in innovation. This investment is directed at generating new products and services, and adapting existing products and services to the evolving standards and demands of the marketplace. Among other things, investing in innovation helps us maintain a mix of products and services that keeps pace with our competitors and achieve acceptable margins. This investment also focuses on enhancing the delivery of our products and services in order to compete successfully for new clients or gain additional business from existing clients, and includes investment in technological innovation as well. Effectively identifying gaps or weaknesses in our product offerings also is important. Falling behind our competition in any of these areas could adversely affect our business opportunities, growth and earnings.

 

    Failure to understand or fully appreciate the risks associated with development or delivery of new product and service offerings will negatively affect our businesses and earnings . Our success in capitalizing on innovation depends, in part, on successful implementation of new product and service initiatives. Not only must we keep pace with competitors in the development of these new offerings, but we must accurately price them (as well as existing products) on a risk-adjusted basis and effectively deliver them to clients. Our identification of risks arising from new products and services, both in their design and implementation, and effective responses to those identified risks, including pricing, is key to our capitalizing on innovation and investment in new product and service offerings.

 

    Our success with large, complex clients requires understanding of the market and legal, regulatory and accounting standards in new jurisdictions . Any failure to understand and deal with those appropriately could affect our growth prospects or negatively affect our reputation.

 

40


Table of Contents

See “Competition” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Reputation Risks

An important reason that clients bring their business to Northern Trust is that they believe we will serve them with high standards of ethics, performance, accuracy and compliance.

 

    Damage to our reputation can have a direct and negative effect on our ability to compete, grow and generate revenue . Damage to our reputation for delivery of a high level of service undermines the confidence of clients and prospects in our ability to serve them and so negatively affects our earnings.

 

    Maintaining our reputation is important in other key relationships that affect our businesses and our earnings . Damage to our reputation also could affect the confidence of clients, rating agencies, regulators, stockholders and the other parties in a wide range of transactions that are important to our business. Failure to maintain our reputation would ultimately have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our balance sheet or grow our business.

 

    Reputation risk has many facets that could negatively affect our businesses and earnings . Reputational risk is particularly significant in the current environment resulting from the financial crisis. The maintenance of our reputation depends not only on our success in controlling or mitigating the various risks described above, but also on our success in identifying and appropriately addressing issues that may arise in a broad range of areas. These issues include potential conflicts of interest and other ethical issues; anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing procedures; client personal information and privacy issues; effective evaluation of talent and deployment to adequately address complex and rapid growing areas of our businesses; efficiently integrating current staff with their new responsibilities and new staff that are not as familiar with the organization as seamlessly as possible; data security; record-keeping; regulatory investigations of Northern Trust or within the banking industry; and any litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure of Northern Trust to comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

Many of the risks described above are discussed in more detail in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, including the portion captioned “Risk Management” (pages 39-51), and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, including the portion captioned “Note 24—Contingent Liabilities” (pages 101-102), and throughout “Item 1—Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the portions captioned “Competition,” “Government Monetary and Fiscal Policies” and “Regulation and Supervision” (pages 2-15).

Additionally, the risks described above may cause actual results to differ from the Corporation’s current expectations of future events or future results indicated in what are considered “forward-looking statements” of the Corporation. Forward-looking statements and factors that may affect future results are also discussed in the section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” in the 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders (pages 51-53).

Item 1B—Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

41


Table of Contents

Item 2—Properties

The executive offices of the Corporation and the Bank are located at 50 South La Salle Street in Chicago. This Bank-owned building is occupied by various divisions of Northern Trust’s business units. Adjacent to this building are two office buildings in which the Bank leases space principally for staff divisions of the business units. Financial services are provided by the Bank and other subsidiaries of the Corporation through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states, Washington D.C., and 18 international locations. The majority of those offices are leased. The Bank’s primary U.S. operations are located in four facilities: a leased facility at 801 South Canal Street in Chicago; a subleased facility at 231 South La Salle Street in Chicago; and two Bank-owned supplementary operations/data center buildings located in the western suburbs of Chicago. A majority of the Bank’s London-based staff is located at a leased facility at Canary Wharf in London. Additional support and operations activity originates from two leased facilities in Bangalore. The Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries operate from various other facilities in North America, Europe, the Asia Pacific region, and the Middle East, most of which are leased.

The Corporation believes that its owned and leased facilities are suitable and adequate for its business needs. For additional information relating to properties and lease commitments, refer to “Note 9—Buildings and Equipment” and “Note 10—Lease Commitments” to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 87 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3—Legal Proceedings

The information presented in “Note 24—Contingent Liabilities” to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement” on pages 101-102 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4—Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

42


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5—Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The information called for by Item 5(a) relating to market price, dividend and related stockholder information is incorporated herein by reference to the section of the Consolidated Financial Statistics titled “Common Stock Dividend and Market Price” on page 119 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Information regarding dividend restrictions of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference to “Note 30—Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Loans or Advances” to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” on pages 111-112 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

The following table shows certain information relating to the Corporation’s purchases of common stock for the three months ended December 31, 2013 pursuant to the Corporation’s share buyback program:

 

Period

   Total Number of Shares
Purchased (1)
     Average Price
Paid per Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Plan (2)
     Maximum
Number of
Shares That
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plan
 

October 1–31, 2013

     472,867       $ 56.26         472,867         9,529,886   

November 1–30, 2013

     1,023,617         57.30         1,023,617         8,506,269   

December 1–31, 2013

     648,304         58.09         648,304         7,857,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (Fourth Quarter)

     2,144,788       $ 57.31         2,144,788         7,857,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes shares purchased from employees in connection with equity plan transactions such as the surrender of shares to pay an option exercise price or tax withholding.
(2) On April 16, 2013, the Corporation announced that its Board of Directors authorized the Corporation to repurchase up to 12.0 million shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The program has no fixed expiration date.

Item 6—Selected Financial Data

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the table titled “Summary of Selected Consolidated Financial Data” on page 10 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 11-53 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 7A—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages 11-53 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

 

43


Table of Contents

Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Reference is made to Item 15 hereof for a listing of all financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9—Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A—Controls and Procedures

The Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, such officers have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in bringing to their attention on a timely basis material information relating to the Corporation (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the Corporation’s periodic filings under the Exchange Act. There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

The information called for by Item 9A relating to the report of management on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report of the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm is incorporated herein by reference to pages 54-55 of the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.

Item 9B—Other Information

Not applicable.

 

44


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10—Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information called for by Item 10 relating to Directors and Nominees for election to the Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the “Election of Directors” and “Information about the Nominees for Director” sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The information called for by Item 10 relating to Executive Officers is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The information called for by Item 10 relating to Regulation S-K, Item 405 disclosure of delinquent Form 3, 4 or 5 filers is incorporated by reference to the “Security Ownership by Directors and Executive Officers—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” section of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The information called for by Item 10 relating to Regulation S-K, Item 406 disclosure regarding the Corporation’s code of ethics applicable to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions is incorporated by reference to the “Corporate Governance—Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” section of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The information called for by Item 10 relating to Regulation S-K, Item 407(c)(3) disclosure of procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Corporation’s Board of Directors is incorporated by reference to the “Corporate Governance—Director Nominations and Qualifications” section of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The information called for by Item 10 relating to Regulation S-K, Item 407(d)(4) and (d)(5) disclosure of the Corporation’s audit committee financial experts and identification of the Corporation’s audit committee is incorporated by reference to the “Board and Board Committee Information—Audit Committee” section of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 11—Executive Compensation

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Security Ownership by Directors and Executive Officers,” “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Corporate Governance—Director Independence” and the “Corporate Governance—Related Person Transaction Policy” sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14—Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Audit Matters” section of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

45


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15—Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15(a)(1) and (2)—Northern Trust Corporation and Subsidiaries List of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial information is set forth in Item 1 for informational purposes only:

 

For The Northern Trust Company (Bank only):

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet—December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Income—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

The following financial statements of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries included in the Corporation’s 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

 

For Northern Trust Corporation and Subsidiaries:

   2013
Annual Report
Page(s)

Consolidated Balance Sheet—December 31, 2013 and 2012

   56

Consolidated Statement of Income—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

   57

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

   57

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

   58

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

   59

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   60-117

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   118

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

   119

Financial statement schedules have been omitted for the reason that they are not required or are not applicable.

Item 15(a)(3)—Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.

 

46


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 26, 2014

 

Northern Trust Corporation
(Registrant)
By:  

/s/ Frederick H. Waddell

  Frederick H. Waddell
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

     

Title

/s/    Frederick H. Waddell        

    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Frederick H. Waddell    

/s/    Michael G. O’Grady        

    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Michael G. O’Grady    

/s/    Jane B. Karpinski        

   

Senior Vice President and Controller (Chief Accounting Officer)

Jane B. Karpinski    

 

Frederick H. Waddell    Chairman and Director   )  
Linda Walker Bynoe    Director   )  
Nicholas D. Chabraja    Director   )  
Susan Crown    Director   )  
Dipak C. Jain    Director   )  

/s/    Kelly R. Welsh        

Robert W. Lane    Director   )   Kelly R. Welsh
Edward J. Mooney    Director   )   Attorney-in-Fact
Jose Luis Prado    Director   )  
John W. Rowe    Director   )  
Martin P. Slark    Director   )  
David H. B. Smith, Jr.    Director   )  
Charles A. Tribbett III    Director   )  
       Date: February 26, 2014

 

47


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

    3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Northern Trust Corporation, as amended to date (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2006).
    3.2   By-laws, as amended to date (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 18, 2012).
    4.1   Form of The Northern Trust Company’s Global Senior Bank Note (Fixed Rate) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(iii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).
    4.2   Form of The Northern Trust Company’s Global Senior Bank Note (Floating Rate) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).
    4.3   Form of The Northern Trust Company’s Global Subordinated Bank Note (Fixed Rate) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).
    4.4   Form of The Northern Trust Company’s Global Subordinated Bank Note (Floating Rate) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(ii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).
    4.5   Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of January 1, 1997, between Northern Trust Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Debenture Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 1997).
        (i)   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2013, between Northern Trust Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago, a national banking association), as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 31, 2013).
    4.6   Amended Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, dated October 29, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(vi) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999).
    4.7   Fiscal Agency Agreement, dated March 11, 2005, by and among The Northern Trust Company as Issuer, Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise as Fiscal Agent, and Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise and Brown Shipley & Co. Limited as Paying Agents (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005).
    4.8   Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006, between Northern Trust Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 23, 2006).
    4.9   Form of 4.625% Note due 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2009).
    4.10   Form of 3.450% Note due 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 2010).
    4.11   Form of 3.375% Note due 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 17, 2011).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

    4.12   Form of 2.375% Note due 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2012).
    4.13   Form of 3.950% Subordinated Note due 2025 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 31, 2013).
  10.1**   Deferred Compensation Plans Trust Agreement, dated May 11, 1998, between Northern Trust Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as Trustee (which, effective August 31, 1999, was succeeded by U.S. Trust Company, N.A. and effective June 1, 2009, was succeeded by Evercore Trust Company, N.A.) regarding the Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, the Supplemental Thrift-Incentive Plan for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, the Supplemental Pension Plan for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, and the Northern Trust Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998).
        (i)**   Amendment, dated August 31, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999).
        (ii)**   Amendment, dated as of May 16, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
  10.2**   Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
  10.3**   Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Thrift-Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
        (i)**   Amendment Number One, dated October 29, 2009 and effective January 1, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi)(1) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
  10.4**   Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
  10.5**   Northern Trust Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(ix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
  10.6**   Amended and Restated Northern Trust Corporation 2002 Stock Plan, effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xiv) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
        (i)**   Form of Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
        (ii)**   Form of Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(ii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
        (iii)**   Form of Director Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter year ended March 31, 2011).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

        (iv)**   2010 Form of Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(x)(9) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
        (v)**   2010 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(x)(10) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
        (vi)**   2011 Executive Stock Option Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
        (vii)**   2011 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
        (viii)**   Form of 2012 Executive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
        (ix)**   Form of 2012 Performance Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7(xxii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
        (x)**   Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7(xxiii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
  10.7**   Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 19, 2012).
        (i)**   2012 Form of Director Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
        (ii)**   2012 Form of Prorated Director Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
        (iii)**   2012 Form of New Director Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
        (iv)**   Form of 2012 Executive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012).
        (v)**   Form of 2012 Performance Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012).
        (vi)**   Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012).
        (vii)**   Form of 2013 Executive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
        (viii)**   Form of 2013 Performance Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xiv) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
        (ix)**   Form of 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (1 of 2) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xviii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
        (x)**   Form of 2013 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2 of 2) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012).
        (xi)**   Form of 2014 Executive Stock Option Agreement.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

        (xii)**   Form of 2014 Performance Stock Unit Agreement.
        (xiii)**   Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (1 of 2).
        (xiv)**   Form of 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2 of 2).
  10.8**   Northern Trust Corporation Management Performance Plan, as amended and restated effective October 16, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012).
  10.9**   Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998).
  10.10**   Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xvii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008).
        (i)**   First Amendment, dated October 20, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xiii)(1) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009).
  10.11**   Form of Employment Security Agreement (Tier 1) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(ii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
  10.12**   Revised Form of Employment Security Agreement (Tier 1) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).
  10.13**   Form of Non-Solicitation Agreement and Confidentiality Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
  10.14   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of NTC Capital I, dated as of January 16, 1997, among Northern Trust Corporation, as Depositor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee, First Chicago Delaware, Inc., as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(h) to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 1997).
  10.15   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1997, relating to NTC Capital I, by and between Northern Trust Corporation, as Guarantor, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Guarantee Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(j) to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 16, 1997).
  10.16   Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of NTC Capital II, dated as of April 25, 1997, among Northern Trust Corporation, as Depositor, The First National Bank of Chicago, as Property Trustee, First Chicago Delaware, Inc., as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997).
  10.17   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of April 25, 1997, relating to NTC Capital II, by and between Northern Trust Corporation, as Guarantor, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Guarantee Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(ii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997).
  10.18**   Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Long Term Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

        (i)**   Form of Terms and Conditions—2012 Long-Term Cash Incentive Award under the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011).
  10.19**   Northern Partners Incentive Plans
        (i)**   North American Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of October 15, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(ix) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012)
        (ii)**   EMEA Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of October 15, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(x) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012)
        (iii)**   APAC Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of October 15, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xi) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012).
  10.20**   Northern Trust Corporation Executive Financial Consulting and Tax Preparation Services Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 (xxxiii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007).
  13   2013 Annual Report to Stockholders.
  14   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2013).
  21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24   Power of Attorney.
  31   Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32   Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  99   Corporate Governance Guidelines (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2012).
101   The following financial and related information from the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

** Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan or agreement

Upon written request to Stephanie S. Greisch, Secretary, Northern Trust Corporation, 50 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, copies of exhibits listed above are available to Northern Trust Corporation stockholders by specifically identifying each exhibit desired in the request. In addition, prior filings in which the exhibits listed above are included are available free of charge through our website www.northerntrust.com, if the filings were made on or after May 1, 1996. Information contained on the website is not part of this report.

Exhibit 10.7(xi)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION

UNDER THE

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 2012 STOCK PLAN

 

1. Governing Documents . Your stock option grant is subject to the provisions of the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the stock option notice (the “Option Notice”) and this Terms and Conditions document (“Terms and Conditions”). The Option Notice and these Terms and Conditions constitute the “Stock Option Agreement” as defined in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the information in the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will govern. These Terms and Conditions apply to non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options issued under the Plan. Capitalized terms not defined in Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

 

2. Amendments . The Committee may amend the terms of the Stock Option Agreement at any time, except that any amendment that adversely affects your rights in any material way requires your written consent. Notwithstanding anything in the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, including without limitation the preceding sentence, in the event that the Committee determines that your stock option grant, or the performance by the Corporation of any of its obligations under the Stock Option Agreement, would violate any applicable law, your stock options shall be forfeited to the Corporation and cancelled, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to honor the exercise of your stock options by you or your Beneficiary.

 

3. Exercise Limitations . Your stock option is exercisable from and after the vesting date(s) set forth on the Option Notice until the ten (10)-year anniversary of the date the option was granted (the “Expiration Date”), except as provided below:

 

  a) Change in Control .

 

  (i) In the event of a Change in Control, your then outstanding stock options (i.e., those that have not previously expired) shall be converted into options to purchase shares of the acquirer (“Acquirer options”), and, on the date of the Change in Control, (A) shall equal (B), where

(A) equals the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares subject to the Acquirer option over the aggregate exercise price of the Acquirer option, and

(B) equals the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to your then outstanding stock option granted over the aggregate exercise price of such stock option.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

1


Appendix A-C

 

In addition, the conversion shall meet all of the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(D), and, if the stock option is an incentive stock option, shall meet all of the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1(a)(5). The Acquirer options shall continue to vest and be exercisable, or shall expire and be forfeited, in accordance with the provisions of these Terms and Conditions that would apply to your stock options in the absence of a Change in Control, provided, however, that if you incur a Qualifying Termination, your Acquirer options (whether vested or unvested) shall become vested and exercisable upon the date of such Qualifying Termination and may be exercised at any time until the Expiration Date.

 

  (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 3(a)(i), all of your then outstanding stock options shall be vested, and upon the date of the Change in Control you shall be entitled to receive in cash a payment equal to the difference between (A) and (B), where:

(A) equals the amount paid per share of Common Stock upon the date of the Change in Control multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to your then outstanding stock option; and

(B) equals the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Common Stock subject to your then outstanding Stock Option.

If, pursuant to the terms of the documents governing the Change in Control, subsequent to the date of the Change in Control additional consideration is payable to the shareholders of the Corporation, you shall be entitled to such additional consideration on the same terms and conditions as the other shareholders, based on the number of shares of Common Stock subject to your then outstanding stock option on the date of the Change in Control.

 

  b) Death . If you die while employed, your stock option (whether vested or unvested) becomes vested and exercisable as of the date of your death and may be exercised by your beneficiary at any time until the earlier of (i) five (5) years following your death and (ii) the Expiration Date. If you do not name a beneficiary (or your beneficiary dies before you), your stock option will pass to the following persons in the order indicated:

– Your spouse; if none, then,

– Your children (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– Your parents (in equal amounts); if none, then,

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

2


Appendix A-C

 

– Your brothers and sisters (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– Your estate.

 

  c) Retirement . If you retire, your stock option continues to vest in accordance with its terms, and, once vested, it may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the effective date of your retirement and (ii) the Expiration Date. The terms “retire” and “retirement” mean retirement occurring by reason of your having qualified for a Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Pension under The Northern Trust Company Pension Plan.

 

  d) Special Circumstances . If (i) on the date of grant, you are a Management Group member, and (ii) on the date of your termination of employment, you are age 55 or older and have a minimum of 10 years of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, then your stock option continues to vest in accordance with its terms, and, once vested, it may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) five (5) years following the date of your termination of employment and (B) the Expiration Date.

 

  e) Disability . If, while employed, you incur a “disability” that continues for a period of 12 months in accordance with The Northern Trust Company’s Managed Disability Program you are deemed “Disabled” on the last day of such 12-month period, at which date you are terminated from the Plan. Your stock option (whether vested or unvested) becomes vested and exercisable upon the date you are deemed Disabled and may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the date you are deemed Disabled and (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

  f) Severance . If your employment is terminated under circumstances that entitle you to severance benefits under the Northern Trust Corporation Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), and you have timely executed and not revoked a settlement agreement, waiver and release under the Severance Plan (a “Release”), your stock option (whether vested or unvested) becomes vested and exercisable as of the date of your termination of employment and may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (i) one-hundred and eighty (180) days following your termination of employment under the Severance Plan and (ii) the Expiration Date. If you are eligible for a Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Pension upon termination of employment under the Severance Plan, your stock option (whether vested or unvested) becomes vested and exercisable as of the date of your termination of employment and may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) five (5) years following the effective date of your retirement and (B) the Expiration Date.

 

  g) Government Employment . If (i) your employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates prior to a vesting date, and (A) you are eligible to “retire,” as defined above, at the time of your termination of employment, or (B) you are a Management Group member on the date of the grant of the stock options and on

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

3


Appendix A-C

 

  your date of termination of employment you are 55 years or older with a minimum of 10 years of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries; and (ii) if (A) such termination of employment constitutes a Government Service Termination, or (B) after your termination of employment and prior to a vesting date, you accept Government Employment; then (iii) on your Government Service Termination date or the date of commencement of your Government Employment, as applicable, you will be 100% vested in your then outstanding stock options, provided that you meet the following conditions: (A) you provide the Committee with satisfactory evidence that, as a result of your Government Employment, the divestiture of any continued equity interest in the Corporation is reasonably necessary (I) for you as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (II) for you to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to you in your Government Employment, and (B) you execute and return no later than your Government Service Termination date or the date of commencement of your Government Employment, as applicable, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and your obligation to repay) under Paragraph 8 of the Terms and Conditions, any gain realized in connection with the stock options in the event that you are determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 8. If you become vested in your stock options under this paragraph, all of your outstanding stock options will be exercisable for (x) the 90 day period after the earlier of your Government Service Termination or the commencement of your Government Employment, as applicable, or (y) the Expiration Date, if earlier. Thereafter, your unexercised stock options, if any, shall be forfeited.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Service Termination” means your termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries due to or in connection with your immediate commencement of Government Employment.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Employment” refers to employment at any U.S. Federal, state or local government, any non-U.S. government, any supranational or international organization, any self-regulatory organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or organization, or any other employer determined to be a Government Employer by the Committee.

 

  h) Other Termination of Employment . Except as set forth below, if (i) your employment by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason other than death, retirement or a severance under the Severance Plan for which you have executed and not revoked a Release, (ii) you are not terminated from the Plan due to disability pursuant to the “Disability” provisions described above, (iii) you were not both a Management Group member on the date of grant and age 55 with 10 years of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on your

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

4


Appendix A-C

 

  date of termination, and (iv) you are not terminated in a Qualifying Termination, then your stock option, if and to the extent vested as of the date of your termination of employment, may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) three (3) months following the date of your termination of employment and (B) the Expiration Date. Your stock option, if and to the extent unvested as of the date of your termination of employment, expires as of the date of your termination of employment. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of your transfer between the Corporation and a Subsidiary of the Corporation or between two Subsidiaries of the Corporation. If you meet the criteria of each of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), above, the post-termination exercise provision of this sub-paragraph shall apply to you if you become a consultant to the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation upon termination of your employment from the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

4. Re-Employment . If, after your termination of employment, you are re-employed by the Corporation or one of its Subsidiaries, upon your return you will be considered a new hire for purposes of the Plan. Options that previously expired upon your termination of employment remain expired and are not reinstated.

 

5. Exercise of Options .

 

  a) How to Exercise . You may exercise your stock option, in any manner described in Section 6(e) of the Plan, through the H.R. Service Center at +1 (312) 557-7593 or toll free within the U.S. at (800) 807-0302, or online through My Place. Inquiry and modeling capabilities are also available online.

 

  b) Black-out Period . Due to federal securities law concerns, the Corporation has a “black-out” policy which restricts any exercise of your stock option around quarterly corporate earnings announcements. Please refer to the “Statement of Confidential Information and Securities Trading” for further information about the Corporation’s black-out policy. You may access this document online through My Passport. From the homepage click on Corporate-wide Services, and then Corporate Policies.

 

6. Nontransferability . Your stock option is not transferable other than as provided in these Terms and Conditions. Your stock option (whether a non-qualified stock option or an incentive stock option) is exercisable, during your lifetime, only by you or your personal representative.

 

7. Withholding/Delivery of Shares . Delivery of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your stock option is subject to the withholding of all applicable federal, state, and local taxes. At your election, subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee, such withholding obligations shall be satisfied: (i) by cash payment by you; (ii) through the surrender of shares of Common Stock which you already own that are acceptable to the Committee; or (iii) through surrender of shares of Common Stock to which you are otherwise entitled under the Plan, provided, however, that such shares

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

5


Appendix A-C

 

  under this clause (iii) may be used to satisfy not more than the Corporation’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income). Payment of federal income taxes may be accomplished through a combination of withholding of shares and delivery of previously acquired shares. The Corporation may delay the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock if the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the issuance or delivery is made at the earliest date at which the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will not cause such violation. As an option holder, you have no interest in the shares covered by the option until the shares are actually issued.

 

8. Forfeitures and Recoupments .

 

  (a) Engaging in Restricted Activity Without Written Consent of the Corporation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Terms and Conditions, if you, without the written consent of the Corporation:

 

  (i) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions, have divulged, directly or indirectly, or used, for your own or another’s benefit, any Confidential Information;

 

  (ii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after you cease to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, have Solicited, or assisted in the Solicitation of, any Client or Prospective Client (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to your Solicitation of any Client or Prospective Client with whom you had a business relationship prior to the start of your employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, provided no Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, is used in such Solicitation); or

 

  (iii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after you cease to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, have solicited, encouraged, advised, induced or caused any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or provided any assistance, encouragement, information, or suggestion to any person or entity regarding the solicitation or hiring of any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

your then outstanding stock options (whether vested or unvested) shall be forfeited to the Corporation by notice from the Committee in writing to you within a reasonable period of time after the Committee acquires knowledge of your violation of this Paragraph 8(a). In the event that your stock options are

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

6


Appendix A-C

 

forfeited pursuant to the preceding sentence or the provisions of Paragraph 8(b), below, the Corporation shall have no obligation to honor the exercise of such stock options by you or your beneficiary.

In addition, in the event of any action by you to which clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), above, apply, the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any exercise by you or payment or delivery to you with respect to any stock options occurring within twelve (12) months prior to, or at any time following, the date of your termination of employment for any reason (including but not limited to termination of employment due to Retirement or Disability), and recoup any “gain realized” in connection with such stock options as described in Paragraph 8(c) below.

 

  (b) Misconduct and Restatement of Financials . Consistent with the Corporation’s risk-mitigation strategies for its compensation programs, and notwithstanding any other provision in these Terms and Conditions, in the event that:

 

  (i) the Corporation is required to restate its financial statements filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or re-file quarterly financial data with the U.S. Federal Reserve due to any reason other than changes in accounting policy or applicable law (a “Restatement”), and the Committee determines that such Restatement resulted, in whole or in material part, from your (A) intentionally engaging in conduct that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and was inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule, as defined below, or (B) personally and knowingly engaging in practices that materially contributed to circumstances that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and that were inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule; or

 

  (ii) the Committee determines that you have engaged in conduct that is grounds for termination for Cause and is inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule (“Misconduct”);

then the Committee shall review all of your then outstanding stock options (whether vested or unvested), and all stock options with respect to which there has been an exercise by you or payment or delivery to you within the 36-month period immediately preceding the date of the Restatement, or during the period after the date of the Misconduct, as applicable.

In the event of a Restatement described in clause (i), the Committee shall declare your then outstanding, vested stock options that would not have become vested based on accurate financial data or restated results to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to you within a reasonable period of time after

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

7


Appendix A-C

 

the date of the Restatement, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any exercise by you or payment or delivery to you with respect to any stock options occurring within 36 months prior to the date of the Restatement that would not have become vested or been paid based on accurate financial data or restated results, and recoup any gain realized in connection with such stock options as described in Paragraph 8(c), below. In the event of Misconduct described in clause (ii) (other than any actions included in Paragraph 8(a) or clause (i) of this Paragraph 8(b)), the Committee shall declare your then outstanding stock options (whether vested or unvested) to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to you within a reasonable period of time after the date of the discovery of the Misconduct, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any exercise by you or payment or delivery to you with respect to any stock options occurring after the date such Misconduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such stock options as described in Paragraph 8(c), below.

Your actions satisfy the “business judgment rule” if such actions were taken in good faith, in a manner that an ordinarily prudent person would act under similar circumstances, and in the interests of the Corporation. In interpreting and applying the preceding sentence, the Committee shall use as a guide the principles of the business judgment rule as construed by the Delaware courts in applying the Delaware Corporation Act.

 

  (c) Rescission and Recoupment . Upon the rescission, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 8(a) or 8(b), of any exercise by you or payment or delivery to you with respect to any stock options, the Corporation shall be entitled to recoup any “gains realized” in connection with such stock options, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall require. “Gains realized” shall include (i) the amount of any cash distributed to you with respect to, (ii) any cash or shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or proceeds attributable to the sale thereof ) paid or delivered in settlement of, and (iii) any other amounts determined by the Committee to have been realized in connection with, such rescinded stock options. If you fail to repay any such amounts to the Corporation within 60 days after receipt of written demand, the Corporation shall be entitled, subject to applicable law and the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, to deduct from any amounts the Corporation owes you from time to time the amount of all gains realized, or to sue for repayment of such amounts, or to pursue both remedies.

 

9. No Contract of Employment . The option grant shall not be deemed to obligate the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to continue your employment for any particular period, nor is employment guaranteed for the length of the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Notice.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

8


Appendix A-C

 

 

10. Taxes . Please refer to the “Summary Description of the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan” for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options.

 

11. Interpretation and Applicable Law . Any interpretation by the Committee of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement or any guidelines shall be final. All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement, and all claims or causes of action arising under, relating to, or in connection with, the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement shall be determined in conformity with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.

 

12. Definitions . As provided above, Capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. For purposes of the Stock Option Agreement:

 

  (a) “Cause” means (i) your conviction of or no contest plea with respect to bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud, grand larceny, or any felony involving abuse or misuse of your position to seek or obtain an illegal or personal gain at the expense of the Corporation, or similar crime, or conspiracy to commit any such crimes or attempt to commit any such crimes; or (ii) your misconduct that causes material harm to the Corporation.

 

  (b) “Client” means any person or entity with which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, did business and with which you had contact, or about which you had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of your employment.

 

  (c) “Competitive Service or Product” means any service or product: (i) that is substantially similar to or competitive with any service or product that you created or provided, or of which you assisted in the creation or provision, during your employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) about which you had access to Confidential Information during your employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (d) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Corporation.

 

  (e) “Confidential Information” means any trade secrets or other significant proprietary information, including, but not limited to, any client information (for example, client lists, information about client accounts, borrowings, and current or proposed transactions), any internal analysis of clients, marketing strategies, financial reports or projections, business or other plans, data, procedures, methods, computer data or system program or design, devices, lists, tools, or compilation, which relate to the present or planned business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and which has not been made generally known to the public by authorized representatives of the Corporation.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

9


Appendix A-C

 

 

  (f) “Good Cause” means (i) Participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust which involves the business of Northern Trust; (ii) Participant’s willful engagement in any misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duty that materially injures the Corporation; (iii) Participant’s performance of any act which, if known to the customers, clients, stockholders or regulators of Northern Trust, would materially and adversely impact the business of Northern Trust; (iv) any act or omission by Participant that causes a regulatory body with jurisdiction over Northern Trust, to demand, request, or recommend that Participant be suspended or terminated from any position in which Participant serves with Northern Trust, or (v) Participant’s willful and substantial nonperformance of assigned duties, provided that such nonperformance has continued more than ten days after Northern Trust has given written notice of such nonperformance and of its intention to terminate Participant’s employment because of such nonperformance. For purposes of clauses (ii) and (v) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Participant’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Corporation. In the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Corporation that Good Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Corporation establishes to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by clear and convincing evidence that Good Cause exists.

 

  (g) “Good Reason” shall exist if, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish (A) the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (B) the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the position or entity to which Participant is required to report; or (C) the budget, if any, over which Participant has authority, in each case as compared to Participant’s circumstances immediately prior to a Change in Control; (ii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish Participant’s base compensation from that in effect as of the date of the grant hereunder of the stock option (or as of a Change in Control, if greater), including a diminution of Participant’s salary or the material diminution in the aggregate value to Participant of participation in cash or stock-based incentive or bonus plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, or other benefit plans, programs or arrangements (as computed by an independent employee benefits consultant selected by the Corporation); (iii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially change the geographic location at which Participant must perform services from that in effect prior to a Change in Control (including by assigning to Participant duties that would reasonably require such relation or which would require Participant to spend more than fifty normal working days away from the location in effect prior to a Change in Control); or (iv) any other action or inaction by the Corporation (or an affiliate) that constitutes a material breach of the employment agreement, if any, under which Participant provides services to the Corporation.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

10


Appendix A-C

 

Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of, rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder, provided, however, that in order for Good Reason to exist hereunder, Participant must provide notice to the Corporation of the existence of the condition described in clauses (i) through (v) above within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition (or, if later, within 90 days of Participant’s becoming aware of such condition), and the Corporation must have failed to cure such condition within 30 days of the receipt of such notice.

 

  (h) “Northern Trust” means the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, collectively.

 

  (i) “Prospective Client” means any person or entity to which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, provided, or from which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries received, a proposal, bid, or written inquiry (general advertising or promotional materials and mass mailings excepted) and with which you had contact, or about which you had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of your employment.

 

  (j) “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries after the date of the Change in Control and, at any time before the second anniversary of such Change in Control, that is either involuntary on the part of the Participant and does not result from his or her death or disability and is not for “Good Cause”, or is voluntary and for “Good Reason.”

 

  (k) “Solicit” and “Solicitation” (with respect to Clients or Prospective Clients) mean directly or indirectly, and without the Corporation’s written authorization, to invite, encourage, request, or induce (or to assist another to invite, encourage, request or induce) any Client or Prospective Client of the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to: (i) surrender, redeem or terminate a product, service or relationship with the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) obtain any Competitive Service or Product from you or any third party; or (iii) transfer a product, service or relationship from the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to you or any third party.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

11

Exhibit 10.7(xii)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD

UNDER THE

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 2012 STOCK PLAN

Your performance stock unit Award (“Stock Unit Award”) is subject to the provisions of the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the Stock Unit Award notice (the “Award Notice”), and this Terms and Conditions document (“Terms and Conditions”). The Award Notice and these Terms and Condition constitute the “Stock Unit Agreement” as defined in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the information in the Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

 

1. Grant . The Corporation hereby grants to the Participant an Award of Stock Units, as set forth in the Award Notice, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement, and subject further to increase or decrease as set forth in the Award Notice. This award of Stock Units is intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). A Stock Unit is the right, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement, to receive a distribution of a share of Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

2. Stock Unit Account . The Corporation shall maintain an account (“Stock Unit Account”) on its books in the name of the Participant which shall reflect the number of Stock Units awarded to the Participant that the Participant is eligible to receive in distribution pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

3. Dividend Equivalents . Upon the payment of any dividend on Common Stock occurring during the period preceding the distribution of the Participant’s Stock Unit award pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions, the Corporation shall promptly (and in any event no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the dividend is declared) pay to the Participant an amount in cash equal in value to the dividends that the Participant would have received had the Participant been the actual owner of the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account on that date (“Dividend Equivalents”).

 

4. Forfeiture . The Stock Units granted to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Unit Agreement shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation (a) in accordance with Paragraph 9, if the Participant engages in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions, or (b) in accordance with Paragraph 5 (subject to Paragraphs 6 and 7) of these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the last day of the “Performance Period” as defined in Exhibit A hereto, and (c) in accordance with Paragraphs 6 and 7 under certain conditions described therein.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

1


Appendix A-F

 

 

5. Vesting . Subject to all of the provisions of the Stock Unit Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 6, 7 and 9 of these Terms and Conditions, upon the last day of the Performance Period (as defined in Exhibit A), the Participant shall become vested in such number of Stock Units, if any, as determined under the Schedule in Exhibit A, based on the average annual rate of return on equity attained by the Corporation (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) for the Performance Period, but only if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Corporation or one of its Subsidiaries through the last day of the Performance Period; any Stock Units that do not become vested in accordance with Exhibit A shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation. If the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason prior to the end of the Performance Period then, subject to Paragraphs 6 and 7, the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account that have not yet vested shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation on such employment termination date. Upon the forfeiture of Stock Units, the Corporation shall have no further obligation after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions with respect to such forfeited Stock Units. The Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Participant under these Terms and Conditions following the Participant’s forfeiture of Stock Units.

 

6. Prorated Vesting .

 

  (a) The Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, subject to the following:

 

  (b) If (i) the Participant’s termination of employment is on account of death or Disability and occurs prior to the end of the Performance Period, or if prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries is terminated under circumstances that entitle the Participant to severance benefits under the Northern Trust Corporation Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), and the Participant has timely executed and not revoked a settlement agreement, waiver and release under the Severance Plan (a “Release”), and (ii) the Participant does not engage in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions during the Performance Period; then, subject to clause (f) below, as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to this subparagraph 6(b), the Participant shall retain a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units (the “Pro Rated Stock Units”) equal to (A) the number of Stock Units, if any, that would have become vested in the absence of a termination of employment during the Performance Period, assuming that the Corporation achieved the Target Performance Level, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Performance Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Performance Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. All unvested Stock Units of

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

2


Appendix A-F

 

  the Participant that are not Pro Rated Stock Units as determined under this subparagraph 6(b) shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment and revert to the Corporation, and the Corporation shall have no further obligations after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions. On the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant shall become vested in such number of Pro Rated Stock Units, if any, as determined in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A, and any such Pro Rated Stock Units that become vested shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(a).

 

  (c) If, prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates, and (i) the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of such termination of employment; and (ii) the Participant does not engage in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions during the Performance Period, then, subject to clause (f) below, as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to this subparagraph 6(c), the Participant shall retain a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units (the “Pro Rated Stock Units”) equal to (A) the number of Stock Units, if any, that would have become vested in the absence of a termination of employment during the Performance Period, assuming the Corporation achieved the Target Performance Level, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Performance Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Performance Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. All unvested Stock Units of the Participant that are not Pro Rated Stock Units, as determined under this subparagraph 6(c), shall be immediately forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment and revert to the Corporation, and the Corporation shall have no further obligations after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions. On the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant shall become vested in such number of Pro Rated Stock Units, if any, as determined in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A, and any such Pro Rated Stock Units that become vested shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(a).

 

  (d) If, (i) prior to the end of the Performance Period, the Participant incurs a Government Service Termination, and (A) the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of such termination of employment, or (B) the Participant’s termination of employment occurs in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(b) that entitle the Participant to severance benefits and the Participant has satisfied all conditions for such benefits; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in any Stock Units is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

3


Appendix A-F

 

  branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns, no later than the date of his or her Government Service Termination, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions, any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event that the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, subject to clause (f) below, upon the later of December 31, 2014, and the Participant’s Government Service Termination date, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a number of unvested Stock Units as determined by multiplying (A) the applicable percentage of Stock Units, if any, that would have otherwise been vested (in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A) applied as if the Performance Period ended on the later of December 31, 2014, and the last day of the last calendar quarter ending prior to the Participant’s Government Service Termination date (such period referred to as the “modified Performance Period described in Paragraph 6(d)”), based on the Actual Performance Level achieved during such modified Performance Period, by (B) the Participant’s Pro Rated Stock Units as determined under Paragraph 6(b) or (c), as applicable.

 

  (e) In the case of a Participant whose employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the end of the Performance Period in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d)(i)(A) or (B), then, if (i) the Participant prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, accepts Government Employment; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in any Stock Units is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns no later than the date of commencement of his Government Employment, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions, any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event that the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, subject to clause (f) below, upon the later of December 31, 2014, and the date of commencement of the Participant’s Government Employment, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a number of unvested Stock Units as determined by multiplying (A) the applicable percentage of Stock Units, if any, that would have otherwise been vested (in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A) applied as if the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

4


Appendix A-F

 

  Performance Period ended on the later of December 31, 2014, and the last day of the last calendar quarter ending prior to the date that the Participant’s Government Employment commences (such period referred to as the “modified Performance Period described in Paragraph 6(e)”), based on the Actual Performance Level achieved during such modified Performance Period, by (B) the Participant’s Pro Rated Stock Units as determined under Paragraph 6(b) or 6(c), as applicable.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding any provision of these Terms and Conditions, except as provided in Paragraph 7, there shall be no vesting of any Stock Units prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, and vesting shall only obtain to the extent it is determined by the Committee that the Corporation has satisfied the performance criteria for the Performance Period in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A, provided that for purposes of the preceding clause, in the case of a Participant subject to clause (d) or (e) of this Paragraph 6, the Performance Period shall be treated as ending on the last day of the “modified Performance Period” described in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), as applicable. If the Participant’s employment terminates for a reason described in clause (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this Paragraph 6, any Pro Rated Stock Units that do not become vested at the end of the Performance Period pursuant to Paragraph 6(b) or 6(c), (or at the end of the modified Performance Period specified in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e) if applicable), shall be immediately forfeited and revert to the Corporation and the Corporation shall have no further obligations after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions. The Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Participant under these Terms and Conditions following the Participant’s forfeiture of Stock Units.

 

  (g) For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Disability” means a disability that continues for a period of six (6) months in accordance with The Northern Trust Company’s Managed Disability Program. For purposes of determining the date, if any, on which a Participant becomes vested under Paragraph 6(b) on account of Disability, the date of Disability and date of termination of employment shall be deemed to be the last day of the six-month period described in the preceding sentence.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Service Termination” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries due to or in connection with the Participant’s immediate commencement of Government Employment.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Employment” refers to employment at any U.S. Federal, state or local government, any non-U.S. government, any supranational or international organization, any self-regulatory organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or organization, or any other employer determined to be a Government Employer by the Committee.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

5


Appendix A-F

 

 

  (h) The provisions of Paragraphs 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii) shall be construed in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).

 

7. Vesting Upon a Change in Control .

 

  (a) In the event of a Change in Control, if the Participant has not incurred a termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the date of such Change in Control, the following provisions shall apply.

(i) The Participant shall be immediately vested in the number of the Participant’s unvested Stock Units equal to (A) the applicable percentage of the Participant’s Stock Units that would have become vested in accordance with the schedule at Exhibit A, applied as if the Performance Period ended on the last day of the month immediately preceding the Change in Control (such period referred to as the “modified Performance Period described in Paragraph 7(a)”), based on the Actual Performance Level achieved during such modified Performance Period, multiplied by (B) the Participant’s Pro Rata Target Performance Level Stock Units. The Participant’s “Pro Rata Target Performance Level Stock Units” refers to the number of the Participant’s Stock Units equal to (I) the number of Stock Units that would have become vested in the absence of a Change in Control, assuming the Corporation achieved the Target Performance Level, multiplied by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of the Change in Control, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Performance Period. The Stock Units, if any, that become vested under this Paragraph 7(a)(i) shall be converted to units with respect to equity of the acquirer (“Acquirer Units”) with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock subject to such Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control, and shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(d). Any such Pro Rata Target Performance Level Stock Units that do not become vested as of the date of the Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph 7(a)(i) shall be immediately forfeited and revert to the Corporation and the Corporation shall have no further obligations after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions.

(ii) A number of the Participant’s Stock Units equal to (A) the number of Stock Units that would have become vested in the absence of a Change in Control, assuming the Corporation achieved the Target Performance Level, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number days from the date of the Change in Control through the last day of the Performance Period, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Performance Period (such product referred to as the “Pro Rata Post-Change in Control Stock Units”), shall be converted to Acquirer Units with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock subject to such Pro Rata Post-Change in Control Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control. The Acquirer Units

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

6


Appendix A-F

 

described in this Paragraph 7(a)(ii) shall not be subject to the performance vesting provisions of Exhibit A, and shall become vested if and only if the Participant remains continuously employed through the end of the Performance Period, and the Participant shall forfeit such Acquirer Units upon any termination of employment with the Corporation, the acquirer and all of their Subsidiaries, subject to the following:

(A) if the Participant’s termination is a Qualifying Termination, the Participant shall have credited, and become vested in, 100 percent of such Acquirer Units upon the date of such Qualifying Termination, which shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(d);

(B) if the Participant incurs a termination of employment with the Corporation, acquirer and all of their Subsidiaries in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(b), (c), (d) or (e), on or after the Change in Control and prior to the end of the Performance Period, but that is not a Qualifying Termination, the Participant shall have credited, and become vested in, on such date of termination, a pro-rated portion of such Acquirer Units, determined by multiplying (I) such Acquirer Units, by (II) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days between the date of the Change in Control and the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Performance Period after the date of the Change in Control, which shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(d), subject to Paragraph 8(b).

Any such Acquirer Units that do not become vested as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment pursuant to Paragraphs 7(a)(ii)(A) or 7(a)(ii)(B), as applicable, shall be immediately forfeited and revert to the Corporation, or the acquirer as applicable, and the Corporation, and the acquirer as applicable, shall have no further obligations with respect to such Acquirer Units.

 

  (b) In the event of a Change in Control, if the Participant has incurred a termination of employment prior to such Change in Control in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), the occurrence of the Change in Control shall not affect the operation of Paragraphs 6(d) or (e), as applicable, and Paragraph 8(b). If prior to a Change in Control, a Participant incurs a termination of employment with the Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(b) or (c), upon the date of the Change in Control, the Participant will immediately vest in the number of unvested Stock Units determined by multiplying (A) the Pro Rated Stock Units as determined under Paragraph 6(b) or (c), as applicable (taking into account the full Performance Period for purposes of the proration fraction), by (B) the applicable percentage of the Participant’s Stock Units that would have become vested in accordance with the Schedule in Exhibit A, applied as if the Performance Period ended on the last day of the month immediately preceding the Change in Control (such period referred to as the “modified Performance Period described in Paragraph 7(b)”), based on the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

7


Appendix A-F

 

  Corporation’s Actual Performance Level during such modified Performance Period. The Stock Units, if any, that become vested under this Paragraph 7(b) shall be converted to Acquirer Units with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock subject to such vested Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control, and shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(d). Any such Stock Units that do not become vested as of the date of the Change in Control pursuant to this Paragraph 7(b) shall be immediately forfeited and revert to the Corporation and the Corporation shall have no further obligations after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraphs 7(a) and 7(b), then (i) if the Participant is employed on the date of the Change in Control, the Participant shall have credited and become vested upon the date of the Change in Control in the number of Stock Units in which the Participant would have become vested assuming that the Corporation achieved Target Performance Level for the Performance Period, and (ii) if the Participant terminated employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries prior to the date of the Change in Control, under circumstances described in Paragraph 6(b) or (c), the Participant shall become vested upon the date of the Change in Control in a number of Stock Units equal to the number of Stock Units in which the Participant would have become vested under Paragraph 6(b) or (c) assuming that the Corporation achieved Target Performance Level for the Performance Period and such Participant’s remaining unvested Stock Units shall be forfeited.

 

8. Distribution .

 

  (a) In the case of Stock Units that become vested pursuant to Paragraph 5 or Paragraph 6(b) or 6(c) on the last day of the Performance Period, such Stock Units shall be distributed on such vesting date, provided that such Stock Units shall be treated as distributed on such vesting date if they are distributed no later than the 15 th day of the third calendar month after the calendar year in which the Performance Period ends.

 

  (b) In the case of Stock Units that become vested in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), distribution shall be made on the date such amounts become vested under Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), as applicable, provided that all of the requirements of Paragraph 6(d) and 6(e) are satisfied, including without limitation Paragraph 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii).

 

  (c) In the event of the Participant’s death during the Performance Period or thereafter but prior to full distribution to the Participant pursuant to these Terms and Conditions, the Participant’s Stock Units, if any, that become vested on the last day of the Performance Period pursuant to Paragraph 6(b) shall be distributed to the Participant’s beneficiary on such date in accordance with Paragraph 8(a),

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

8


Appendix A-F

 

  above, and such distribution shall be made to such beneficiary and in such proportions as the Participant may designate in writing, and in the absence of a designation, to the following persons in the order indicated below:

– The Participant’s spouse; if none, then,

– The Participant’s children (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s parents (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s brothers and sisters (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s estate.

 

  (d) In the case of Stock Units, if any, that become vested in accordance with Paragraph 7(a) or 7(b), the Participant shall be entitled to a distribution of such Stock Units upon the last day of the Performance Period, provided that if the Participant becomes vested on account of a Qualifying Termination pursuant to Paragraph 7(a)(ii)(A) such Stock Units shall be distributed on such vesting date.

 

  (e) In the event of a Change in Control, if the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a) or 7(b), this Stock Unit Award shall be terminated upon such Change in Control and the Participant shall be entitled to a distribution of all Stock Units which become vested pursuant to Paragraph 7(c) and such distribution shall be made consistent with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B), subject to satisfaction of the conditions thereof.

 

  (f) Stock Units shall be distributed only in shares of Common Stock so that, pursuant to Paragraph 1 of these Terms and Conditions and this Paragraph 8, a Participant shall be entitled to receive one share of Common Stock for each Stock Unit in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, Acquirer Units described in Paragraph 7(a) or 7(b) shall be settled in equity of the acquirer, and Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Paragraph 7(c) may be settled in cash.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Award Agreement, including without limitation this Paragraph 8, shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan, including without limitation Section 14 of the Plan.

 

9. Forfeitures and Recoupments .

 

  (a) Engaging in Restricted Activity Without Written Consent of the Corporation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant, without the written consent of the Corporation:

 

  (i) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions, has divulged, directly or indirectly, or used, for the Participant’s own or another’s benefit, any Confidential Information;

 

  (ii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

9


Appendix A-F

 

  by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has Solicited, or assisted in the Solicitation of, any Client or Prospective Client (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Participant’s Solicitation of any Client or Prospective Client with whom he or she had a business relationship prior to the start of his or her employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, provided no Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, is used in such Solicitation); or

 

  (iii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has solicited, encouraged, advised, induced or caused any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or provided any assistance, encouragement, information, or suggestion to any person or entity regarding the solicitation or hiring of any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

then the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) shall be forfeited to the Corporation by notice from the Committee in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the Committee acquires knowledge of the Participant’s violation of this Paragraph 9(a). In the event that a Participant’s Stock Units are forfeited pursuant to the preceding sentence or the provisions of Paragraph 9(b), below, the Corporation shall not distribute the Stock Units to the Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiary) pursuant to Paragraph 8, or pay any Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 with respect to such Stock Units.

In addition, in the event of any action by the Participant to which clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), above, apply, the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery to the Participant with respect to any Stock Units occurring within twelve (12) months prior to, or at any time following, the date of the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason (including but not limited to termination of employment due to retirement or Disability), and recoup any “gain realized” in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c) below.

 

  (b) Misconduct and Restatement of Financials . Consistent with the Corporation’s risk-mitigation strategies for its compensation programs, and notwithstanding any other provision in these Terms and Conditions, in the event that:

 

  (i) the Corporation is required to restate its financial statements filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or re-file quarterly financial data with the U.S. Federal Reserve due to any reason other than changes in accounting policy or applicable law (a

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

10


Appendix A-F

 

  “Restatement”), and the Committee determines that such Restatement resulted, in whole or in material part, from the Participant (A) intentionally engaging in conduct that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and was inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule, as defined below, or (B) personally and knowingly engaging in practices that materially contributed to circumstances that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and that were inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule; or

 

  (ii) the Committee determines that the Participant has engaged in conduct that is grounds for termination for Cause and is inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule (“Misconduct”);

then the Committee shall review all then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) of the Participant, and all Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery to the Participant within the 36-month period immediately preceding the date of the Restatement, or during the period after the date of the Misconduct, as applicable.

In the event of a Restatement described in clause (i), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding, vested Stock Units that would not have become vested based on accurate financial data or restated results to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the Restatement, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring within 36 months prior to the date of the Restatement that would not have become vested or been paid based on accurate financial data or restated results, and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below. In the event of Misconduct described in clause (ii) (other than any actions included in Paragraph 9(a) or clause (i) of this Paragraph 9(b)), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the discovery of the Misconduct, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring after the date such Misconduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below.

A Participant’s actions satisfy the “business judgment rule” if such actions were taken in good faith, in a manner that an ordinarily prudent person would act under similar circumstances, and in the interests of the Corporation. In interpreting and applying the preceding sentence, the Committee shall use as a guide the principles of the business judgment rule as construed by the Delaware courts in applying the Delaware Corporation Act.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

11


Appendix A-F

 

 

  (c) Rescission and Recoupment . Upon the rescission, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 9(a) or 9(b), of any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units, the Corporation shall be entitled to recoup any “gains realized” in connection with such Stock Units, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall require. “Gains realized” shall include (i) the amount of any cash (including Dividend Equivalents) distributed to the Participant with respect to, (ii) any cash or shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or proceeds attributable to the sale thereof ) paid or delivered in settlement of, and (iii) any other amounts determined by the Committee to have been realized in connection with, such rescinded Stock Units. If the Participant fails to repay any such amounts to the Corporation within 60 days after receipt of written demand, the Corporation shall be entitled, subject to applicable law and the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, to deduct from any amounts the Corporation owes the Participant from time to time the amount of all gains realized, or to sue for repayment of such amounts, or to pursue both remedies.

 

10. Delivery of Shares . The Corporation may delay the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock if the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the issuance or delivery is made at the earliest date at which the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will not cause such violation.

 

11. Adjustment . The Stock Units provided herein are subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

 

12. No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed as creating any right in the Participant to continued employment or as altering or amending the existing terms and conditions of employment of the Participant except as otherwise specifically provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

13. Nontransferability . No interest hereunder of the Participant is transferable except as provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

14. Withholding/Delivery of Shares . All distributions hereunder are subject to withholding by the Corporation for all applicable federal, state or local taxes. With respect to distributions in shares of Common Stock, subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations shall be satisfied through the withholding of shares of Common Stock to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Stock Unit Award, provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Corporation’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income).

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

12


Appendix A-F

 

 

15. Administration . The Plan is administered by the Committee. The rights of the Participant hereunder are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including continued shareholder approval of the Plan), together with such guidelines as have been or may be adopted from time to time by the Committee. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

 

16. No Rights as Shareholder . Except as provided herein, the Participant will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Stock Units.

 

17. Interpretation and Applicable Law . Any interpretation by the Committee of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Unit Agreement or any guidelines shall be final. All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement, and all claims or causes of action arising under, relating to, or in connection with, the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be determined in conformity with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.

 

18. Sole Agreement . The Stock Unit Agreement, together with the Plan, is the entire Agreement between the parties hereto, all prior oral and written representations being merged herein. No amendment or modification of the terms of the Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding on either party unless reduced to writing and signed by the party to be bound. The Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Notwithstanding anything in the Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, including without limitation the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 18, in the event that the Committee determines that the Stock Unit Award, or the performance by the Corporation of any of its obligations under the Stock Unit Agreement, would violate any applicable law, the Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Corporation and cancelled, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to distribute the Stock Units to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or to pay any Dividend Equivalents.

 

19. Definitions . As provided above, capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. For purposes of the Stock Unit Agreement:

 

  (a) “Actual Performance Level” and “Target Performance Level” each have the meaning assigned to them at Exhibit A.

 

  (b) “Cause” means (i) a Participant’s conviction of or no contest plea with respect to bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud, grand larceny, or any felony involving abuse or misuse of the Participant’s position to seek or obtain an illegal or personal gain at the expense of the Corporation, or similar crime, or conspiracy to commit any such crimes or attempt to commit any such crimes; or (ii) misconduct that causes material harm to the Corporation.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

13


Appendix A-F

 

 

  (c) “Client” means any person or entity with which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, did business and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (d) “Competitive Service or Product” means any service or product: (i) that is substantially similar to or competitive with any service or product that the Participant created or provided, or of which the Participant assisted in the creation or provision, during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (e) “Confidential Information” means any trade secrets or other significant proprietary information, including, but not limited to, any client information (for example, client lists, information about client accounts, borrowings, and current or proposed transactions), any internal analysis of clients, marketing strategies, financial reports or projections, business or other plans, data, procedures, methods, computer data or system program or design, devices, lists, tools, or compilation, which relate to the present or planned business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and which has not been made generally known to the public by authorized representatives of the Corporation.

 

  (f) “Good Cause” means (i) Participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust which involves the business of Northern Trust; (ii) Participant’s willful engagement in any misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duty that materially injures the Corporation; (iii) Participant’s performance of any act which, if known to the customers, clients, stockholders or regulations of Northern Trust, would materially and adversely impact the business of Northern Trust; (iv) any act or omission by Participant that causes a regulatory body with jurisdiction over Northern Trust, to demand, request, or recommend that Participant be suspended or terminated from any position in which Participant serves with Northern Trust, or (v) Participant’s willful and substantial nonperformance of assigned duties, provided that such nonperformance has continued more than ten days after Northern Trust has given written notice of such nonperformance and of its intention to terminate Participant’s employment because of such nonperformance. For purposes of clauses (ii) and (v) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Participant’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Corporation. In the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Corporation that Good Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Corporation establishes to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by clear and convincing evidence that Good Cause exists.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

14


Appendix A-F

 

 

  (g) “Good Reason” shall exist if, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish (A) the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (B) the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the position or entity to which Participant is required to report; or (C) the budget, if any, over which Participant has authority, in each case as compared to Participant’s circumstances immediately prior to a Change in Control; (ii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish Participant’s base compensation from that in effect as of the date of grant hereunder of the Stock Unit (or as of a Change in Control, if greater), including a diminution of Participant’s salary or the material diminution in the aggregate value to Participant of participation in cash or stock-based incentive or bonus plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, or other benefit plans, programs or arrangements (as computed by an independent employee benefits consultant selected by the Corporation); (iii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially change the geographic location at which Participant must perform services from that in effect prior to a Change in Control (including by assigning to Participant duties that would reasonably require such relation or which would require Participant to spend more than fifty normal working days away from the location in effect prior to a Change in Control); or (iv) any other action or inaction by the Corporation (or an affiliate) that constitutes a material breach of the employment agreement, if any, under which Participant provides services to the Corporation.

Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of, rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder, provided, however, that in order for Good Reason to exist hereunder, Participant must provide notice to the Corporation of the existence of the condition described in clauses (i) through (v) above within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition (or, if later, within 90 days of Participant’s becoming aware of such condition), and the Corporation must have failed to cure such condition within 30 days of the receipt of such notice.

 

  (h) “Northern Trust” means the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, collectively.

 

  (i) “Performance Period” has the meaning assigned to it in Exhibit A.

 

  (j) “Prospective Client” means any person or entity to which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, provided, or from which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries received, a proposal, bid, or written inquiry (general advertising or promotional materials and mass mailings excepted) and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (k) “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries after the date of the Change in Control and, at any time before the second anniversary of such Change in Control, that is either involuntary on the part of the Participant and does not result from his or her death or disability and is not for “Good Cause”, or is voluntary and for “Good Reason.”

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

15


Appendix A-F

 

 

  (l) “Solicit” and “Solicitation” (with respect to Clients or Prospective Clients) mean directly or indirectly, and without the Corporation’s written authorization, to invite, encourage, request, or induce (or to assist another to invite, encourage, request or induce) any Client or Prospective Client of the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to: (i) surrender, redeem or terminate a product, service or relationship with the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) obtain any Competitive Service or Product from the Participant or any third party; or (iii) transfer a product, service or relationship from the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to the Participant or any third party.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

16


Appendix A-F

 

Exhibit A

Subject to all of the provisions of these Terms and Conditions, including without limitation Paragraphs 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9, upon the last day of the three-year performance period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2016 (the “Performance Period”) the Stock Units under your Stock Unit Agreement will vest in accordance with the following table based on the average annual rate of return on equity for the Performance Period attained by the Corporation:

 

Average Annual Rate

of Return on Equity

   Percentage of
Stock Units Vested
 

Less than 7.0%

     0

7.0%

     50

10.0%

     100

12.5%

     115

> 15.0%

     125

If the average annual rate of return on equity for the Performance Period is between 7.0% and 10.0%, 10.0% and 12.5%, or 12.5% and 15.0%, the final percentage of Stock Units that become vested will be determined by straightline interpolation between the applicable percentage levels. The average annual rate of return on equity for the Performance Period attained by the Corporation is the return on average common equity, is based on the Corporation’s net income, and shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to the adjustments set forth below).

For purposes of this Exhibit A, the average annual rate of return on equity shall be calculated as the simple average annual rate of return on equity for the three-year Performance Period referenced above, measured across the Corporation as a whole (or in the case of a Participant to which Paragraph 6(d), 6(e), 7(a) or 7(b) of the Stock Unit Agreement applies, for the modified Performance Period described in Paragraph 6(d), 6(e), 7(a) or 7(b), as applicable, treating any fractional year as a full year).

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

A


Appendix A-F

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of determining the average annual rate of return on equity for the Performance Period, if any of the following items, alone or in combination with any of the others, would produce a change to net income in excess of $100 million, net income will be determined by excluding such items:

(i) the gains or losses resulting from, and the expenses incurred in connection with, the acquisition or disposition of a business, a merger, or a similar transaction, and integration in connection therewith;

(ii) the impact of securities issuances in connection with events described in item (i), above, and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

(iii) any gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles, tax laws, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results, that become effective during the Performance Period;

(iv) any gain or loss resulting from, and expenses incurred in connection with, any litigation or regulatory investigations;

(v) any charges and expenses incurred in connection with restructuring activity, including but not limited to, reductions in force;

(vi) the impact of discontinued operations;

(vii) asset write-downs;

(viii) the impact or impairment of goodwill; or

(ix) any other gain, loss, income or expense with respect to the Performance Period that is nonrecurring in nature.

All amounts referenced in the foregoing list shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and shall be consistent with the Corporation’s financial disclosures.

In all events, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee has the discretion to decrease any award.

“Actual Performance Level” shall refer to the average annual rate of return on equity (as described above) attained during the Performance Period (or modified Performance Period, as applicable). “Target Performance Level” shall refer to the attainment of an average annual rate of return on equity within the range set opposite 100% of Stock Units vested in the chart above.

The Committee’s determination of the average annual rate of return on equity for a Performance Period shall be final.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

B

Exhibit 10.7(xiii)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

STOCK UNIT AWARD

UNDER THE

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 2012 STOCK PLAN

Your Stock Unit Award is subject to the provisions of the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the Stock Unit Award notice (the “Award Notice”), and this Terms and Conditions document (“Terms and Conditions”). The Award Notice and these Terms and Condition constitute the “Stock Unit Agreement” as defined in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the information in the Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

 

1. Grant . The Corporation hereby grants to the Participant an Award of Stock Units, as set forth in the Award Notice, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock Unit is the right, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement, to receive a distribution of a share of Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

2. Stock Unit Account . The Corporation shall maintain an account (“Stock Unit Account”) on its books in the name of the Participant which shall reflect the number of Stock Units awarded to the Participant that the Participant is eligible to receive in distribution pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

3. Dividend Equivalents . Upon the payment of any dividend on Common Stock occurring during the period preceding the distribution of the Participant’s Stock Unit Award pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions, the Corporation shall promptly (and in any event no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the dividend is declared) pay to the Participant an amount in cash equal in value to the dividends that the Participant would have received had the Participant been the actual owner of the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account on that date (“Dividend Equivalents”).

 

4. Forfeiture . The Stock Units granted to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Unit Agreement shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation (a) in accordance with Paragraph 9, if the Participant engages in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions, or (b) in accordance with Paragraph 5 (subject to Paragraphs 6 and 7) of these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period described in Paragraph 5.

 

5 . Vesting . Subject to all of the provisions of the Stock Unit Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 6, 7 and 9 of these Terms and Conditions, the Participant shall become vested in the Stock Units upon the vesting dates specified, and in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth, in the Award Notice. If the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

1


Appendix A-L

 

  Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason prior to the end of the period ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice (“Vesting Period”), the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account that have not yet vested and do not become vested under Paragraph 6 or Paragraph 7, shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation on such termination date, and the Corporation shall have no further obligation after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions with respect to such forfeited Stock Units. The Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Participant under these Terms and Conditions following the Participant’s forfeiture of Stock Units.

 

6. Prorated Vesting .

 

  (a) The Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, subject to the following:

 

  (b) If the Participant’s termination of employment occurs prior to the end of the Vesting Period and is on account of death, then, on such date of death, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units, determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the date of the Participant’s death and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the date of the distribution event falls on an interim vesting date.

 

  (c) Subject to Paragraphs 6(d) and (e), if, (i)  prior to the end of the Vesting Period, the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates (A)  on account of Disability; (B)  under circumstances that entitle the Participant to severance benefits under the Northern Trust Corporation Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) and the Participant has timely executed and not revoked a settlement agreement, waiver and release under the Severance Plan (a “Release”); or (C)  in circumstances other than those described in the preceding clauses (A) and (B), and the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of such termination of employment; and (ii)  the Participant does not engage in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period; then, upon each remaining vesting date in the Vesting Period set forth in

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

2


Appendix A-L

 

  the Award Notice, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units, determined by multiplying the number of Stock Units that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant on such vesting date if the Participant had participated in the Plan up through that vesting date, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the fraction is being applied on an interim vesting date.

 

  (d) If, (i) prior to the end of the Vesting Period, the Participant incurs a Government Service Termination, and (A) the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of such termination of employment, or (B) the Participant’s termination of employment occurs in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(c)(i)(B) that entitle the Participant to severance benefits and the Participant has satisfied all conditions for such benefits; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in any Stock Units is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns, no later than the date of his or her Government Service Termination, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, upon the Participant’s Government Service Termination date, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the Participant’s Government Service Termination date and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

3


Appendix A-L

 

  Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the Participant’s Government Service Termination Date falls on an interim vesting date.

 

  (e) In the case of a Participant whose employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d)(i)(A) or (B), then, if (i) the Participant prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period, accepts Government Employment; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in any Stock Unit is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns no later than the date of commencement of his Government Employment, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event that the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, upon the commencement of the Participant’s Government Employment, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units as determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the Participant’s termination of employment and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the Participant’s date of termination of employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries or date of commencement of Government Employment falls on an interim vesting date.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

4


Appendix A-L

 

 

  (f) For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Disability” means a disability that continues for a period of six (6) months in accordance with The Northern Trust Company’s Managed Disability Program. For purposes of determining the date, if any, on which a Participant becomes vested under Paragraph 6(c) on account of Disability, the date of Disability and the date of termination of employment shall be deemed to be the last day of the six-month period described in the preceding sentence.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Service Termination” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries due to or in connection with the Participant’s immediate commencement of Government Employment.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Employment” refers to employment at any U.S. Federal, state or local government, any non-U.S. government, any supranational or international organization, any self-regulatory organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or organization, or any other employer determined to be a Government Employer by the Committee.

 

  (g) The provisions of Paragraphs 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii) shall be construed in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).

 

  7. Vesting Upon a Change in Control .

 

  (a) In the event of a Change in Control, the Participant’s unvested Stock Units shall be converted to units with respect to equity of the acquirer (“Acquirer Units”) with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock subject to such Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control, and shall continue to vest and be payable, or shall be forfeited, in accordance with the provisions of the Terms and Conditions that would apply in the absence of a Change in Control, provided, however, that if the Participant incurs a Qualifying Termination the Participant shall be credited and become vested in 100 percent of the Participant’s unvested Acquirer Units upon the date of such Qualifying Termination, which shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(d).

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a), then (A) if the Participant is employed on the date of the Change in Control, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in, upon the date of the Change in Control, 100 percent of the Participant’s unvested Stock Units, and (B) if the Participant previously terminated employment under circumstances described in Paragraph 6(c), the Participant shall have credited and become vested on the date of the Change in Control in the number of Stock Units in which the Participant would otherwise have become vested had the Participant complied with the conditions of Paragraph 6(c) through the end of the Vesting Period.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

5


Appendix A-L

 

 

  8. Distribution.

 

  (a) In the case of Stock Units that become vested upon a vesting date within the Vesting Period pursuant to Paragraph 5 or Paragraph 6(c), such Stock Units shall be distributed on such vesting date, provided that such Stock Units shall be treated as distributed on such vesting date if they are distributed no later than the last day of the calendar year in which such vesting date occurs, or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month after such vesting date occurs, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(d), including without limitation the requirement that the employee shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

  (b) In the case of Stock Units that become vested prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period upon a Participant’s death pursuant to Paragraph 6(b), with the number of unvested Stock Units that become vested on death determined in accordance with Paragraph 6 of these Terms and Conditions, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s beneficiary as soon as practicable, but no later than 90 days, after the Participant’s death, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(b), including without limitation the requirement that the beneficiary shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment. Such distribution shall be made to such beneficiary and in such proportions as the Participant may designate in writing, and in the absence of a designation, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be one of the following persons determined in the order provided below:

– The Participant’s spouse; if none, then,

– The Participant’s children (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s parents (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s brothers and sisters (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s estate.

In the event of the Participant’s death after the expiration of the Vesting Period but prior to full distribution of the Stock Units pursuant to these Terms and Conditions, the Participant’s Stock Units shall be distributed, within the period described in Paragraph 8(a), to the Participant’s beneficiary determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 8(b).

 

  (c) In the case of Stock Units that become vested in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), distribution shall be made on the date such amounts become vested under Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), as applicable, provided that all of the requirements of Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e) are satisfied, including, without limitation Paragraph 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii).

 

  (d) In the case of Acquirer Units that become vested upon a Qualifying Termination under Paragraph 7(a), distribution shall be made, as soon as practicable, but no

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

6


Appendix A-L

 

  later than 60 days, after such Qualifying Termination, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(b), including without limitation the requirement that the employee shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

  (e) In the event of a Change in Control, if the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a), this Stock Unit Award shall be terminated upon such Change in Control and the Participant shall be entitled to a distribution of all Stock Units which become vested pursuant to Paragraph 7(b) and such distribution shall be made consistent with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B), subject to satisfaction of the conditions thereof.

 

  (f) Stock Units shall be distributed only in shares of Common Stock so that, pursuant to Paragraph 1 of these Terms and Conditions and this Paragraph 8, a Participant shall be entitled to receive one share of Common Stock for each Stock Unit in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, Acquirer Units described in Paragraph 7(a) (or Stock Units vested prior to the Change in Control under Paragraphs 6(b) or 6(c) that have not yet been distributed as of the Change in Control) shall be settled in equity of the acquirer, and Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Paragraph 7(b) may be settled in cash.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Stock Unit Award, including without limitation this Paragraph 8, shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan, including without limitation Sections 14(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Plan. Pursuant to and not by way of limitation of the preceding sentence, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, “termination of employment” as used herein shall mean “Separation from Service” as defined in the Plan, a Participant shall in no event be eligible for a distribution on account of Disability or termination of employment unless the Participant incurs a “Separation from Service”, as defined in the Plan, and any distribution described herein shall be delayed as necessary to meet the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Plan.

 

9. Forfeitures and Recoupments .

 

  (a) Engaging in Restricted Activity Without Written Consent of the Corporation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant, without the written consent of the Corporation:

 

  (i) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions, has divulged, directly or indirectly, or used, for the Participant’s own or another’s benefit, any Confidential Information; or

 

  (ii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has Solicited, or assisted in the Solicitation of, any Client or Prospective Client (provided,

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

7


Appendix A-L

 

  however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Participant’s Solicitation of any Client or Prospective Client with whom he or she had a business relationship prior to the start of his or her employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, provided no Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, is used in such Solicitation); or

 

  (iii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has solicited, encouraged, advised, induced or caused any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or provided any assistance, encouragement, information, or suggestion to any person or entity regarding the solicitation or hiring of any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

then the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) shall be forfeited to the Corporation by notice from the Committee in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the Committee acquires knowledge of the Participant’s violation of this Paragraph 9(a). In the event that a Participant’s Stock Units are forfeited pursuant to the preceding sentence or the provisions of Paragraph 9(b), below, the Corporation shall not distribute the Stock Units to the Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiary) pursuant to Paragraph 8, or pay any Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 with respect to such Stock Units.

In addition, in the event of any action by the Participant to which clause (i), (ii) or (iii), above, applies, the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery to the Participant with respect to any Stock Units occurring within twelve (12) months prior to, or at any time following, the date of the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason (including but not limited to termination of employment due to retirement or Disability), and recoup any “gain realized” in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c) below.

 

  (b) Misconduct and Restatement of Financials . Consistent with the Corporation’s strategies to discourage excessively risky behavior, and notwithstanding any other provision in these Terms and Conditions, in the event that:

 

  (i) the Corporation is required to restate its financial statements filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or re-file quarterly financial data with the U.S. Federal Reserve due to any reason other than changes in accounting policy or applicable law (a “Restatement”), and the Committee determines that such Restatement resulted, in whole or in material part, from the Participant (A) intentionally engaging in conduct that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and was inconsistent with the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

8


Appendix A-L

 

  standards of conduct of the business judgment rule, as defined below, or (B) personally and knowingly engaging in practices that materially contributed to circumstances that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and that were inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule; or

 

  (ii) the Committee determines that the Participant has engaged in conduct that is grounds for termination for Cause and is inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule (“Misconduct”); or

 

  (iii) a “Significant Risk Outcome” occurs that the Committee determines is the direct and proximate result of the Participant’s conduct that (A) violated the Northern Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, including any willful or reckless disregard of risk management policies, programs and procedures, and (B) was inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule,

then the Committee shall review (x) in the case of a Restatement, all then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) of the Participant, and all Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery to the Participant within the 36 - month period immediately preceding the date of the Restatement, (y) in the case of Misconduct, all then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) of the Participant, and all Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery during the period after the date of the Misconduct, and (z) in the case of a Significant Risk Outcome, then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) and Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery to the Participant, each of which were granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct described in clause (iii) occurred.

In the event of a Restatement described in clause (i), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding, vested Stock Units that would not have become vested based on accurate financial data or restated results to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the Restatement, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring within 36 months prior to the date of the Restatement that would not have become vested or been paid based on accurate financial data or restated results, and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below. In the event of Misconduct described in clause (ii) (other than any actions or events included in Paragraph 9(a) or clause (i) or (iii) of this Paragraph 9(b)), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the discovery of the Misconduct, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

9


Appendix A-L

 

practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring after the date such Misconduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below. In the event of a Significant Risk Outcome described in clause (iii), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units, (whether vested or unvested) that were granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct described in clause (iii) occurred to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the Committee’s determination, and the Corporation shall to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below.

“Significant Risk Outcome” refers to (i) a financial loss stemming from risk related credit, operational, fiduciary or market events with an impact exceeding $5 million; or (ii) conduct resulting in a fine in excess of $1 million, official censure, or criminal conviction of the Participant or the Corporation.

A Participant’s actions satisfy the “business judgment rule” if such actions were taken in good faith, in a manner that an ordinarily prudent person would act under similar circumstances, and in the interests of the Corporation. In interpreting and applying the preceding sentence, the Committee shall use as a guide the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule as construed by the Delaware courts in applying the Delaware Corporation Act.

 

  (c) Rescission and Recoupment . Upon the rescission, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 9(a) or 9(b), of any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units, the Corporation shall be entitled to recoup any “gains realized” in connection with such Stock Units, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall require. “Gains realized” shall include (i) the amount of any cash (including Dividend Equivalents) distributed to the Participant with respect to, (ii) any cash or shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or proceeds attributable to the sale thereof ) paid or delivered in settlement of, and (iii) any other amounts determined by the Committee to have been realized in connection with, such rescinded Stock Units. If the Participant fails to repay any such amounts to the Corporation within 60 days after receipt of written demand, the Corporation shall be entitled, subject to applicable law and the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, to deduct from any amounts the Corporation owes the Participant from time to time the amount of all gains realized, or to sue for repayment of such amounts, or to pursue both remedies.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

10


Appendix A-L

 

 

10. Delivery of Shares . The Corporation may delay the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock if the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the issuance or delivery is made at the earliest date at which the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will not cause such violation.

 

11. Adjustment . The Stock Units provided herein are subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

 

12. No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed as creating any right in the Participant to continued employment or as altering or amending the existing terms and conditions of employment of the Participant except as otherwise specifically provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

13 . Nontransferability . No interest hereunder of the Participant is transferable except as provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

14 . Withholding/Delivery of Shares . All distributions hereunder are subject to withholding by the Corporation for all applicable federal, state or local taxes. With respect to distributions in shares of Common Stock, subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations shall be satisfied through the withholding of shares of Common Stock to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Stock Unit Award, provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Corporation’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income).

 

15 . Administration . The Plan is administered by the Committee. The rights of the Participant hereunder are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including continued shareholder approval of the Plan), together with such guidelines as have been or may be adopted from time to time by the Committee. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

 

16 . No Rights as Shareholder . Except as provided herein, the Participant will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Stock Units.

 

17 . Interpretation and Applicable Law . Any interpretation by the Committee of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Unit Agreement or any guidelines shall be final. All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement, and all claims or causes of action arising under, relating to, or in connection with, the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be determined in conformity with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.

 

18 . Sole Agreement . The Stock Unit Agreement, together with the Plan, is the entire Agreement between the parties hereto, all prior oral and written representations being

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

11


Appendix A-L

 

  merged herein. No amendment or modification of the terms of the Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding on either party unless reduced to writing and signed by the party to be bound. The Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Notwithstanding anything in the Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, including without limitation the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 18, in the event that the Committee determines that the Stock Unit Award, or the performance by the Corporation of any of its obligations under the Stock Unit Agreement, would violate any applicable law, the Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Corporation and cancelled, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to distribute the Stock Units to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or to pay any Dividend Equivalents.

 

19. Definitions . As provided above, capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. For purposes of the Stock Unit Agreement:

 

  (a) “Cause” means (i) a Participant’s conviction of or no contest plea with respect to bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud, grand larceny, or any felony involving abuse or misuse of the Participant’s position to seek or obtain an illegal or personal gain at the expense of the Corporation, or similar crime, or conspiracy to commit any such crimes or attempt to commit any such crimes; or (ii) misconduct that causes material harm to the Corporation.

 

  (b) “Client” means any person or entity with which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, did business and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (c) “Competitive Service or Product” means any service or product: (i) that is substantially similar to or competitive with any service or product that the Participant created or provided, or of which the Participant assisted in the creation or provision, during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (d) “Confidential Information” means any trade secrets or other significant proprietary information, including, but not limited to, any client information (for example, client lists, information about client accounts, borrowings, and current or proposed transactions), any internal analysis of clients, marketing strategies, financial reports or projections, business or other plans, data, procedures, methods, computer data or system program or design, devices, lists, tools, or compilation, which relate to the present or planned business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and which has not been made generally known to the public by authorized representatives of the Corporation.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

12


Appendix A-L

 

 

  (e) “Good Cause” means (i) Participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust which involves the business of Northern Trust; (ii) Participant’s willful engagement in any misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duty that materially injures the Corporation; (iii) Participant’s performance of any act which, if known to the customers, clients, stockholders or regulations of Northern Trust, would materially and adversely impact the business of Northern Trust; (iv) any act or omission by Participant that causes a regulatory body with jurisdiction over Northern Trust, to demand, request, or recommend that Participant be suspended or terminated from any position in which Participant serves with Northern Trust, or (v) Participant’s willful and substantial nonperformance of assigned duties, provided that such nonperformance has continued more than ten days after Northern Trust has given written notice of such nonperformance and of its intention to terminate Participant’s employment because of such nonperformance. For purposes of clauses (ii) and (v) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Participant’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Corporation. In the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Corporation that Good Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Corporation establishes to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by clear and convincing evidence that Good Cause exists.

 

  (f) “Good Reason” shall exist if, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish (A) the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (B) the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the position or entity to which Participant is required to report; or (C) the budget, if any, over which Participant has authority, in each case as compared to Participant’s circumstances immediately prior to a Change in Control; (ii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish Participant’s base compensation from that in effect as of the date of grant hereunder of the Stock Unit (or as of a Change in Control, if greater), including a diminution of Participant’s salary or the material diminution in the aggregate value to Participant of participation in cash or stock-based incentive or bonus plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, or other benefit plans, programs or arrangements (as computed by an independent employee benefits consultant selected by the Corporation); (iii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially change the geographic location at which Participant must perform services from that in effect prior to a Change in Control (including by assigning to Participant duties that would reasonably require such relation or which would require Participant to spend more than fifty normal working days away from the location in effect prior to a Change in Control); or (iv) any other action or inaction by the Corporation (or an affiliate) that constitutes a material breach of the employment agreement, if any, under which Participant provides services to the Corporation.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

13


Appendix A-L

 

Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of, rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder, provided, however, that in order for Good Reason to exist hereunder, Participant must provide notice to the Corporation of the existence of the condition described in clauses (i) through (v) above within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition (or, if later, within 90 days of Participant’s becoming aware of such condition), and the Corporation must have failed to cure such condition within 30 days of the receipt of such notice.

 

  (g) “Northern Trust” means the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, collectively.

 

  (h) “Prospective Client” means any person or entity to which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, provided, or from which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries received, a proposal, bid, or written inquiry (general advertising or promotional materials and mass mailings excepted) and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (i) “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries after the date of the Change in Control and, at any time before the second anniversary of such Change in Control, that is either involuntary on the part of the Participant and does not result from his or her death or disability and is not for “Good Cause”, or is voluntary and for “Good Reason.”

 

  (j) “Solicit” and “Solicitation” (with respect to Clients or Prospective Clients) mean directly or indirectly, and without the Corporation’s written authorization, to invite, encourage, request, or induce (or to assist another to invite, encourage, request or induce) any Client or Prospective Client of the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to: (i) surrender, redeem or terminate a product, service or relationship with the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) obtain any Competitive Service or Product from the Participant or any third party; or (iii) transfer a product, service or relationship from the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to the Participant or any third party.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group

 

14

Exhibit 10.7(xiv)

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

STOCK UNIT AWARD

UNDER THE

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 2012 STOCK PLAN

Your Stock Unit Award is subject to the provisions of the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), the Stock Unit Award notice (the “Award Notice”), and this Terms and Conditions document (“Terms and Conditions”). The Award Notice and these Terms and Condition constitute the “Stock Unit Agreement” as defined in the Plan. If there is any conflict between the information in the Stock Unit Agreement and the Plan, the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.

 

1 . Grant . The Corporation hereby grants to the Participant an Award of Stock Units, as set forth in the Award Notice, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock Unit is the right, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement, to receive a distribution of a share of Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

2. Stock Unit Account . The Corporation shall maintain an account (“Stock Unit Account”) on its books in the name of the Participant which shall reflect the number of Stock Units awarded to the Participant that the Participant is eligible to receive in distribution pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions.

 

3. Dividend Equivalents . Upon the payment of any dividend on Common Stock occurring during the period preceding the distribution of the Participant’s Stock Unit Award pursuant to Paragraph 8 of these Terms and Conditions, the Corporation shall promptly (and in any event no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the dividend is declared) pay to the Participant an amount in cash equal in value to the dividends that the Participant would have received had the Participant been the actual owner of the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account on that date (“Dividend Equivalents”).

 

4. Forfeiture . The Stock Units granted to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Unit Agreement shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation (a) in accordance with Paragraph 9, if the Participant engages in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions, or (b) in accordance with Paragraph 5 (subject to Paragraphs 6 and 7) of these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period described in Paragraph 5.

 

5. Vesting . Subject to all of the provisions of the Stock Unit Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 6, 7 and 9 of these Terms and Conditions, the Participant shall become vested in the Stock Units upon the vesting dates specified, and in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth, in the Award Notice. If the

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

1


Appendix A-M

 

  Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason prior to the end of the period ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice (“Vesting Period”), the Stock Units in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account that have not yet vested and do not become vested under Paragraph 6 or Paragraph 7, shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation on such termination date, and the Corporation shall have no further obligation after such date to pay Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 of these Terms and Conditions with respect to such forfeited Stock Units. The Corporation shall have no further obligation to the Participant under these Terms and Conditions following the Participant’s forfeiture of Stock Units.

 

6. Alternate Vesting .

 

  (a) The Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries, subject to the following:

 

  (b) If the Participant’s termination of employment occurs prior to the end of the Vesting Period and (i) is on account of death, (ii) occurs prior to attainment of age 55 and is on account of Disability, or (iii) occurs prior to the attainment of age 55 and occurs under circumstances that entitle the Participant to severance benefits under the Northern Trust Corporation Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) and the Participant has timely executed and not revoked a settlement agreement, waiver and release under the Severance Plan (a “Release”); then, on such date of death, Disability or termination of employment (“distribution event”), the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units, determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the date of the Participant’s death, Disability or termination of employment and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the date of the distribution event falls on an interim vesting date.

 

  (c) Subject to Paragraphs 6(d) and 6(e), if, prior to the end of the Vesting Period, the Participant’s employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (other than death), (i) the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

2


Appendix A-M

 

  such termination of employment, and (ii) the Participant does not engage in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9 of these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, then, the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the date of the Participant’s termination of employment shall become vested upon the vesting dates specified, and in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth, in the Award Notice, and shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(a).

 

  (d) If, (i) prior to the end of the Vesting Period, the Participant incurs a Government Service Termination, and the Participant is 55 years or older on the date of such termination of employment; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of the Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in any Stock Units is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns, no later than the date of his or her Government Service Termination, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, upon the Participant’s Government Service Termination date, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the Participant’s Government Service Termination date and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the Participant’s Government Service Termination Date falls on an interim vesting date.

 

  (e) In the case of a Participant whose employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates prior to the end of the Vesting Period in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d)(i), then, if (i) the Participant prior to the expiration of

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

3


Appendix A-M

 

  the Vesting Period, accepts Government Employment; (ii) the Participant provides the Committee with satisfactory evidence that as a result of Participant’s Government Employment, the divestiture of the Participant’s continued interest in

any Stock Unit is (A) necessary for the Participant as a Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government, or (B) reasonably necessary for the Participant to avoid the violation of U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. ethics law or conflicts of interest law applicable to the Participant in the Participant’s Government Employment; and (iii) the Participant executes and returns no later than the date of commencement of his Government Employment, an agreement satisfactory to the Committee acknowledging the Corporation’s right to recover (and the Participant’s obligation to repay) under Paragraph 9 of the Terms and Conditions, any gain realized in connection with the Stock Units paid to the Participant in the event that the Participant is determined to have engaged in conduct or activity described in Paragraph 9; then, upon the commencement of the Participant’s Government Employment, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in a pro-rated number of unvested Stock Units as determined by multiplying the number of the Participant’s Stock Units that were unvested immediately prior to the Participant’s termination of employment and that would have become vested and distributable to the Participant if the Participant had participated in the Plan for the full Vesting Period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months of the Participant’s actual participation in the Plan under these Terms and Conditions during the Vesting Period, and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar months in the Vesting Period, in all cases as determined by the Committee or the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. For purposes of calculating the number of full calendar months in the denominator described in the preceding sentence, the Vesting Period shall, consistent with Paragraph 5, refer to the period commencing on the date of grant and ending on the latest vesting date set forth in the Award Notice, without regard to any interim vesting dates, and without regard to whether the Participant’s date of termination of employment with the Corporation and its subsidiaries or date of commencement of Government Employment falls on an interim vesting date.

 

  (f) For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Disability” means a disability that continues for a period of six (6) months in accordance with The Northern Trust Company’s Managed Disability Program. For purposes of determining the date, if any, on which a Participant becomes vested under Paragraph 6(b) on account of Disability, the date of Disability and the date of termination of employment shall be deemed to be the last day of the six-month period described in the preceding sentence.

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Service Termination” means the Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries due to or in connection with the Participant’s immediate commencement of Government Employment.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

4


Appendix A-M

 

For purposes of these Terms and Conditions, “Government Employment” refers to employment at any U.S. Federal, state or local government, any non-U.S. government, any supranational or international organization, any self-regulatory organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or organization, or any other employer determined to be a Government Employer by the Committee.

 

  (g) The provisions of Paragraphs 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii) shall be construed in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).

 

  7. Vesting Upon a Change in Control .

 

  (a) In the event of a Change in Control, the Participant’s unvested Stock Units shall be converted to units with respect to equity of the acquirer (“Acquirer Units”) with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock subject to such Stock Units on the date of the Change in Control, and shall continue to vest and be payable, or shall be forfeited, in accordance with the provisions of the Terms and Conditions that would apply in the absence of a Change in Control, provided, however, that if the Participant incurs a Qualifying Termination the Participant shall be credited and become vested in 100 percent of the Participant’s unvested Acquirer Units upon the date of such Qualifying Termination, which shall be distributed in accordance with Paragraph 8(e).

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a), then (A) if the Participant is employed on the date of the Change in Control, the Participant shall have credited and become vested in, upon the date of the Change in Control, 100 percent of the Participant’s unvested Stock Units, and (B) if the Participant previously terminated employment under circumstances described in Paragraph 6(c), the Participant shall have credited and become vested upon the date of the Change in Control in the number of Stock Units in which the Participant would otherwise have become vested had the Participant complied with the conditions of Paragraph 6(c) through the end of the Vesting Period.

 

  8. Distribution.

 

  (a) In the case of Stock Units that become vested upon a vesting date within the Vesting Period pursuant to Paragraph 5 or Paragraph 6(c), such Stock Units shall be distributed on such vesting date, provided that such Stock Units shall be treated as distributed on such vesting date if they are distributed no later than the last day of the calendar year in which such vesting date occurs, or, if later, by the 15 th day of the third calendar month after such vesting date occurs, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(d), including without limitation the requirement that the employee shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

5


Appendix A-M

 

 

  (b) In the case of Stock Units that become vested prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period upon an individual’s Disability or termination of employment in the circumstances described in Paragraph 6(b) (“distribution event”), with the number of unvested Stock Units that become vested on such distribution event determined in accordance with Paragraph 6 of these Terms and Conditions, distribution shall be made, as soon as practicable, but no later than 60 days after such distribution event, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(b), including without limitation the requirement that the employee shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

  (c) In the case of Stock Units that become vested in circumstances described in Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), distribution shall be made on the date such amounts become vested under Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e), as applicable, provided that all of the requirements of Paragraph 6(d) or 6(e) are satisfied, including, without limitation Paragraph 6(d)(ii) and 6(e)(ii).

 

  (d) In the case of Stock Units that become vested prior to the expiration of the Vesting Period upon a Participant’s death pursuant to Paragraph 6(b), with the number of unvested Stock Units that become vested on death determined in accordance with Paragraph 6 of these Terms and Conditions, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s beneficiary as soon as practicable, but no later than 90 days, after the Participant’s death, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(b), including without limitation the requirement that the beneficiary shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment. Such distribution shall be made to such beneficiary and in such proportions as the Participant may designate in writing, and in the absence of a designation, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be one of the following persons determined in the order provided below:

– The Participant’s spouse; if none, then,

– The Participant’s children (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s parents (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s brothers and sisters (in equal amounts); if none, then,

– The Participant’s estate.

In the event of the Participant’s death after the expiration of the Vesting Period but prior to full distribution of the Stock Units pursuant to these Terms and Conditions, the Participant’s Stock Units shall be distributed, within the period described in clause (a) above, to the Participant’s beneficiary determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause (d) of Paragraph 8.

 

  (e) In the case of Acquirer Units that become vested upon a Qualifying Termination under Paragraph 7(a), distribution shall be made, as soon as practicable, but no later than 60 days, after such Qualifying Termination, subject to and in

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

6


Appendix A-M

 

  accordance with the provisions of, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(b), including without limitation the requirement that the employee shall in no event have the right directly or indirectly to designate the taxable year of payment.

 

  (f) In the event of a Change in Control, if the acquirer does not agree to the provisions of Paragraph 7(a), this Stock Unit Award shall be terminated upon such Change in Control and the Participant shall be entitled to a distribution of all Stock Units which become vested pursuant to Paragraph 7(b) and such distribution shall be made consistent with Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B), subject to satisfaction of the conditions thereof.

 

  (g) Stock Units shall be distributed only in shares of Common Stock so that, pursuant to Paragraph 1 of these Terms and Conditions and this Paragraph 8, a Participant shall be entitled to receive one share of Common Stock for each Stock Unit in the Participant’s Stock Unit Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, Acquirer Units described in Paragraph 7(a) (or Stock Units vested prior to the Change in Control under Paragraph 6(b) that have not yet been distributed as of the Change in Control) shall be settled in equity of the acquirer, and Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Paragraph 7(b) may be settled in cash.

 

  (h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Stock Unit Award, including without limitation this Paragraph 8, shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan, including without limitation Sections 14(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of the Plan. Pursuant to and not by way of limitation of the preceding sentence, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, “termination of employment” as used herein shall mean “Separation from Service” as defined in the Plan, a Participant shall in no event be eligible for a distribution on account of Disability or termination of employment unless the Participant incurs a “Separation from Service”, as defined in the Plan, and any distribution described herein shall be delayed as necessary to meet the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Plan.

 

9. Forfeitures and Recoupments .

 

  (a) Engaging in Restricted Activity Without Written Consent of the Corporation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Terms and Conditions, if the Participant, without the written consent of the Corporation:

 

  (i) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions, has divulged, directly or indirectly, or used, for the Participant’s own or another’s benefit, any Confidential Information; or

 

  (ii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has Solicited, or assisted in the Solicitation of, any Client or Prospective Client (provided, however, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Participant’s

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

7


Appendix A-M

 

  Solicitation of any Client or Prospective Client with whom he or she had a business relationship prior to the start of his or her employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, provided no Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, is used in such Solicitation); or

 

  (iii) at any time after the date of these Terms and Conditions and through a period of twelve (12) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for any reason, has solicited, encouraged, advised, induced or caused any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or provided any assistance, encouragement, information, or suggestion to any person or entity regarding the solicitation or hiring of any employee of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

then the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) shall be forfeited to the Corporation by notice from the Committee in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the Committee acquires knowledge of the Participant’s violation of this Paragraph 9(a). In the event that a Participant’s Stock Units are forfeited pursuant to the preceding sentence or the provisions of Paragraph 9(b), below, the Corporation shall not distribute the Stock Units to the Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiary) pursuant to Paragraph 8, or pay any Dividend Equivalents pursuant to Paragraph 3 with respect to such Stock Units.

In addition, in the event of any action by the Participant to which clause (i), (ii) or (iii), above, applies, the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery to the Participant with respect to any Stock Units occurring within twelve (12) months prior to, or at any time following, the date of the Participant’s termination of employment for any reason (including but not limited to termination of employment due to Disability), and recoup any “gain realized” in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c) below.

 

  (b) Misconduct and Restatement of Financials . Consistent with the Corporation’s strategies to discourage excessively risky behavior, and notwithstanding any other provision in these Terms and Conditions, in the event that:

 

  (i) the Corporation is required to restate its financial statements filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K or re-file quarterly financial data with the U.S. Federal Reserve due to any reason other than changes in accounting policy or applicable law (a “Restatement”), and the Committee determines that such Restatement resulted, in whole or in material part, from the Participant (A) intentionally engaging in conduct that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and was inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule, as defined below, or

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

8


Appendix A-M

 

  (B) personally and knowingly engaging in practices that materially contributed to circumstances that resulted in a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and that were inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule; or

 

  (ii) the Committee determines that the Participant has engaged in conduct that is grounds for termination for Cause and is inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule (“Misconduct”); or

 

  (iii) a “Significant Risk Outcome” occurs that the Committee determines is the direct and proximate result of the Participant’s conduct that (A) violated the Northern Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, including any willful or reckless disregard of risk management policies, programs and procedures, and (B) was inconsistent with the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule,

then the Committee shall review (x) in the case of a Restatement, all then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) of the Participant, and all Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery to the Participant within the 36 - month period immediately preceding the date of the Restatement, (y) in the case of Misconduct, all then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) of the Participant, and all Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery during the period after the date of the Misconduct, and (z) in the case of a Significant Risk Outcome, then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) and Stock Units with respect to which there has been payment or delivery to the Participant, each of which were granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct described in clause (iii) occurred.

In the event of a Restatement described in clause (i), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding, vested Stock Units that would not have become vested based on accurate financial data or restated results to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the Restatement, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring within 36 months prior to the date of the Restatement that would not have become vested or been paid based on accurate financial data or restated results, and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below. In the event of Misconduct described in clause (ii) (other than any actions or events included in Paragraph 9(a) or clause (i) or (iii) of this Paragraph 9(b)), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units (whether vested or unvested) to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the date of the discovery of the Misconduct, and the Corporation shall, to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation and as permitted by

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

9


Appendix A-M

 

applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units occurring after the date such Misconduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below. In the event of a Significant Risk Outcome described in clause (iii), the Committee shall declare the Participant’s then outstanding Stock Units, (whether vested or unvested) that were granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct described in clause (iii) occurred to be forfeited to the Corporation by notice in writing to the Participant within a reasonable period of time after the Committee’s determination, and the Corporation shall to the extent the Committee determines it practicable and in the best interests of the Corporation, and as permitted by applicable law, rescind any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units granted to the Participant in respect of performance in the year or years in which the Participant’s conduct occurred and recoup any gain realized in connection with such Stock Units as described in Paragraph 9(c), below.

“Significant Risk Outcome” refers to (i) a financial loss stemming from risk related credit, operational, fiduciary or market events with an impact exceeding $5 million; or (ii) conduct resulting in a fine in excess of $1 million, official censure, or criminal conviction of the Participant or the Corporation.

A Participant’s actions satisfy the “business judgment rule” if such actions were taken in good faith, in a manner that an ordinarily prudent person would act under similar circumstances, and in the interests of the Corporation. In interpreting and applying the preceding sentence, the Committee shall use as a guide the standards of conduct of the business judgment rule as construed by the Delaware courts in applying the Delaware Corporation Act.

 

  (c) Rescission and Recoupment . Upon the rescission, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 9(a) or 9(b), of any payment or delivery with respect to any Stock Units, the Corporation shall be entitled to recoup any “gains realized” in connection with such Stock Units, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall require. “Gains realized” shall include (i) the amount of any cash (including Dividend Equivalents) distributed to the Participant with respect to, (ii) any cash or shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or proceeds attributable to the sale thereof ) paid or delivered in settlement of, and (iii) any other amounts determined by the Committee to have been realized in connection with, such rescinded Stock Units. If the Participant fails to repay any such amounts to the Corporation within 60 days after receipt of written demand, the Corporation shall be entitled, subject to applicable law and the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, to deduct from any amounts the Corporation owes the Participant from time to time the amount of all gains realized, or to sue for repayment of such amounts, or to pursue both remedies.

 

10 . Delivery of Shares . The Corporation may delay the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock if the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

10


Appendix A-M

 

  will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the issuance or delivery is made at the earliest date at which the Corporation reasonably anticipates that such issuance or delivery will not cause such violation.

 

11 . Adjustment . The Stock Units provided herein are subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan.

 

12 . No Right to Employment . Nothing in the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed as creating any right in the Participant to continued employment or as altering or amending the existing terms and conditions of employment of the Participant except as otherwise specifically provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

13 . Nontransferability . No interest hereunder of the Participant is transferable except as provided in the Stock Unit Agreement.

 

14 . Withholding/Delivery of Shares . All distributions hereunder are subject to withholding by the Corporation for all applicable federal, state or local taxes. With respect to distributions in shares of Common Stock, subject to such rules and limitations as may be established by the Committee from time to time, such withholding obligations shall be satisfied through the withholding of shares of Common Stock to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Stock Unit Award, provided, however, that such shares may be used to satisfy not more than the Corporation’s minimum statutory withholding obligation (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for Federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such taxable income).

 

15 . Administration . The Plan is administered by the Committee. The rights of the Participant hereunder are expressly subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including continued shareholder approval of the Plan), together with such guidelines as have been or may be adopted from time to time by the Committee. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.

 

16 . No Rights as Shareholder . Except as provided herein, the Participant will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Stock Units.

 

17 . Interpretation and Applicable Law . Any interpretation by the Committee of the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Unit Agreement or any guidelines shall be final. All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement, and all claims or causes of action arising under, relating to, or in connection with, the Plan or the Stock Unit Agreement shall be determined in conformity with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of law provisions of any state.

 

18 . Sole Agreement . The Stock Unit Agreement, together with the Plan, is the entire Agreement between the parties hereto, all prior oral and written representations being merged herein. No amendment or modification of the terms of the Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding on either party unless reduced to writing and signed by the party to be

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

11


Appendix A-M

 

  bound. The Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Notwithstanding anything in the Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, including without limitation the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 18, in the event that the Committee determines that the Stock Unit Award, or the performance by the Corporation of any of its obligations under the Stock Unit Agreement, would violate any applicable law, the Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Corporation and cancelled, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to distribute the Stock Units to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or to pay any Dividend Equivalents.

 

19 . Definitions . As provided above, capitalized terms not defined in the Stock Unit Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. For purposes of the Stock Unit Agreement:

 

  (a) “Cause” means (i) a Participant’s conviction of or no contest plea with respect to bribery, extortion, embezzlement, fraud, grand larceny, or any felony involving abuse or misuse of the Participant’s position to seek or obtain an illegal or personal gain at the expense of the Corporation, or similar crime, or conspiracy to commit any such crimes or attempt to commit any such crimes; or (ii) misconduct that causes material harm to the Corporation.

 

  (b) “Client” means any person or entity with which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, did business and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (c) “Competitive Service or Product” means any service or product: (i) that is substantially similar to or competitive with any service or product that the Participant created or provided, or of which the Participant assisted in the creation or provision, during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information during his or her employment by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (d) “Confidential Information” means any trade secrets or other significant proprietary information, including, but not limited to, any client information (for example, client lists, information about client accounts, borrowings, and current or proposed transactions), any internal analysis of clients, marketing strategies, financial reports or projections, business or other plans, data, procedures, methods, computer data or system program or design, devices, lists, tools, or compilation, which relate to the present or planned business of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and which has not been made generally known to the public by authorized representatives of the Corporation.

 

  (e) “Good Cause” means (i) Participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust which involves the business of

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

12


Appendix A-M

 

  Northern Trust; (ii) Participant’s willful engagement in any misconduct in the performance of Participant’s duty that materially injures the Corporation; (iii) Participant’s performance of any act which, if known to the customers, clients, stockholders or regulations of Northern Trust, would materially and adversely impact the business of Northern Trust; (iv) any act or omission by Participant that causes a regulatory body with jurisdiction over Northern Trust, to demand, request, or recommend that Participant be suspended or terminated from any position in which Participant serves with Northern Trust, or (v) Participant’s willful and substantial nonperformance of assigned duties, provided that such nonperformance has continued more than ten days after Northern Trust has given written notice of such nonperformance and of its intention to terminate Participant’s employment because of such nonperformance. For purposes of clauses (ii) and (v) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Participant’s act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Corporation. In the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Corporation that Good Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Corporation establishes to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by clear and convincing evidence that Good Cause exists.

 

  (f) “Good Reason” shall exist if, without Participant’s express written consent: (i) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish (A) the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (B) the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the position or entity to which Participant is required to report; or (C) the budget, if any, over which Participant has authority, in each case as compared to Participant’s circumstances immediately prior to a Change in Control; (ii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially diminish Participant’s base compensation from that in effect as of the date of grant hereunder of the Stock Unit (or as of a Change in Control, if greater), including a diminution of Participant’s salary or the material diminution in the aggregate value to Participant of participation in cash or stock-based incentive or bonus plans, retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, or other benefit plans, programs or arrangements (as computed by an independent employee benefits consultant selected by the Corporation); (iii) the Corporation (or an affiliate) shall materially change the geographic location at which Participant must perform services from that in effect prior to a Change in Control (including by assigning to Participant duties that would reasonably require such relation or which would require Participant to spend more than fifty normal working days away from the location in effect prior to a Change in Control); or (iv) any other action or inaction by the Corporation (or an affiliate) that constitutes a material breach of the employment agreement, if any, under which Participant provides services to the Corporation.

Participant’s continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of, rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

13


Appendix A-M

 

hereunder, provided, however, that in order for Good Reason to exist hereunder, Participant must provide notice to the Corporation of the existence of the condition described in clauses (i) through (v) above within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition (or, if later, within 90 days of Participant’s becoming aware of such condition), and the Corporation must have failed to cure such condition within 30 days of the receipt of such notice.

 

  (g) “Northern Trust” means the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, collectively.

 

  (h) “Prospective Client” means any person or entity to which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, provided, or from which the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries received, a proposal, bid, or written inquiry (general advertising or promotional materials and mass mailings excepted) and with which the Participant had contact, or about which the Participant had access to Confidential Information, during the last twelve (12) months of his or her employment.

 

  (i) “Qualifying Termination” means a termination of employment with the Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries after the date of the Change in Control and, at any time before the second anniversary of such Change in Control, that is either involuntary on the part of the Participant and does not result from his or her death or disability and is not for “Good Cause”, or is voluntary and for “Good Reason.”

 

  (j) “Solicit” and “Solicitation” (with respect to Clients or Prospective Clients) mean directly or indirectly, and without the Corporation’s written authorization, to invite, encourage, request, or induce (or to assist another to invite, encourage, request or induce) any Client or Prospective Client of the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to: (i) surrender, redeem or terminate a product, service or relationship with the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) obtain any Competitive Service or Product from the Participant or any third party; or (iii) transfer a product, service or relationship from the Corporation, or any of its Subsidiaries, to the Participant or any third party.

 

February 10, 2014

For Plan Year 2013 Performance

Management Group w/ Continued Retirement Vesting

 

14

Table of Contents

 

Exhibit 13

FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

10

Consolidated Highlights of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations

 

11

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

54

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting

 

55

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with
Respect to Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

56

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

118

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

119

Consolidated Financial Statistics

 

122

Board of Directors

 

123

Senior Officers

 

124

Corporate Information

 

 


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED HIGHLIGHTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

SUMMARY OF SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

($ In Millions Except Per Common Share Information)    2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

                                                    
                                                      

Noninterest Income

                                                    

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,609.8         $ 2,405.5         $ 2,169.5         $ 2,081.9         $ 2,083.8   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4           206.1           324.5           382.2           445.7   

Treasury Management Fees

     69.0           67.4           72.1           78.1           81.8   

Security Commissions and Trading Income

     68.0           73.6           60.5           60.9           62.4   

Other Operating Income

     166.5           154.9           158.1           146.3           136.8   

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net

     (1.5        (1.7        (23.9        (20.4        (23.4
                                                      

Total Noninterest Income

     3,156.2           2,905.8           2,760.8           2,729.0           2,787.1   
                                                      

Net Interest Income

     933.1           990.3           1,009.1           918.7           999.8   
                                                      

Total Revenue

     4,089.3           3,896.1           3,769.9           3,647.7           3,786.9   
                                                      

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0           25.0           55.0           160.0           215.0   

Noninterest Expense

                                                    

Compensation

     1,306.6           1,267.4           1,267.2           1,108.0           1,099.7   

Employee Benefits

     257.5           258.2           258.2           237.6           242.1   

Outside Services

     564.1           529.2           552.8           460.4           424.5   

Equipment and Software

     377.6           366.7           328.1           287.1           261.1   

Occupancy

     173.8           174.4           180.9           167.8           170.8   

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                         (23.1        (33.0        (17.8

Other Operating Expense

     314.2           282.9           267.1           270.0           136.3   
                                                      

Total Noninterest Expense

     2,993.8           2,878.8           2,831.2           2,497.9           2,316.7   
                                                      

Income before Income Taxes

     1,075.5           992.3           883.7           989.8           1,255.2   

Provision for Income Taxes

     344.2           305.0           280.1           320.3           391.0   
                                                      

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6         $ 669.5         $ 864.2   

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6         $ 669.5         $ 753.1   
                                                      

Average Total Assets

   $ 94,857.7         $ 92,975.5         $ 91,947.9         $ 76,008.2         $ 74,314.2   

PER COMMON SHARE

                                                    

Net Income – Basic

   $ 3.01         $ 2.82         $ 2.47         $ 2.74         $ 3.18   

                   – Diluted

     2.99           2.81           2.47           2.74           3.16   

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share

     1.23           1.18           1.12           1.12           1.12   

Book Value – End of Period (EOP)

     33.34           31.51           29.53           28.19           26.12   

Market Price – EOP

     61.89           50.16           39.66           55.41           52.40   

AT YEAR END

                                                    

Senior Notes

   $ 1,996.6         $ 2,405.8         $ 2,126.7         $ 1,896.1         $ 1,551.8   

Long-Term Debt

     1,709.2           1,421.6           2,133.3           2,729.3           2,837.8   

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     277.1           277.0           276.9           276.9           276.8   

RATIOS

                                                    

Return on Average Common Equity

     9.54        9.34        8.59        10.09        12.73

Return on Average Assets

     0.77           0.74           0.66           0.88           1.16   

Dividend Payout Ratio

     41.1           42.0           45.4           40.8           35.2   

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets – EOP

     13.4           12.8           12.5           13.6           13.4   

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets – EOP

     15.8           14.3           14.2           15.6           15.8   

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

     7.9           8.2           7.3           8.8           8.8   

Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets

     8.1           7.9           7.6           8.7           8.9   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   10


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

Northern Trust Corporation (the Corporation), together with its subsidiaries, is a leading provider of asset servicing, fund administration, asset management, fiduciary and banking solutions for corporations, institutions, families, and individuals worldwide. Northern Trust focuses on servicing and managing client assets through its two primary business units, Wealth Management (WM) and Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS). Asset management and related services are provided to Wealth Management and C&IS clients primarily by a third business unit, Asset Management. Northern Trust emphasizes a high level of client service complemented by the effective use of technology delivered by a fourth business unit, Operations & Technology (O&T).

Northern Trust conducts business through various United States (U.S.) and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including The Northern Trust Company (the Bank). The Corporation has a network of offices in 18 U.S. states; Washington, D.C.; and 18 international locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East and the Asia Pacific region. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Northern Trust” refers to Northern Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

 

Net income per diluted common share in 2013 was $2.99, compared to $2.81 in 2012, while net income for 2013 was $731.3 million, compared to $687.3 million in 2012. Net income in 2013 was impacted by a $32.6 million pre-tax gain on the sale of an office building property, partially offset by a $19.2 million pre-tax charge in connection with an agreement to resolve certain long-standing class action litigation related to Northern Trust’s securities lending program. The prior year included restructuring, acquisition and integration related pre-tax charges of $18.6 million.

Throughout 2013, Northern Trust focused on serving our clients and improving the profitability and returns of our business. Our return on common equity in 2013 was 9.5%, compared to 9.3% in 2012. Revenue increased 5% to $4.09 billion in 2013 from $3.90 billion in the prior year, driven by an 8% increase in trust, investment and other servicing fees, but was dampened by the challenging low interest rate environment. Noninterest expense increased 4% from $2.88 billion in 2012 to $2.99 billion in 2013, reflecting growth in our business and continued investment to support technology initiatives and a growing set of regulatory and compliance requirements. The full year benefit of our Driving Performance initiatives surpassed our initial target of $250 million. The current year increase in revenue primarily reflects higher trust, investment and other servicing fees and foreign exchange trading income, partially offset by lower net interest income. The increase in noninterest expense in 2013 reflects higher compensation, outside services, equipment and software and other operating expense as compared to 2012.

Trust, investment and other servicing fees, which represent the largest component of consolidated revenue, increased 8% to $2.61 billion, from $2.41 billion in 2012, primarily reflecting new business and the favorable impact of equity markets, partially offset by higher levels of waived fees in money market mutual funds. Money market mutual fund fee waivers, attributable to persistent low short-term interest rates, totaled $108.2 million in 2013 compared to $74.5 million in 2012.

Foreign exchange trading income of $244.4 million increased 19% from 2012, primarily as a result of higher trading volumes.

New business and higher equity markets in 2013 drove client assets under custody and under management up 16% and 17%, respectively, as compared to the prior year-end levels. Client assets under custody increased from $4.8 trillion in 2012 to $5.6 trillion, and included $3.2 trillion of global custody assets, up 21% from 2012. Client assets under management increased to $884.5 billion from $758.9 billion in 2012.

Reported net interest income of $933.1 million decreased 6%, primarily due to a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher average earning assets.

The provision for credit losses totaled $20.0 million in 2013, down from $25.0 million in 2012. The lower provision reflects improvement in the credit quality of commercial and institutional and commercial real estate loans, while weakness persists in residential real estate loans. Net charge-offs in 2013 increased to $39.7 million from $26.3 million in 2012, while nonperforming assets were relatively unchanged at $274.7 million as of December 31, 2013. Loans and leases at year-end totaled $29.4 billion, down slightly from $29.5 billion in 2012.

Total noninterest expense equaled $2.99 billion, up 4% from 2012. The current year includes higher compensation and outside services expense, the $19.2 million pre-tax charge in connection with the legal settlement and higher charges associated with other account servicing activities, higher equipment and software expense, and increases in various other miscellaneous categories of other operating expense. The prior year included $18.6 million of pre-tax restructuring, acquisition and integration related charges.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   11


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Northern Trust continues to maintain a strong capital position, exceeding “well-capitalized” levels under federal bank regulatory capital requirements, with tier 1 capital and tier 1 common ratios of 13.4% and 12.9%, respectively. At year-end, total stockholders’ equity equaled $7.9 billion, up 5% from $7.5 billion a year earlier. Northern Trust declared dividends of $299.2 million in 2013, representing a dividend payout ratio of 41%, and repurchased 5.5 million shares in 2013 at a cost of $310.0 million. Dividends and share repurchases combined, Northern Trust’s total payout ratio was 83% in 2013.

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

REVENUE

Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from noninterest income that primarily consists of trust, investment and other servicing fees. Net interest income comprises the remainder of revenue and consists of interest income generated by earning assets, net of interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds.

Revenue for 2013 was $4.09 billion, an increase of 5% from $3.90 billion in 2012, which was up 3% from 2011 revenue of $3.77 billion. Noninterest income represented 77% of total revenue in 2013 and totaled $3.16 billion, up 9% from $2.91 billion in 2012. Noninterest income represented 75% of total revenue in 2012 and was higher by 5% from $2.76 billion in 2011.

The current year increase in noninterest income primarily reflects increased trust, investment and other servicing fees and higher foreign exchange trading income. Trust, investment and other servicing fees – the largest component of noninterest income – totaled $2.61 billion in 2013, up $204.3 million, or 8%, from $2.41 billion in 2012, primarily reflecting new business and favorable equity markets, partially offset by higher levels of waived fees in money market mutual funds. Foreign exchange trading income in 2013 totaled $244.4 million, up $38.3 million, or 19%, compared with $206.1 million in 2012, primarily reflecting higher trading volumes from 2012 levels.

Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis in 2013 was $965.6 million, a decrease of $65.5 million, or 6%, from $1.03 billion in 2012, which was down 2% from $1.05 billion in 2011. The decrease in net interest income is primarily attributable to a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The net interest margin declined to 1.13% in 2013 from 1.22% in 2012, primarily reflecting lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by a lower cost of interest-related funds. Average earning assets increased $1.5 billion, or 2%, in 2013, primarily reflecting higher levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve.

Additional information regarding Northern Trust’s revenue by type is provided below.

 

2013 TOTAL REVENUE OF $4.09 BILLION

 

LOGO

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   12


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Noninterest Income

The components of noninterest income, and a discussion of significant changes during 2013 and 2012, are provided below.

 

NONINTEREST INCOME                               CHANGE  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,609.8         $ 2,405.5         $ 2,169.5           8        11

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4           206.1           324.5           19           (36

Treasury Management Fees

     69.0           67.4           72.1           2           (6

Security Commissions and Trading Income

     68.0           73.6           60.5           (8        22   

Other Operating Income

     166.5           154.9           158.1           8           (2

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net

     (1.5        (1.7        (23.9        (9        (93
                                                      

Total Noninterest Income

   $ 3,156.2         $ 2,905.8         $ 2,760.8           9        5

 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

Trust, investment and other servicing fees were $2.61 billion in 2013 compared with $2.41 billion in 2012. For a more detailed discussion of 2013 trust, investment and other servicing fees, refer to the “Business Unit Reporting” section.

Trust, investment and other servicing fees are based generally on the market value of assets held in custody, managed and serviced; the volume of transactions; securities lending volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered. Certain market value calculations on which fees are based are performed on a monthly or quarterly basis in arrears. Based on an analysis of historical trends and current asset and product mix, management estimates that a 10% rise or fall in overall equity markets would cause a corresponding increase or decrease in Northern Trust’s trust, investment and other servicing fees of approximately 3% and in total revenue of approximately 2%.

The following table presents selected equity market indices and the percentage changes year over year.

 

MARKET INDICES      DAILY AVERAGES               YEAR-END           
       2013        2012        CHANGE      2013        2012        CHANGE  

S&P 500 ®

       1,643           1,379           19      1,848           1,426           30

MSCI EAFE ® (in U.S. dollars)

       1,747           1,489           17         1,916           1,604           19   

 

Assets under custody and assets under management form the primary basis of our trust, investment and other servicing fees. At December 31, 2013, assets under custody were $5.6 trillion, up 16% from $4.8 trillion a year ago, and included $3.2 trillion of global custody assets, compared to $2.7 trillion at December 31, 2012. Assets under management totaled $884.5 billion, up 17% from $758.9 billion at the end of 2012.

 

ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY    DECEMBER 31,      CHANGE    

FIVE-YEAR
COMPOUND
GROWTH

RATE

 
($ In Billions)    2013      2012      2011      2010      2009      2013 / 2012     2012 / 2011        

Corporate & Institutional

   $ 5,079.7       $ 4,358.6       $ 3,877.6       $ 3,711.1       $ 3,325.9         17     12     13

Wealth Management

     496.0         446.3         385.2         370.2         331.1         11        16        11   
                                                                       

Total Assets Under Custody

   $ 5,575.7       $ 4,804.9       $ 4,262.8       $ 4,081.3       $ 3,657.0         16     13     13

 

C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

(In Billions)

  

WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

(In Billions)

LOGO    LOGO

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   13


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT    DECEMBER 31,        CHANGE     

FIVE-YEAR
COMPOUND
GROWTH

RATE

 
($ In Billions)    2013        2012        2011        2010        2009        2013 / 2012      2012 / 2011         

Corporate & Institutional

   $ 662.7         $ 561.2         $ 489.2         $ 489.2         $ 482.0           18      15      9

Wealth Management

     221.8           197.7           173.7           154.4           145.2           12         14         11   
                                                                                   

Total Assets Under Management

   $ 884.5         $ 758.9         $ 662.9         $ 643.6         $ 627.2           17      14      10

 

C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

(In Billions)

  

WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

(In Billions)

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO

 

Assets under custody and under management were invested as follows:

 

ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY    DECEMBER 31,  
     2013        2012  
     C&IS        WM        CONSOLIDATED        C&IS        WM        CONSOLIDATED  

Equities

     46        55        47        44        46        44

Fixed Income Securities

     36           22           34           37           24           36   

Cash and Other Assets

     18           23           19           19           30           20   
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT    DECEMBER 31,  
     2013        2012  
     C&IS        WM        CONSOLIDATED        C&IS        WM        CONSOLIDATED  

Equities

     56        48        54        51        37        48

Fixed Income Securities

     13           27           17           16           30           19   

Cash and Other Assets

     31           25           29           33           33           33   

 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

Northern Trust provides foreign exchange services in the normal course of business as an integral part of its global custody services. Active management of currency positions, within conservative limits, also contributes to foreign exchange trading income. This income increased $38.3 million, or 19%, and totaled $244.4 million in 2013 compared with $206.1 million last year. The increase from the prior year primarily reflects higher trading volumes in the current year.

 

Treasury Management Fees

Treasury management fees, generated from cash and treasury management products and services provided to clients, totaled $69.0 million, up slightly from $67.4 million in 2012.

 

Security Commissions and Trading Income

Security commissions and trading income is generated primarily from securities brokerage services provided by Northern Trust Securities, Inc., and totaled $68.0 million in 2013, down $5.6 million, or 8%, from $73.6 million in 2012.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   14


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Other Operating Income

The components of other operating income include:

 

                                CHANGE  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012      2012 / 2011  

Loan Service Fees

   $ 61.9         $ 64.5         $ 68.9           (4 )%       (6 )% 

Banking Service Fees

     50.9           55.0           54.9           (7        

Other Income

     53.7           35.4           34.3           52         3   
                                                    

Total Other Operating Income

   $ 166.5         $ 154.9         $ 158.1           8      (2 )% 

 

The decrease in loan service fees is primarily attributable to lower loan-related commitment fees in the current year, while the decline in banking service fees in 2013 primarily reflects lower income from standby letters of credit. The “other” component of other operating income in 2013 includes the $32.6 million gain on the sale of an office building property, partially offset by a $12.4 million write-off of certain fee receivables resulting from the correction of an accrual methodology followed in prior years.

 

Investment Security Gains (Losses), Net

Net investment security losses totaled $1.5 million and $1.7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The prior year included $3.3 million of pre-tax charges for the credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of residential mortgage backed securities and auction rate securities held within Northern Trust’s balance sheet investment securities portfolio. There were no OTTI losses in 2013.

 

NONINTEREST INCOME – 2012 COMPARED WITH 2011

Trust, investment and other servicing fees were $2.41 billion in 2012, up 11% from $2.17 billion in 2011. This increase primarily reflected new business, including the full year benefit in 2012 of two acquisitions completed in 2011, as well as revised client fee structures and lower waived fees in money market mutual funds. Foreign exchange trading income decreased 36% in 2012 to $206.1 million from $324.5 million in 2011, reflecting reduced currency market volatility and client volumes from 2011 levels.

Treasury management fees were $67.4 million in 2012, down 6% from $72.1 million in 2011, primarily due to lower transaction volumes in 2012.

Other operating income totaled $154.9 million in 2012, a decrease of 2% from $158.1 million in 2011, primarily attributable to lower loan service fees in 2012 as compared to 2011.

Net investment security losses of $1.7 million in 2012 and $23.9 million in 2011 included $3.3 million and $23.3 million, respectively, of OTTI charges attributable to residential mortgage backed securities.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   15


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net Interest Income

Net interest income stated on an FTE basis is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (GAAP) financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields. When adjusted to an FTE basis, yields on taxable, nontaxable, and partially taxable assets are comparable; however, the adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income. A reconciliation of net interest income on a GAAP basis to net interest income on an FTE basis is provided on page 53. An analysis of net interest income on an FTE basis, major balance sheet components impacting net interest income, and related ratios are provided below.

 

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (FTE)                          CHANGE  
($ In Millions)      2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012      2012 / 2011  

Interest Income – GAAP

     $ 1,155.5         $ 1,287.7         $ 1,408.6           (10 )%       (9 )% 

FTE Adjustment

       32.5           40.8           40.2           (20      1   
                                                      

Interest Income – FTE

       1,188.0           1,328.5           1,448.8           (11      (8

Interest Expense

       222.4           297.4           399.5           (25      (26
                                                      

Net Interest Income – FTE Adjusted

       965.6           1,031.1           1,049.3           (6      (2
                                                      

Net Interest Income – GAAP

       933.1           990.3           1,009.1           (6      (2
                                                      

AVERAGE BALANCE

                                                    

Earning Assets

     $ 85,628.3         $ 84,168.5         $ 82,748.8           2      2

Interest-Related Funds

       67,364.2           62,293.0           67,049.8           8         (7

Net Noninterest-Related Funds

       18,264.1           21,875.5           15,699.0           (17      39   
                                                      
                                  CHANGE IN PERCENTAGE  

AVERAGE RATE

                                                    

Earning Assets

       1.39        1.58        1.75        (0.19      (0.17

Interest-Related Funds

       0.33           0.48           0.60           (0.15      (0.12

Interest Rate Spread

       1.06           1.10           1.15           (0.04      (0.05

Total Source of Funds

       0.26           0.35           0.48           (0.09      (0.13

Net Interest Margin – FTE

       1.13        1.22        1.27        (0.09      (0.05

 

Refer to pages 120 and 121 for additional analysis of net interest income.

 

Net interest income is defined as the total of interest income and amortized fees on earning assets, less interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds, adjusted for the impact of interest-related hedging activity. Earning assets – federal funds sold; securities purchased under agreements to resell; interest-bearing deposits with banks; Federal Reserve deposits; other interest-bearing deposits; securities; and loans and leases – are financed by a large base of interest-bearing funds that include deposits; short-term borrowings; senior notes and long-term debt. Earning assets also are funded by net noninterest-related funds, which include demand deposits; the allowance for credit losses; and stockholders’ equity, reduced by nonearning assets such as cash and due from banks; items in process of collection; and buildings and equipment. Net interest income is subject to variations in the level and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing funds and their relative sensitivity to interest rates. In addition, the levels of nonperforming assets and client compensating deposit balances used to pay for services impact net interest income.

Net interest income in 2013 was $933.1 million, down $57.2 million, or 6% from $990.3 million in 2012. Net interest income on an FTE basis for 2013 was $965.6 million, a decrease of $65.5 million, or 6% from $1.03 billion in 2012. The decrease primarily reflects a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The net interest margin was 1.13%, down from 1.22% in 2012, primarily reflecting lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by a lower cost of interest-related funds due to lower short-term interest rates. Average earning assets increased $1.5 billion, or 2%, to $85.6 billion from $84.2 billion in 2012. Growth in average earning assets primarily reflects a $2.2 billion increase in Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing assets, partially offset by a $571.5 million, or 3%, decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks.

Loans and leases averaged $28.7 billion, 1% lower than the $29.0 billion in 2012.

Securities, inclusive of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, averaged $30.8 billion, relatively unchanged from 2012 levels.

The $1.5 billion increase in average earning assets to $85.6 billion in 2013 from $84.2 billion in 2012 was funded by

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   16


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

higher levels of interest-related funds, which increased $5.1 billion compared to the prior year, primarily attributable to higher average levels of non-U.S. office interest-bearing deposits and short-term borrowings. The increase in average interest-related funds was partially offset by a $3.6 billion decrease in average net noninterest-related funds in 2013, primarily attributable to lower average demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits as compared to the prior year.

Stockholders’ equity averaged $7.7 billion in 2013 compared with $7.4 billion in 2012. The increase of $308.8 million, or 4%, principally reflects the retention of earnings, partially offset by dividends and the repurchase of common stock pursuant to Northern Trust’s share buyback program. In 2013 the Corporation returned $609.2 million in capital to shareholders, including dividend declarations totaling $299.2 million and share repurchases totaling $310.0 million. Under our capital plan submitted in January 2013, which was reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve in March 2013, the Corporation may repurchase up to $164.5 million of common stock after December 31, 2013 through March 2014. In January 2014, the Corporation submitted its most recent capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board. The Corporation is authorized by its board of directors (Board) to purchase up to 7.9 million additional shares after December 31, 2013.

For additional analysis of average balances and interest rate changes affecting net interest income, refer to the Average Balance Sheet with Analysis of Net Interest Income on pages 120 and 121.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME – 2012 COMPARED WITH 2011

Net interest income on an FTE basis was $1.03 billion in 2012, down 2% from $1.05 billion in 2011. The decrease primarily reflected a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The net interest margin was 1.22%, down from 1.27% in 2011, primarily reflecting lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by a lower cost of funding, driven by lower interest rates and a higher level of noninterest-related funds.

Average earning assets increased $1.5 billion, or 2%, to $84.2 billion from $82.7 billion in 2011. The growth in average earning assets was funded by higher levels of noninterest-related funds. Average noninterest-related funding sources in 2012 increased $5.6 billion from 2011, primarily due to increases in average demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. Interest-related funds decreased 7%, primarily attributable to lower average balances in non-U.S. office interest-bearing deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

Stockholders’ equity averaged $7.4 billion in 2012 and $7.0 billion in 2011. The increase reflected the retention of earnings, partially offset by dividends and the repurchase of common stock.

 

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses was $20.0 million in 2013 compared with $25.0 million in 2012 and $55.0 million in 2011. The current year provision reflects improved credit quality for the loan and lease portfolio relative to 2012. Within the portfolio, residential real estate loans continue to reflect weakness relative to the overall loan and lease portfolio, accounting for 72% and 69% of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. For a fuller discussion of the allowance and provision for credit losses for 2013, 2012, and 2011, refer to pages 45 – 47.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   17


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for 2013 totaled $2.99 billion, up $115.0 million, or 4%, from $2.88 billion in 2012, primarily reflecting higher compensation, outside services and equipment and software expense, as well as the $19.2 million legal settlement charge in the current year. Noninterest expense in 2012 included $18.6 million of charges associated with restructuring, acquisition and integration related activities.

The components of noninterest expense and a discussion of significant changes during 2013 and 2012 are provided below.

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                 CHANGE  
($ In Millions)      2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Compensation

     $ 1,306.6         $ 1,267.4         $ 1,267.2           3       

Employee Benefits

       257.5           258.2           258.2                       

Outside Services

       564.1           529.2           552.8           7           (4

Equipment and Software

       377.6           366.7           328.1           3           12   

Occupancy

       173.8           174.4           180.9                     (4

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                           (23.1                  (100

Other Operating Expense

       314.2           282.9           267.1           11           6   
                                                        

Total Noninterest Expense

     $ 2,993.8         $ 2,878.8         $ 2,831.2           4        2

 

Compensation

Compensation expense, the largest component of noninterest expense, totaled $1.31 billion and $1.27 billion in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The current year increase of $39.2 million, or 3%, reflects base pay adjustments and higher staff levels. Staff on a full-time equivalent basis totaled approximately 14,800 at December 31, 2013 compared with approximately 14,200 at December 31, 2012, and averaged 14,400 in 2013, up 2% compared with 14,100 in 2012.

 

Employee Benefits

Employee benefits expense totaled $257.5 million in 2013, relatively unchanged from $258.2 million in 2012.

 

Outside Services

Outside services expense totaled $564.1 million in 2013, up $34.9 million, or 7%, from $529.2 million in 2012. Outside services expense in 2012 included restructuring and integration related charges of $12.1 million. Excluding the prior year charges, outside services expense increased $47.0 million, or 9%, from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher consulting expense, including costs associated with a growing set of regulatory and compliance requirements, as well as increased technical services and sub-custodian expense in 2013. Technical services expense includes costs for systems and application support; the provision of market and research data; and outsourced check processing and lockbox services, among other services.

 

Equipment and Software

Equipment and software expense, comprised of depreciation and amortization; rental; and maintenance costs, increased $10.9 million, or 3%, to $377.6 million in 2013 compared to $366.7 million in 2012. The current year includes higher software amortization and support costs from the continued investment in technology related assets. The prior year included software write-offs of $15.1 million.

 

Occupancy

Occupancy expense totaled $173.8 million in 2013, down slightly from $174.4 million in 2012. Occupancy expense in 2012 included $3.6 million of restructuring charges related to reductions in office space.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   18


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Other Operating Expense

Other operating expense in 2013 totaled $314.2 million, up $31.3 million, or 11% from $282.9 million in 2012. The components of other operating expense are as follows:

 

                                  CHANGE  
($ In Millions)      2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Business Promotion

     $ 91.6         $ 87.8         $ 82.1           4        7

FDIC Insurance Premiums

       23.5           25.4           29.3           (7        (13

Staff Related

       39.1           41.9           37.6           (7        11   

Other Intangibles Amortization

       21.1           20.3           17.5           4           16   

Legal Settlement Charge

       19.2                               N/M             

Other Expenses

       119.7           107.5           100.6           11           7   
                                                        

Total Other Operating Expense

     $ 314.2         $ 282.9         $ 267.1           11        6

 

Other operating expense in 2013 includes the $19.2 million pre-tax charge in connection with an agreement to resolve certain long-standing class action litigation related to the Corporation’s securities lending program. The increase in the “other” component of other operating expense primarily reflects higher charges associated with other account servicing activities and increases within other miscellaneous expense categories.

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE – 2012 COMPARED WITH 2011

Noninterest expense in 2012 totaled $2.88 billion, up 2% from $2.83 billion in 2011. Noninterest expense in 2012 and 2011 reflected charges of $18.6 million ($12.0 million after tax) and $91.6 million ($59.8 million after tax), respectively, associated with restructuring, acquisition and integration related activities. Noninterest expense in 2011 also included Visa indemnification related benefits of $23.1 million.

Compensation expense totaled $1.27 billion in both 2012 and 2011. Compensation expense in 2011 included severance related accruals of $50.2 million related to restructuring, acquisition and integration activities, while 2012 included net reductions in severance accruals of $0.3 million. Compensation expense in 2012 reflected higher annual salary increases, the full year impact in 2012 of operating costs attributable to acquisitions completed in 2011, and higher performance-based compensation as compared to 2011. Staff on a full-time equivalent basis averaged 14,100 in 2012, up 4% compared with 13,500 in 2011.

Employee benefits expense totaled $258.2 million in both 2012 and 2011. Employee benefits expense in 2011 included the reversal of an employee benefit related accrual of $9.7 million for which the 2010 goal was not met.

Outside services expense totaled $529.2 million and $552.8 million in 2012 and 2011 and included restructuring, acquisition and integration charges of $12.1 million and $16.8 million, respectively. Excluding these charges, outside services expense decreased 4% in 2012 as compared to 2011, reflecting lower investment manager sub-advisor fees, consulting fees, and sub-custodian expense, partially offset by higher expense associated with technical services, including the full year cost in 2012 of services attributable to acquisitions completed in 2011.

Equipment and software expense included $15.1 million and $10.9 million of restructuring charges related to software write-offs in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Excluding these software write-offs, equipment and software expense increased 11%, primarily reflecting higher software amortization and support costs from the continued investment in technology related assets.

Occupancy expense for 2012 was $174.4 million, down 4% from $180.9 million in 2011. Occupancy expense in 2012 and 2011 included $3.6 million and $6.4 million, respectively, of restructuring charges related to reductions in office space.

Other operating expense totaled $282.9 million in 2012, up from $267.1 million in 2011, primarily due to increases in business promotion and staff related expense, as well as increases within various miscellaneous categories of other operating expense.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

Provisions for income tax and effective tax rates are impacted by levels of pre-tax income, tax rates, and the impact of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries whose earnings are indefinitely reinvested, as well as non-recurring items such as the resolution of tax matters. The 2013 provision for income taxes was $344.2 million, representing an effective rate of 32.0%. This compares with a provision for income taxes of $305.0 million and an effective rate of 30.7% in 2012. The provision for income tax in 2012 included a $12.4 million tax benefit in connection with the resolution of certain leveraged lease related matters.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   19


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The tax provisions for 2013 and 2012 reflect reductions totaling $27.6 million and $27.1 million, respectively, related to certain non-U.S. subsidiaries whose earnings are being indefinitely reinvested. The 2011 income tax provision of $280.1 million represented an effective tax rate of 31.7% and included a $21.3 million reduction related to non-U.S. subsidiaries whose earnings are being indefinitely reinvested.

 

BUSINESS UNIT REPORTING

Northern Trust is organized around its two principal client-focused business units, Corporate & Institutional Services and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management business unit. Operations support is provided to each of the business units by Operations & Technology.

C&IS and Wealth Management results are presented to promote a greater understanding of their financial performance. The information, presented on an internal management-reporting basis, derives from internal accounting systems that support Northern Trust’s strategic objectives and management structure. Management has developed accounting systems to allocate revenue and expense related to each segment. These systems incorporate processes for allocating assets, liabilities and equity, and the applicable interest income and expense. Equity is allocated based on the proportion of economic capital associated with the business units. Allocations of capital and certain corporate expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent entities. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Transfers of income and expense items are recorded at cost; there is no consolidated profit or loss on sales or transfers between business units. Northern Trust’s presentations are not necessarily consistent with similar information for other financial institutions.

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION                               CHANGE  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Noninterest Income

                                                    

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,609.8         $ 2,405.5         $ 2,169.5           8        11

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4           206.1           324.5           19           (36

Other Noninterest Income

     302.0           294.2           266.8           3           10   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     965.6           1,031.1           1,049.3           (6        (2
                                                      

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     4,121.8           3,936.9           3,810.1           5           3   

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0           25.0           55.0           (20        (55

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                         (23.1                  (100

Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit)

     2,993.8           2,878.8           2,854.3           4           1   
                                                      

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     1,108.0           1,033.1           923.9           7           12   

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     376.7           345.8           320.3           9           8   
                                                      

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6           6        14
                                                      

Average Assets

   $ 94,857.7         $ 92,975.5         $ 91,947.9           2        1

 

Note: Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $32.5 million, $40.8 million, and $40.2 million of FTE adjustments for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

Corporate & Institutional Services

C&IS is a leading global provider of asset servicing, brokerage, banking and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: global master trust and custody; fund administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment risk and analytical services; securities lending; foreign exchange; cash management; treasury management; brokerage services; and transition management services. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   20


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following table summarizes the results of operations of C&IS for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 on a management-reporting basis.

 

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                              CHANGE  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Noninterest Income

                                                    

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 1,443.8         $ 1,334.1         $ 1,196.4           8        12

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     238.8           193.5           315.7           23           (39

Other Noninterest Income

     177.3           193.6           169.7           (8        14   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     275.9           280.1           282.5           (1        (1
                                                      

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     2,135.8           2,001.3           1,964.3           7           2   

Provision for Credit Losses

     (3.4        (2.1        (20.5        62           (90

Noninterest Expense

     1,657.9           1,599.9           1,522.4           4           5   
                                                      

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     481.3           403.5           462.4           19           (13

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     145.6           114.3           168.3           27           (32
                                                      

Net Income

   $ 335.7         $ 289.2         $ 294.1           16        (2 )% 
                                                      

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

     46        42        49                      

Average Assets

   $ 53,308.2         $ 49,904.0         $ 47,533.7           7        5

 

Note: Stated on an FTE basis.

 

The 16% increase in C&IS net income in 2013 primarily resulted from higher trust, investment and other servicing fees and foreign exchange trading income, partially offset by higher noninterest expense in the current year. The 2% decrease in net income in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflected lower foreign exchange trading income, as well as higher noninterest expense attributable to the full year impact in 2012 of acquisitions completed in 2011, partially offset by increased trust, investment and other servicing fees.

 

C&IS Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees are primarily attributable to services related to custody, fund administration, investment management, and securities lending. Custody and fund administration fees are driven primarily by asset values, transaction volumes, and number of accounts. Custody fees related to asset values are priced based on quarter-end or month-end values, values at the beginning of each quarter, or average values for a month or quarter. The fund administration fees that are asset value related are priced using month-end, quarter-end, or average daily balances. Investment management fees are based primarily on market values throughout a period.

Securities lending revenue is affected by market values; the demand for securities to be lent, which drives volumes; and the interest rate spread earned on the investment of cash deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities they have borrowed. The other services fee category in C&IS includes such products as benefit payment, investment risk and analytical services, electronic delivery, and other services. Revenue from these products is based generally on the volume of services provided or a fixed fee.

Provided below are the components of C&IS trust, investment and other servicing fees.

 

CORPORATE AND INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES

TRUST, INVESTMENT AND OTHER SERVICING FEES

 
(In Millions)   2013      2012      2011  

Custody and Fund Administration

  $ 948.9       $ 863.9       $ 770.1   

Investment Management

    295.6         281.0         262.5   

Securities Lending

    97.9         96.3         87.9   

Other

    101.4         92.9         75.9   
                           

Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

  $ 1,443.8       $ 1,334.1       $ 1,196.4   

 

2013 C&IS FEES

 

LOGO

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   21


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Custody and fund administration fees, the largest component of trust, investment and other servicing fees, increased $85.0 million, or 10%, primarily reflecting the favorable impact of equity markets and new business. Fees from investment management increased $14.6 million, or 5%, from the prior year primarily due to new business and favorable equity markets, partially offset by higher waived fees in money market mutual funds. Money market mutual fund fee waivers in C&IS totaled $48.6 million and $29.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Securities lending revenue increased 2%, reflecting higher loan volumes, partially offset by lower spreads in the current year. C&IS other trust, investment and servicing fees increased $8.5 million, or 9%, primarily reflecting higher income from the investment risk and analytical services product.

Provided below is a breakdown of C&IS the assets under custody and under management.

 

C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY  
     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Billions)    2013      2012      2011  

North America

   $ 2,705.4       $ 2,414.6       $ 2,112.1   

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

     1,823.4         1,459.7         1,351.4   

Asia Pacific

     448.6         396.4         319.4   

Securities Lending

     102.3         87.9         94.7   
                            

Total Assets Under Custody

   $ 5,079.7       $ 4,358.6       $ 3,877.6   

 

2013 C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

 

LOGO

 

C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT  
     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Billions)    2013      2012      2011  

North America

   $ 382.2       $ 364.5       $ 304.0   

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

     114.0         60.2         48.7   

Asia Pacific

     64.2         48.6         41.8   

Securities Lending

     102.3         87.9         94.7   
                            

Total Assets Under Management

   $ 662.7       $ 561.2       $ 489.2   

 

2013 C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

 

LOGO

 

C&IS assets under custody were $5.1 trillion at December 31, 2013, 17% higher than $4.4 trillion at December 31, 2012. Assets under management totaled $662.7 billion and $561.2 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash and other assets deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities borrowed from custody clients are managed by Northern Trust and are included in assets under custody and under management. This securities lending collateral totaled $102.3 billion and $87.9 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

C&IS Foreign Exchange Trading Income

Foreign exchange trading income totaled $238.8 million in 2013, a $45.3 million, or 23%, increase from $193.5 million in 2012. The increase primarily reflects higher trading volumes in the current year. Foreign exchange trading income in 2012 of $193.5 million decreased $122.2 million, or 39%, from $315.7 million in 2011, due to reduced currency market volatility and trading volumes as compared to 2011.

 

C&IS Other Noninterest Income

Other noninterest income for 2013 decreased $16.3 million, or 8%, to $177.3 million in 2013, from $193.6 million in 2012, primarily reflecting current year decreases within various miscellaneous categories of other operating income. Other noninterest income of $193.6 million in 2012 increased $23.9 million, or 14%, from $169.7 million in 2011, primarily reflecting increased other operating income attributable to higher banking and credit related service fees.

 

C&IS Net Interest Income

Net interest income decreased 1% in 2013 to $275.9 million from $280.1 million in 2012. The decrease primarily reflects a decline in the net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning assets. The C&IS net interest margin in 2013 was 0.60% compared to 0.66% in 2012 and 0.70% in 2011. The net interest margin decreases in 2013 and 2012 are primarily attributable to lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by lower deposit rates, both the result of the persistent low interest rate environment. Average earning assets totaled $45.9 billion in the current year, an increase of $3.4 billion, or 8%, from $42.5 billion in the prior year. Average earning assets were primarily comprised of interest-bearing deposits with banks as well as loans and leases. Funding sources were primarily comprised of non-U.S. office interest-bearing deposits.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   22


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

C&IS Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses was negative $3.4 million for 2013, primarily reflecting continued improvement in loan portfolio credit quality, partially offset by allowances established as a result of higher commercial and institutional loan balances. The provision for credit losses was negative $2.1 million for 2012 and negative $20.5 million in 2011, reflecting recoveries of previously charged off exposures and improvement in underlying asset quality within the commercial and institutional loan class, partially offset by allowances established as a result of higher commercial and institutional loan and lease financing receivable balances.

 

C&IS Noninterest Expense

Total C&IS noninterest expense, which includes the direct expense of the business unit, indirect expense allocations from Asset Management and O&T for product and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, totaled $1.66 billion in 2013, an increase of $58.0 million, or 4%, from $1.60 billion in 2012. The current year includes the $19.2 million legal settlement charge, higher indirect expense allocations, and increased compensation and outside services expense as compared to 2012. Noninterest expense in 2012 increased $77.5 million, or 5%, from $1.52 billion in 2011, reflecting the full year impact in 2012 of acquisitions completed in 2011, as well as higher indirect expense allocations for product and operating support.

 

Wealth Management

Wealth Management provides trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. Wealth Management also includes the Global Family Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi.

The following table summarizes the results of operations of Wealth Management for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 on a management-reporting basis.

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                              CHANGE  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012      2012 / 2011  

Noninterest Income

                                                  

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 1,166.0         $ 1,071.4         $ 973.1           9      10

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     5.6           12.6           8.8           (56      43   

Other Noninterest Income

     116.7           93.6           119.7           25         (22

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     557.7           629.9           613.7           (11      3   
                                                    

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     1,846.0           1,807.5           1,715.3           2         5   

Provision for Credit Losses

     23.4           27.1           75.5           (14      (64

Noninterest Expense

     1,215.0           1,182.3           1,214.9           3         (3
                                                    

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     607.6           598.1           424.9           2         41   

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     229.2           226.4           168.7           1         34   
                                                    

Net Income

   $ 378.4         $ 371.7         $ 256.2           2      45
                                                    

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

     52        54        42                    
                                                    

Average Assets

   $ 22,887.6         $ 23,917.9         $ 23,861.5           (4 )%      

 

Note: Stated on an FTE basis.

 

Wealth Management net income increased 2% in 2013 as a result of increased revenue, partially offset by higher noninterest expense. The increase in Wealth Management revenue of 2% in 2013 is primarily attributable to increases in trust, investment and other servicing fees and higher other noninterest income, partially offset by lower net interest income. The 3% increase in noninterest expense in 2013 is primarily due to increased indirect expense allocations and compensation expense as compared to 2012. The 45% increase in Wealth Management net income in 2012 from 2011 is primarily attributable to higher revenue, a lower provision for credit losses, and decreased noninterest expense.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   23


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Wealth Management Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

Provided below is a summary of Wealth Management trust, investment and other servicing fees and assets under custody and under management.

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT
TRUST, INVESTMENT AND
OTHER SERVICING FEES
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Central

   $ 470.0       $ 435.8       $ 399.2   

East

     303.4         279.8         248.0   

West

     241.5         228.1         208.5   

Global Family Office

     151.1         127.7         117.4   
                            

Total Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 1,166.0       $ 1,071.4       $ 973.1   

 

2013 WEALTH MANAGEMENT FEES

 

LOGO

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT
ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY
  

DECEMBER 31,

 
(In Billions)    2013      2012      2011  

Global Family Office

   $ 314.9       $ 270.4       $ 226.5   

Central

     79.4         71.9         67.6   

East

     57.3         63.9         54.6   

West

     44.4         40.1         36.5   
                            

Total Assets Under Custody

   $ 496.0       $ 446.3       $ 385.2   

 

2013 WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY

 

LOGO

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT
  

DECEMBER 31,

 
(In Billions)    2013      2012      2011  

Central

   $ 86.2       $ 75.0       $ 68.5   

Global Family Office

     53.9         41.8         34.0   

East

     47.2         49.5         42.1   

West

     34.5         31.4         29.1   
                            

Total Assets Under Management

   $ 221.8       $ 197.7       $ 173.7   

 

2013 WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT

 

LOGO

 

The Wealth Management regions shown above are comprised of the following: Central includes Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio and Wisconsin; East includes Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Massachusetts, New York and Washington, D.C.; West includes Arizona, California, Colorado, Nevada, Texas and Washington. Global Family Office provides specialized asset management, investment consulting, global custody, fiduciary, and private banking services to ultra-wealthy domestic and international clients.

Wealth Management fee income is calculated primarily based on market values. Wealth Management trust, investment and other servicing fees were $1.17 billion in 2013, up 9% from $1.07 billion in 2012, which in turn was up 10% from $973.1 million in 2011. The current year performance benefitted from new business and the favorable impact of equity markets, partially offset by higher waived fees in money market mutual funds. Wealth Management waived fees in money market mutual funds, attributable to the persistent low level of short-term interest rates, totaled $59.6 million and $44.7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Trust, investment and other servicing fees for 2012 were higher than 2011, reflecting new business, revised client fee structures, lower waived fees in money market mutual funds, and the favorable impact of markets on fees.

At December 31, 2013, assets under custody in Wealth Management were $496.0 billion compared with $446.3 billion at December 31, 2012. Assets under management were $221.8 billion at December 31, 2013 compared to $197.7 billion at the previous year end.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   24


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Wealth Management Foreign Exchange Trading Income

Foreign exchange trading income totaled $5.6 million in 2013, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 56%, from $12.6 million in 2012, primarily due to decreased client activity in 2013. Foreign exchange trading income of $12.6 million in 2012 was 43% higher than $8.8 million in 2011.

 

Wealth Management Other Noninterest Income

Other noninterest income for 2013 totaled $116.7 million and included the $32.6 million pre-tax gain on the sale of an office building property. Excluding the gain, other noninterest income in 2013 was $84.1 million, down $9.5 million, or 10%, from $93.6 million in 2012. The other noninterest income decrease of $26.1 million, or 22%, in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily resulted from a decrease in other operating income related to lower banking and credit related service fees in 2012.

 

Wealth Management Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $557.7 million for the year, down $72.2 million, or 11%, from $629.9 million in 2012. The decrease primarily reflects a decline in the net interest margin and lower levels of average earning assets. The Wealth Management net interest margin in 2013 was 2.46% compared to 2.67% in 2012. The decrease in the net interest margin is primarily attributable to lower yields on earning assets, partially offset by lower deposit rates, each reflecting the persistent low interest rate environment. Average earning assets totaled $22.6 billion in the current year, a decrease of $912.7 million, or 4%, from $23.6 billion in the prior year. Net interest income in 2012 was $16.2 million, or 3%, higher than in 2011 and the net interest margin in 2012 of 2.67% was up from the 2011 margin of 2.61%. The higher net interest margin in 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily reflected higher internal yields on certain deposit products, partially offset by lower yields on loans. Earning assets and funding sources in both 2012 and 2013 were primarily comprised of loans and domestic interest-bearing deposits, respectively.

 

Wealth Management Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses totaled $23.4 million for 2013, compared with $27.1 million in 2012, and $75.5 million in 2011. The current year provision reflects continued weakness in the residential real estate loan class, partially offset by improvement in the commercial and institutional and commercial real estate loan classes. The 2012 provision reflected reduced net charge-offs on commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans, partially offset by continued weakness in these loan categories, while commercial and institutional loans continued to evidence improvement. For a fuller discussion of the allowance and provision for credit losses refer to pages 45 – 47.

 

Wealth Management Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense, which includes the direct expense of the business unit, indirect expense allocations from Asset Management and O&T for product and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, totaled $1.22 billion, an increase of $32.7 million, or 3%, from the prior year. The current year increase primarily reflects higher indirect expense allocations and compensation expense in 2013. Noninterest expense for 2012 was 3% lower than 2011, primarily attributable to lower restructuring related charges recorded in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

Asset Management

Asset Management, through the Corporation’s various subsidiaries, provides a broad range of asset management and related services and other products to clients around the world, including clients of C&IS and Wealth Management. Clients include institutional and individual separately managed accounts, bank common and collective funds, registered investment companies, exchange traded funds, non-U.S. collective investment funds, and unregistered private investment funds. Asset Management offers both active and passive equity and fixed income portfolio management, as well as alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds), and multi-manager advisory services and products. Asset Management’s activities also include overlay services and other risk management services. Asset Management’s business operates internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and its revenue and expense are fully allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management.

At year-end 2013, Northern Trust managed $884.5 billion in assets for personal and institutional clients compared with $758.9 billion at year-end 2012. The increase in assets reflects higher equity markets and new business in 2013.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   25


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

ASSET MANAGEMENT

2013 ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT OF $884.5 BILLION

 

ASSET CLASSES

 

LOGO

 

CLIENT SEGMENTS

 

LOGO

 

MANAGEMENT STYLES

 

LOGO

 

Treasury and Other

The Treasury and Other business unit includes income and expense associated with the wholesale funding activities and the investment portfolios of the Corporation and the Bank. Treasury and Other also includes certain corporate-based expense, executive level compensation and nonrecurring items not allocated to the business units.

The following table summarizes the results of operations of Treasury and Other for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 on a management-reporting basis.

 

TREASURY AND OTHER

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                CHANGE  
($ In Millions)      2013        2012        2011        2013 / 2012        2012 / 2011  

Noninterest Income

     $ 8.0         $ 7.0         $ (22.6        14        N/M   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

       132.0           121.1           153.1           9           (21 )% 
                                                        

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

       140.0           128.1           130.5           9           (2

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                           (23.1                  (100

Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit)

       120.9           96.6           117.0           25           (17
                                                        

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

       19.1           31.5           36.6           (39        (14

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Note)

       1.9           5.1           (16.7        (63        N/M   
                                                        

Net Income

     $ 17.2         $ 26.4         $ 53.3           (35 )%         (50 )% 
                                                        

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

       2        4        9                      
                                                        

Average Assets

     $ 18,661.9         $ 19,153.6         $ 20,552.7           (3 )%         (7 )% 

 

Note: Stated on an FTE basis.

 

Treasury and Other noninterest income of $8.0 million in 2013 compares to $7.0 million in 2012. Noninterest income in 2012 included a $5.3 million hedge-related gain, as well as credit-related OTTI losses of $3.3 million. Excluding the prior year items, Treasury and Other noninterest income in the current year would have increased 60% from 2012, primarily reflecting higher security commissions and trading income, partially offset by decreases within various miscellaneous

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   26


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

noninterest income categories. Treasury and Other noninterest income in 2011 included credit-related OTTI losses of $23.3 million.

Treasury and Other net interest income in 2013 was $132.0 million, compared to $121.1 million in 2012, an increase of $10.9 million, or 9%. The increase is primarily due to higher internal yields on funds provided to business units in the current year.

Treasury and Other noninterest expense in 2013 equaled $120.9 million, up $24.3 million, or 25%, from $96.6 million in 2012. The increase is primarily attributable to higher outside services and compensation expense, partially offset by lower indirect expense allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management in 2013.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

The use of estimates and assumptions is required in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and actual results could differ from those estimates. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has issued guidance relating to the disclosure of critical accounting estimates. Critical accounting estimates are those that require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas could have a material impact on Northern Trust’s future financial condition and results of operations.

For Northern Trust, accounting estimates that are viewed as critical are those relating to the allowance for credit losses, pension plan accounting, and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) of investment securities. Management has discussed the development and selection of each critical accounting estimate with the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio and other lending related credit exposures are regularly reviewed to evaluate the level of the allowance for credit losses. In determining an appropriate allowance level, Northern Trust evaluates the allowance necessary for impaired loans and lending-related commitments and also estimates losses inherent in other lending related credit exposures.

The allowance for credit losses consists of the following components:

 

Specific Allowance: The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined based on the value of the underlying real estate collateral, third-party appraisals are typically obtained and utilized by management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral.

 

Inherent Allowance: The amount of inherent allowance is based on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various qualitative factors such as management’s evaluation of economic and business conditions and changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio. Factors are applied to loan and lease credit exposures aggregated by shared risk characteristics and are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Reserve Committee which includes representatives from Credit Policy, business unit management, Corporate Financial Management, and Economic Research.

The quarterly analysis of the specific and inherent allowance components and the control process maintained by Credit Policy and the lending staff, as described in the “Risk Management – Loans and Other Extensions of Credit” section, are the principal methods relied upon by management for the timely identification of, and adjustment for, changes in estimated credit loss levels. In addition to Northern Trust’s own experience, management also considers regulatory guidance. Control processes and analyses employed to determine an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are reviewed on at least an annual basis and modified as considered appropriate.

Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether loan balances for which the collectability is in question are charged-off or a specific reserve

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   27


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to the level deemed to be appropriate through the above process. Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs.

Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent on any single assumption. Management evaluates numerous variables, many of which are interrelated or dependent on other assumptions and estimates, in determining an appropriate allowance level. Due to the inherent imprecision in accounting estimates, other estimates or assumptions could reasonably have been used in the current period and changes in estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period.

Additionally, as an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for credit losses. These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. However, management believes that the allowance for credit losses adequately addresses these uncertainties and has been established at an appropriate level to cover probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Pension Plan Accounting

Northern Trust maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees (the Qualified Plan) and a U.S. noncontributory supplemental pension plan (the Nonqualified Plan). Certain European-based employees also retain benefits in local defined benefit pension plans which are closed to new employees and to future benefit accruals. Measuring cost and reporting liabilities resulting from defined benefit pension plans requires the use of several assumptions regarding future interest rates, asset returns, compensation increases and other actuarial-based projections relating to the plans. Due to the long-term nature of this obligation and the estimates that are required to be made, the assumptions used in determining the periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation are closely monitored and reviewed annually for adjustments that may be required. Pension accounting guidance requires that differences between estimates and actual experience be recognized as other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. The differences are amortized into net periodic pension expense from accumulated other comprehensive income over the future working lifetime of eligible participants. As a result, differences between the estimates made in the calculation of periodic pension expense and the projected pension obligation and actual experience affect stockholders’ equity in the period in which they occur but continue to be recognized as expense systematically and gradually over subsequent periods.

Northern Trust recognizes the significant impact that these pension-related assumptions have on the determination of the pension obligations and related expense and has established procedures for monitoring and setting these assumptions each year. These procedures include an annual review of actual demographic and investment experience with the pension plans’ actuaries. In addition to actual experience, adjustments to these assumptions consider observable yields on fixed income securities, known compensation trends and policies, as well as economic conditions and investment strategies that may impact the estimated long-term rate of return on plan assets.

In determining the pension expense for the U.S. plans in 2013, Northern Trust utilized a discount rate of 4.25% for both the Qualified Plan and the Nonqualified Plan. The rate of increase in the compensation level is based on a sliding scale that averaged 4.02%. The expected long-term rate of return on Qualified Plan assets was 7.75%.

In evaluating possible revisions to pension-related assumptions for the U.S. plans as of Northern Trust’s December 31, 2013 measurement date, the following were considered:

Ÿ  

Discount Rate: Northern Trust estimates the discount rate for its U.S. pension plans by applying the projected cash flows for future benefit payments to several published discount rate yield curves as of the measurement date. These yield curves are composed of individual zero-coupon interest rates for 60 different time periods over a 30-year time horizon. Zero-coupon rates utilized by the yield curves are mathematically derived from observable market yields for AA-rated corporate bonds. The yield curve models referenced by Northern Trust in establishing the discount rate supported a rate between 4.91% and 5.18%, with an average increase of 85 basis points over the prior year. As such, Northern Trust increased the discount rate for the Qualified and Nonqualified plans from 4.25% for December 31, 2012 to 5.00% for December 31, 2013.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   28


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Ÿ  

Compensation Level: Based on a review of actual and anticipated salary experience, the compensation scale assumption has been revised to a sliding scale that averages 4.25%.

Ÿ  

Rate of Return on Plan Assets: The expected return on plan assets is based on an estimate of the long-term (30 years) rate of return on plan assets, which is determined using a building block approach that considers the current asset mix and estimates of return by asset class based on historical experience, giving proper consideration to diversification and rebalancing. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are also evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness. As a result of these analyses, Northern Trust’s rate of return assumption remained unchanged from the prior year at 7.75% for 2014.

Ÿ  

Mortality Table: Northern Trust uses the mortality table proposed by the U.S. Treasury for use in accordance with the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) for both pre- and post-retirement mortality assumptions. This table is based on the RP2000 mortality table with projections of expected future mortality improvements. Effective December 31, 2013, Northern Trust adopted a fully generational projection of mortality improvements using Scale AA.

 

In order to illustrate the sensitivity of these assumptions on the expected Qualified Plan periodic pension expense in 2014 and the projected benefit obligation, the following table is presented to show the effect of increasing or decreasing each of these assumptions by 25 basis points.

 

(In Millions)    25 BASIS
POINT
INCREASE
     25 BASIS
POINT
DECREASE
 

Increase (Decrease) in 2014 Pension Expense

                 

Discount Rate Change

     (3.7      3.9   

Compensation Level Change

     1.1         (1.1

Rate of Return on Plan Assets Change

     (3.1      3.1   

Increase (Decrease) in 2013 Projected Benefit Obligation

                 

Discount Rate Change

     (38.1      40.2   

Compensation Level Change

     3.4         (3.3

 

Pension Contributions: The deduction limits specified by the Internal Revenue Code for contributions made by sponsors of defined benefit pension plans are based on a “Target Liability” under the provisions of the PPA. Northern Trust contributed $100.0 million to the Qualified Plan in 2012. There were no contributions to the Qualified Plan in 2013. 2013 U.S. pension expense reflects the investment return on the 2012 contributions. This benefit was partially offset by the related forgone interest earnings on the funds contributed. The minimum required contribution to the Qualified Plan is expected to be zero in 2014 and for several years thereafter. The maximum deductible contribution is estimated at $195 million for 2014.

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities

Under GAAP, companies are required to perform periodic reviews of securities with unrealized losses to determine whether the declines in value are considered other-than-temporary. For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities that management has no intent to sell, and believes it more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell, prior to recovery, the consolidated statement of income reflects only the credit loss component of an impairment, while the remainder of the fair value loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected. For debt securities that Northern Trust intends to sell, or would more-likely-than-not be required to sell, before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis, the full impairment (that is, the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) is recognized in earnings. The application of significant judgment is required in determining the assumptions used in assessing whether an OTTI exists and, if so, in the calculation of the credit loss component of the OTTI. Assumptions used in this process are inherently subject to change in future periods. Different judgments or subsequent changes in estimates could result in materially different impairment loss recognition.

Northern Trust conducts security impairment reviews quarterly to evaluate those securities within its investment portfolio that have indications of possible OTTI. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors considered in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time which the security has been impaired; the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; activity in the market of the issuer which may indicate adverse credit conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date;

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   29


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

and the likelihood that it will not be required to sell the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. The Corporate Asset and Liability Policy Committee reviews the results of impairment analyses and concludes on whether OTTI exists.

Credit-related losses recognized in 2012 and 2011 in connection with the write-down of securities totaled $3.3 million and $23.3 million, respectively. There were no credit-related losses recognized in 2013. However, additional OTTI may occur in future periods as a result of market and economic conditions.

 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires certain assets and liabilities to be reported at fair value. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 29% of Northern Trust’s total assets and approximately 1% of its total liabilities were carried on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. As discussed more fully in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, GAAP requires entities to categorize financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value according to a three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted, active market prices for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation techniques that require significant management judgment because one or more of the significant inputs are unobservable in the market place (Level 3). Approximately 6% of Northern Trust’s assets carried at fair value are classified as Level 1; Northern Trust typically does not hold equity securities or other instruments that are actively traded on an exchange.

Approximately 93% of Northern Trust’s assets and 95% of its liabilities carried at fair value are categorized as Level 2, as they are valued using models in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Investment securities classified as available for sale make up 93.8% of Level 2 assets with the remaining 6.2% primarily consisting of derivative financial instruments. Level 2 liabilities are comprised solely of derivative financial instruments.

Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account securities, the fair values of which are determined predominantly by external pricing vendors. Northern Trust has a well-established process to validate prices received from pricing vendors as discussed more fully in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013, all derivative assets and liabilities were classified in Level 2 and approximately 97%, measured on a notional value basis, related to client-related and trading activities, predominantly consisting of foreign exchange contracts. Derivative instruments are valued internally using widely accepted income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted markets and reflect contractual terms of contracts. Northern Trust evaluated the impact of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments. Factors considered included the likelihood of default by Northern Trust and its counterparties, the remaining maturities of the instruments, net exposures after giving effect to master netting agreements, available collateral, and other credit enhancements in determining the appropriate fair value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments are not considered material.

As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets and liabilities were $98.9 million and $55.4 million, respectively, and represented approximately 0.3% of assets and 4.5% of liabilities carried at fair value, respectively. Level 3 assets consist of auction rate securities purchased from Northern Trust clients. To estimate the fair value of auction rate securities, for which trading is limited and market prices are generally unavailable, Northern Trust developed and maintains a pricing model that discounts estimated cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. Significant inputs to the model include the contractual terms of the securities, credit risk ratings, discount rates, forward interest rates, credit/liquidity spreads, and Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities. As of December 31, 2013, Level 3 liabilities consist of acquisition related contingent consideration liabilities. The fair values of these contingent consideration liabilities have been determined using an income-based (discounted cash flow) model that incorporates Northern Trust’s own assumptions about business growth rates and applicable discount rates.

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   30


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

IMPLEMENTATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

Information related to recent accounting pronouncements is contained in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

 

Proposed significant capital expenditures are reviewed and approved by Northern Trust’s senior management and, where appropriate, by the Board. This process is designed to assure that the major projects to which Northern Trust commits its resources produce benefits compatible with its strategic goals.

Capital expenditures in 2013 included ongoing enhancements to Northern Trust’s software and hardware capabilities, the opening of new offices, and the expansion and renovation of several existing offices. Capital expenditures for 2013 totaled $384.9 million, of which $293.0 million was for software, $53.0 million was for computer hardware, $30.5 million was for building and leasehold improvements, and $8.4 million was for furnishings. These capital expenditures principally support and enhance Northern Trust’s investment management, asset servicing and asset management capabilities, as well as relationship management and client interaction. Additional capital expenditures planned for systems technology will result in future expense for the depreciation of hardware and amortization of software. Software amortization and depreciation on computer hardware and machinery are charged to equipment and software expense. Depreciation on building and leasehold improvements and on furnishings is charged to occupancy expense and equipment expense, respectively. Capital expenditures for 2012 totaled $312.5 million, of which $239.2 million was for software, $45.3 million was for computer hardware and machinery, $25.7 million was for building and leasehold improvements, and $2.3 million was for furnishings.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Assets Under Custody and Assets Under Management

Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, holds assets under custody, management and servicing in a fiduciary or agency capacity for its clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not assets of Northern Trust and are not included in its consolidated balance sheet.

 

Financial Guarantees and Indemnifications

Northern Trust issues financial guarantees in the form of standby letters of credit to meet the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. Standby letters of credit obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of its clients, if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public and private financial commitments, including commercial paper, bond financing, initial margin requirements on futures exchanges and similar transactions.

Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as its lending activities. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants.

Standby letters of credit totaled $4.5 billion at December 31, 2013 and $4.6 billion at 2012. These amounts include $208.9 million and $557.7 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The weighted average maturity of standby letters of credit was 25 months and 27 months at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As part of its securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, Northern Trust lends securities owned by clients to borrowers who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Counterparty Risk Management Committee. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral required to be posted. Borrowers are required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 subject to indemnification was $82.7 billion and $69.7 billion, respectively. Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is not significant and no liability was recorded related to these indemnifications.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   31


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Variable Interest Entities

Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) are defined within GAAP as entities which either have a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

 

Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to the lease, and typically funds 20-30% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 70-80% provided by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee use of the property with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs given it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs.

 

Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust invests in community development projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and Northern Trust typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the community development projects, which are deemed to be VIEs, is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any community development projects as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or to affect the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs.

 

Trust Preferred Securities. As discussed in further detail in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1997, Northern Trust issued Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A and Series B, through statutory business trusts wholly-owned by the Corporation (“NTC Capital I” and “NTC Capital II”, respectively). The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. NTC Capital I and NTC Capital II are considered VIEs; however, as the sole asset of each trust is a receivable from the Corporation and proceeds to the Corporation from the receivable exceed the Corporation’s investment in the VIEs’ equity shares, the Corporation is not permitted to consolidate the trusts, even though the Corporation owns all of the voting equity shares of the trusts, has fully guaranteed the trusts’ obligations, and has the right to redeem the preferred securities in certain circumstances.

 

Investment Funds. Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. As an asset manager of funds, the Corporation earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs under GAAP.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Liquidity Risk Management

The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that Northern Trust can meet its cash flow obligations under both normal and adverse economic conditions while maintaining its ability to capitalize on business opportunities in a timely and cost effective manner. The liquidity of the Corporation is managed separately from that of the Bank which encompasses all of Northern Trust’s U.S. and international banking activities.

 

Governance and Risk Management Framework

Northern Trust manages its liquidity under a global risk management framework, incorporating regional policies, limits and management when appropriate. Corporate liquidity

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

policies, risk appetite and limits are reviewed annually by the Business Risk Committee of the Board and approved by the Board. Management’s Corporate Asset and Liability Policy Committee (ALCO) is responsible for recommending liquidity policies to the Board, establishing internal guidelines, approving contingency plans, assessing Northern Trust’s overall liquidity status, and reviewing reports and analyses on a regular basis. The Corporate Treasury department has the day-to-day responsibility for measuring, analyzing and managing liquidity risk within the guidelines and limits established by ALCO and the Board.

Northern Trust’s Global Liquidity Management framework focuses on five key areas: Position Management; Modeling and Analysis; Contingency Planning; Peer Group Comparisons and Management Reporting; while also providing for the review and management of the liquidity of the Corporation separate from that of the Bank. It is through this framework that management monitors its sources and uses of liquidity, evaluates their level of stability under various circumstances, plans for adverse situations, benchmarks itself against other banks, provides information to management, and complies with various U.S. and international regulations.

 

Northern Trust Consolidated Liquidity Management

Position management includes daily monitoring of cash positions and anticipating future funding requirements given both internal and external events. As the Corporation’s principal subsidiary encompassing all of Northern Trust’s banking activities, the Bank centrally manages liquidity for all U.S. and international banking operations. Liquidity is provided by a variety of sources, including client deposits (institutional and personal) from our C&IS and Wealth Management businesses, wholesale funding from the capital markets, maturities of short-term investments, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and unencumbered liquid assets that can be sold or pledged to secure additional funds. While management does not view the Federal Reserve’s discount window as a primary source of liquidity, at December 31, 2013 the Bank had over $20.8 billion of securities and loans readily available as collateral to support discount window borrowings. The Bank is also very active in the U.S. interbank funding market, providing an important source of additional liquidity and low-cost funds. Liquidity is used by a variety of activities, including client withdrawals, purchases of securities, net loan growth, and draws on commitments to extend credit. Northern Trust maintains a very liquid balance sheet with loans and leases representing 29% of total assets as of December 31, 2013. Further, at December 31, 2013 there were significant sources of liquidity within the Bank’s consolidated balance sheet in the form of central bank reserves, demand balances held in various currencies, securities available for sale and short-term money market assets. Unencumbered securities at the Bank, which include those placed at the Federal Reserve discount window, totaled $26.7 billion at December 31, 2013.

Liquidity modeling and analysis evaluates a bank’s ability to meet its cash flow obligations given a variety of possible internal and external events and under different economic conditions. Northern Trust uses liquidity modeling to support its contingent liquidity plans, gain insight into its liquidity position and strengthen its liquidity policies and practices. Liquidity modeling is performed using multiple independent scenarios, across major currencies, at a consolidated corporate level and for various international banking subsidiaries. These scenarios, which include both company specific and systemic events, analyze potential impacts on our domestic and foreign deposit balances, wholesale funding sources, financial market access, external borrowing capacity and off-balance sheet obligations. Results are reviewed by senior management and ALCO on a regular basis.

Another important area of Northern Trust’s liquidity risk management is the development and maintenance of its contingent liquidity plans. A global contingent liquidity action plan covering the Corporation, Bank and major subsidiaries is approved by ALCO and regularly updated and tested. This plan, which can be activated in the event of an actual liquidity crisis, details organizational responsibilities and defines specific actions designed to ensure the proper maintenance of liquidity during periods of stress. In addition, international banking subsidiaries have individual contingent liquidity plans, which incorporate the global plan.

Northern Trust also analyzes its liquidity profile against a peer group of large U.S. bank holding companies, including other major custody banks. This analysis provides management with benchmarking information, highlights industry trends, and supports the establishment of new policies and strategies.

Management regularly reviews various reports, analyses and other information depicting changes in Northern Trust’s liquidity mix and funding concentrations, overall financial market conditions and other internal and external liquidity metrics. Management uses this information to evaluate the overall status of Northern Trust’s liquidity position and anticipate potential events that could stress that position in the future. An overall Liquidity Status Level for Northern Trust, established and regularly reviewed by ALCO, is monitored on an ongoing basis by the Corporate Treasury department. Downgrades in liquidity status resulting from internal,

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

external or industry-wide events, trigger specific pre-determined actions and limits designed to position Northern Trust to better respond to potential liquidity stresses.

 

Corporation Liquidity

The liquidity of the Corporation is managed separately from that of the Bank. The primary sources of cash for the Corporation are issuance of debt, dividend payments from its subsidiaries, and interest and dividends earned on investment securities and money market assets. The Corporation’s uses of cash consist mainly of dividend payments to the Corporation’s stockholders; the payment of principal and interest to note holders; purchases of its common stock; investments in, or loans, to its subsidiaries; and acquisitions. The most significant uses of cash by the Corporation during 2013 were $221.9 million of common dividends paid to stockholders, $409.6 million of debt maturities, and $309.7 million of common share repurchases. Debt maturities during 2013 include the maturity of 5.50% fixed-rate senior notes in August of 2013.

On October 31, 2013, the Corporation issued $750 million of 3.950% fixed-rate subordinated notes due October 30, 2025. These notes are non-callable, unsecured and were issued at a discount to yield 3.962%.

During 2013, the Corporation received $880.0 million of dividends from the Bank. Dividends from the Bank are subject to certain restrictions, as discussed in further detail in Note 30 to the consolidated financial statements. During 2014, the Bank has the ability to pay dividends equal to its 2014 eligible net profits plus $103.1 million. As described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, Northern Trust has elected to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of certain non-US subsidiaries of the Bank approximating $956.0 million at December 31, 2013. This election, however, does not reduce the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Corporation.

The Corporation’s liquidity, defined as the amount of highly marketable assets, was $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During, and at year-end, 2013 and 2012, these assets were comprised almost entirely of cash in a demand deposit account at The Northern Trust Company or overnight money market placements, both of which were fully available to the Corporation to support its own cash flow requirements or those of its subsidiary companies, as needed. Average liquidity during 2013 and 2012 was $1.74 billion and $1.59 billion, respectively. The cash flows of the Corporation are shown in Note 33 to the consolidated financial statements.

A significant source of liquidity for both the Corporation and the Bank is the ability to draw funding from capital markets globally. The availability and cost of these funds are influenced by our credit rating; as a result, a downgrade could have an adverse impact on our liquidity. The credit ratings of the Corporation and the Bank as of December 31, 2013, provided below, allow Northern Trust to access capital markets on favorable terms.

 

     CREDIT RATING  
    

STANDARD &

POOR’S

     MOODY’S      FITCHRATINGS  

Northern Trust Corporation:

                          

Commercial Paper

     A-1         P-1         F1+   

Senior Debt

     A+         A2         AA -   

Outlook

     Stable         Stable         Stable   

The Northern Trust Company:

                          

Short-Term Deposit / Debt

     A-1+/A-1+         P-1/P-1         F1+/F1+   

Long-Term Deposit / Debt

     AA -/AA -         A1         AA/AA -   

Outlook

     Stable         Stable         Stable   

 

On November 14, 2013, Moody’s Investors Service lowered the long-term credit rating of Northern Trust Corporation by one notch, from A1 to A2. A significant downgrade in one or more of these ratings could limit Northern Trust’s access to capital markets and/or increase the rates paid for short-term borrowings, including deposits, and future long-term debt issuances. The size of these rate increases would depend on multiple factors including, the extent of the downgrade, Northern Trust’s relative debt rating compared to other financial institutions, current market conditions, and other factors. In addition, as discussed in Note 25 to Consolidated Financial Statements, Northern Trust enters into certain master netting agreements with derivative counterparties that contain credit-risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash settlement of any net derivative liability in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified levels. The maximum amount of these termination payments that Northern Trust could have been required to pay at December 31, 2013 was $60.3 million. Other than these credit-risk-related contingent derivative counterparty payments, Northern Trust had no long term debt covenants or other credit risk related payments at December 31, 2013 that would be triggered by a significant downgrade in its debt ratings.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   34


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Regulatory Environment

In recent years, U.S. and international regulatory agencies have taken various actions to strengthen liquidity requirements for global financial institutions in order to reduce the potential impacts of future economic events. These agencies have proposed certain new rules and finalized others that address the management of liquidity risk. Northern Trust actively follows regulatory developments and regularly evaluates its liquidity risk management framework against proposed rulemaking and industry best practices in order to comply with applicable regulations and further enhance its liquidity policies.

 

Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by operating activities was $839.3 million, primarily the result of earnings and reflecting non-cash charges such as amortization of computer software, partially offset by increases in net collateral deposited with derivative counterparties and in receivables. Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $814.4 million and was primarily the result of earnings and reflected non-cash charges, partially offset by increased net collateral deposited with derivative counterparties and pension plan contributions.

Net cash used in investing activities of $5.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 is primarily attributable to an increase in Federal Reserve deposits and other interest-bearing assets, primarily reflecting increased levels of non-U.S. office interest-bearing client deposits and short-term other borrowings.

Net cash provided by investing activities of $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily reflects decreases in Federal Reserve deposits and other interest bearing assets, partially offset by increased interest-bearing deposits with banks. The decrease in Federal Reserve deposits and other interest-bearing assets in the prior year period was primarily the result of lower levels of U.S. office client deposits denominated in U.S. dollars, short-term borrowings and long-term debt, while the increased interest-bearing deposits with banks was primarily attributable to an increase in time deposits of certain non-U.S. dollar currencies due to an increase in client deposits denominated in those currencies.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities totaled $4.4 billion, primarily reflecting increased levels of total deposits and short-term other borrowings. The increase in the level of total deposits was primarily due to an increase in non-U.S. office interest-bearing client deposits, partially offset by decreased U.S. office demand and other noninterest-bearing client deposits from December 31, 2012 levels. The decrease in U.S. office noninterest-bearing deposits was largely driven by the expiration on December 31, 2012 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which had provided unlimited deposit insurance. The increase in short-term other borrowings in 2013 reflects additional short-term borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities totaled $3.1 billion, primarily reflecting a decline in the level of deposits from temporarily elevated levels at December 31, 2011, as well as decreased short-term borrowings and long-term debt, both primarily the result of maturities during 2012.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Contractual Obligations

The following table shows Northern Trust’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2013.

 

              PAYMENT DUE BY PERIOD  
(In Millions)    TOTAL        ONE YEAR
AND LESS
      

1-3

YEARS

       4-5 YEARS        OVER 5
YEARS
 

Senior Notes (1)

   $ 1,996.6         $ 500.0         $         $         $ 1,496.6   

Subordinated Debt (1)

     1,537.3                     248.3           539.9           749.1   

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings (1)

     135.0           135.0                                 

Floating Rate Capital Debt (1)

     277.1                                         277.1   

Capital Lease Obligations (2)

     48.3           8.4           16.3           16.6           7.0   

Operating Leases (2)

     710.3           82.2           146.2           135.1           346.8   

Purchase Obligations (3)

     317.1           102.8           151.2           57.6           5.5   
                                                      

Total Contractual Obligations

   $ 5,021.7         $ 828.4         $ 562.0         $ 749.2         $ 2,882.1   

 

Note: Obligations as shown do not include deposit liabilities or interest requirements on funding sources.

(1) Refer to Notes 12 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

(2) Refer to Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

(3) Purchase obligations consist primarily of ongoing operating costs related to outsourcing arrangements for certain cash management services and the support and maintenance of the Corporation’s technological requirements. Certain obligations are in the form of variable rate contracts and, in some instances, 2013 activity was used as a base to project future obligations.

 

Capital Management

One of Northern Trust’s primary objectives is to maintain a strong capital position to merit and maintain the confidence of clients, the investing public, bank regulators and stockholders. A strong capital position helps Northern Trust take advantage of profitable investment opportunities and withstand unforeseen adverse developments.

Northern Trust manages its capital on a total Corporation basis and on a legal entity basis. The Corporate Finance department has the day-to-day responsibility for measuring and managing capital levels within standards established by the Capital Management Policy and the Board. The management of capital also involves regional management when appropriate. In establishing the standards for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of Northern Trust’s businesses, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.

Capital levels were strengthened as average common equity in 2013 increased $308.8 million, or 4%, reaching $7.7 billion. Total stockholders’ equity was $7.9 billion at December 31, 2013, as compared to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2012. The Corporation declared common dividends totaling $299.2 million in 2013 and, in March 2013, the Board increased the quarterly dividend by 3% to $0.31 per common share. The Corporation’s share buyback program is used for general corporate purposes, including management of the Corporation’s capital level. During 2013, the Corporation purchased 5,545,401 of its own common shares at an average price per share of $55.90. The Corporation is authorized by the Board to purchase up to 7.9 million additional shares after December 31, 2013.

 

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   36


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

CAPITAL ADEQUACY                  DECEMBER 31,  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012  

TIER 1 CAPITAL

                   

Common Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 7,912.0         $ 7,527.0   

Floating Rate Capital Securities

     268.8           268.7   

Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available for Sale

     (6.0        (101.0

Net Unrealized (Gains) Losses on Cash Flow Hedges

     (2.9        1.4   

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, net of deferred tax liability

     (578.5        (599.5

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

     260.3           393.1   

Other

     (0.5        (0.7
                     

Total Tier 1 Capital

     7,853.2           7,489.0   
                     

TIER 2 CAPITAL

                   

Qualifying Allowance for Credit Losses

     283.0           295.1   

Qualifying Subordinated Debt

     1,158.7           556.7   
                     

Total Tier 2 Capital

     1,441.7           851.8   
                     

Total Risk-Based Capital

   $ 9,294.9         $ 8,340.8   
                     

Risk-Weighted Assets (1)

   $ 58,773.8         $ 58,316.1   
                     

Total Assets – End of Period (EOP)

   $ 102,947.3         $ 97,463.8   

Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets (2)

     99,074.9           90,873.7   

Total Loans and Leases – EOP

     29,385.5           29,504.5   
                     

RATIOS

                   

Risk-Based Capital Ratios

                   

Tier 1

     13.4        12.8

Total (Tier 1 and Tier 2)

     15.8           14.3   

Tier 1 Leverage

     7.9           8.2   

Tier 1 Common Equity (3)

     12.9           12.4   
                     

COMMON STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY TO

                   

Total Loans and Leases EOP

     26.92        25.51

Total Assets EOP

     7.69           7.72   

 

(1) Assets exclude amounts related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities and reflect adjustments for excess allowances for credit losses that have been excluded from tier 1 and tier 2 capital, if any.

(2) Assets exclude amounts related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities.

(3) A reconciliation of tier 1 common equity to tier 1 capital calculated under GAAP is provided below.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of tier 1common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure which excludes floating rate capital securities, to tier 1 capital calculated in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and GAAP.

 

                   DECEMBER 31,  
($ In Millions)    2013     2012  

Tier 1 Capital

   $ 7,853.2      $ 7,489.0   

Less: Floating Rate Capital Securities

     268.8        268.7   
                  

Tier 1 Common Equity

     7,584.4        7,220.3   

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

     13.4     12.8

Tier 1 Common Equity Ratio

     12.9     12.4

 

In addition to its capital ratios prepared in accordance with regulatory requirements and GAAP, Northern Trust is providing the ratio of tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets as it is a measure that the Corporation and investors use to assess capital adequacy.

At December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s tier 1 capital ratio was 13.4% and its total capital ratio was 15.8% of risk-weighted assets, both well above the ratios that are a requirement for regulatory classification as “well-capitalized”. The “well-capitalized” minimum ratios are 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. The Corporation’s leverage ratio (tier 1 capital to fourth quarter average assets) of 7.9% is also well above the “well-capitalized” minimum requirement of 5.0%. In addition, the Bank had a ratio of 11.5% for tier 1 capital, 14.3% for total risk-based capital, and 6.8% for leverage, and each of the Corporation’s non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements.

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel I, are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board.

The Corporation is also subject to the Basel II framework for risk-based capital adequacy. The U.S. bank regulatory

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

agencies have issued final rules with respect to implementation of the Basel II framework. Under the final Basel II rules, the Corporation is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations. The rules require core banking organizations to have rigorous processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve Board issued final rules implementing Basel III in the United States. Under these rules, when fully phased-in, banking organizations will be required to satisfy four risk-based capital ratios:

Ÿ  

A common equity tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.5%;

Ÿ  

A tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.0%;

Ÿ  

A total capital ratio of at least 8.0%; and

Ÿ  

A leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. Advanced approaches institutions, such as the Corporation, will also be subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3.0%.

 

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s implementation in the final Basel III rules of a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, we are subject to a capital floor that is based on the Basel III standardized approach. We will therefore be required to calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both the standardized and advanced approaches, and will be subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios as calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the prompt corrective action framework.

On February 21, 2014, the Corporation was notified by the Federal Reserve Board that both the Corporation and the Bank would be permitted to exit parallel run. Accordingly, the Corporation and the Bank are required to use the advanced approaches methodologies to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Current results from the parallel run of the risk-based capital framework have demonstrated that the use of the advanced approaches methodologies, inclusive of commitments we provided to the Federal Reserve regarding our approach to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, has not resulted in common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital or total risk-based capital ratios falling below the levels required for categorization as “well-capitalized.” These results show that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio as calculated under the advanced approaches methodologies would have been 11.6% on a fully phased-in basis, while the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the standardized approach would have been 11.1% on a fully phased-in basis.

Basel III also introduces a capital conservation buffer, requiring banking organizations to hold a buffer of common equity tier 1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements in an amount greater than 2.5% of its total risk-weighted assets. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking organizations with a tier 1 common equity ratio above the minimum but below the conservation buffer may face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of such shortfall. Basel III also introduces a “countercyclical buffer” of 0% to 2.5% of a banking organization’s total risk-weighted assets for advanced approaches banking organizations, such as the Corporation, which is intended to create a capital buffer for such banking organizations during expansionary economic phases in order to protect against declines in asset prices if credit conditions weaken. In general, the amount of the countercyclical capital buffer is a weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer established in the various jurisdictions in which the banking organization has credit exposures.

The U.S.’s implementation of Basel III has increased the minimum capital thresholds for banking organizations and tightened the standards for what qualifies as capital. In October 2013, the U.S. banking agencies proposed a rule that would introduce quantitative liquidity requirements in the U.S. for large banking organizations, such as the Corporation and the Bank. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries is currently being reviewed. At this point we cannot determine the ultimate effect these final and proposed regulations would have upon our earnings or financial position. However, we believe our capital strength, balance sheet and business model leave us well positioned for the U.S. implementation of Basel III.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   38


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Overview

The Board provides oversight of risk management directly as well as through its Audit, Business Strategy, Compensation and Benefits, and Business Risk Committees. The Audit Committee provides oversight with respect to risks relating to financial reporting and the legal component of compliance risk. The Business Strategy Committee provides oversight with respect to strategic risk for the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Compensation and Benefits Committee reviews all compensation arrangements and practices and assesses the extent to which such arrangements and practices discourage inappropriate risk-taking behavior by participants and are consistent with Northern Trust’s safety and soundness. The Business Risk Committee provides oversight with respect to the following risks inherent in Northern Trust’s businesses: credit risk, market and liquidity risk, fiduciary risk, operational risk, and the regulatory component of compliance risk. The Chief Risk Officer oversees the management of these risks, promotes risk awareness, and fosters a proactive risk management environment wherein risks inherent in business strategy are understood and appropriately mitigated.

The Board has approved a Corporate Risk Appetite Statement articulating Northern Trust’s expectation that risk is consciously considered as part of strategic decisions and in day-to-day activities. In addition, specific risk appetite guidelines are detailed for strategic, credit, operational, market and liquidity, fiduciary and compliance risk. Northern Trust manages its business activities consistent with the Corporate Risk Appetite Statement.

Northern Trust’s management of risk is built upon the Enterprise Risk Management framework which includes the risk universe representing the major risk categories and sub-categories to which Northern Trust may be exposed through its business activities.

A Business Unit chief risk officer is assigned to each of Northern Trust’s business units and each chairs a risk committee for their respective business unit on a regular basis and reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer. Each business unit risk committee rolls up to the Global Enterprise Risk Committee (GERC). GERC is comprised of members of Northern Trust’s senior management and rolls up to the Business Risk Committee. Various corporate committees and oversight entities have been established to review and approve risk management strategies, standards, management practices and tolerance levels. These committees and entities monitor and provide periodic reporting to the respective committees of the Board on risk performance and effectiveness of risk management processes.

 

RISK CATEGORY   RISK MEASUREMENT    RISK TO EARNINGS AND/OR CAPITAL RESULTING FROM:
Credit   Obligor and Counterparty Risk    Failure of a borrower or counterparty to perform on an obligation.
 
Operational; Fiduciary; Compliance   Operational Risk    Inadequate or failed internal process, people and systems; or from external events.
 
Market and Liquidity   Market Risk – Trading Book    Changes in the value of trading positions.
     
    Interest Rate Risk – Banking Book    Changes in interest rates.
     
    Liquidity Risk    Funding needs during difficult markets.
 
Strategic   Strategy Risk    Adverse effects of business decisions, improper implementation of business decisions, unexpected external events.
     
    Business Risk    Adverse developments in the general business environment, which impact the entity’s results.
     
    Reputation Risk    Damage to the entity’s reputation.
 

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Asset Quality and Credit Risk Management

 

Securities Portfolio

Northern Trust maintains a high quality securities portfolio, with 89% of the combined available for sale, held to maturity, and trading account portfolios at December 31, 2013 composed of U.S. Treasury and government sponsored agency securities and triple-A rated corporate debt, asset-backed securities, supranational, sovereign & non-U.S. agency bonds, auction rate securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions. The remaining portfolio was composed of corporate debt, asset-backed securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, obligations of states and political subdivisions, auction rate securities and other securities, of which as a percentage of the total securities portfolio, 4% were rated double-A, 3% were rated below double-A, and 4% were not rated by Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service (primarily negotiable certificates of deposits of banks whose long term ratings are at least A).

At December 31, 2013, 45% of corporate debt were rated triple-A, 29% were rated double-A, and 26% were rated below double-A. Residential mortgage-backed securities had a total amortized cost and fair value of $52.4 million and $48.1 million, respectively, and were comprised primarily of subprime, prime, and Alt-A securities. Securities classified as “other asset-backed” at December 31, 2013 had average lives of less than 5 years, and 99% were rated triple-A.

Unrealized losses within the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2013 were $180.4 million as compared to $30.2 million at December 31, 2012, primarily reflecting widened credit spreads and higher market rates of government-sponsored agency and corporate debt securities since purchase; 51% of the corporate debt portfolio is backed by guarantees provided by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental entities. There were no losses recognized in 2013 in connection with the write-down of securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, as compared to $3.3 million and $23.3 million recognized in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Northern Trust is a participant in the repurchase agreement market. This market provides a relatively low cost alternative for short-term funding. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase.

 

Loans and Other Extensions of Credit

Credit risk is inherent in many of Northern Trust’s activities. A significant component of credit risk relates to the loan portfolio. In addition, credit risk is inherent in certain contractual obligations such as legally binding commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. These contractual obligations and arrangements are discussed in Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements and are presented in tables that follow. Northern Trust focuses its lending efforts on clients who are looking to utilize a full range of financial services with Northern Trust.

Credit risk is managed through the Credit Policy function, which is designed to assure adherence to a high level of credit standards. Credit Policy reports to the Corporation’s Chief Risk Officer. Credit Policy provides a system of checks and balances for Northern Trust’s diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout Northern Trust and promoting their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis and reduce overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to Northern Trust’s use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest risk management instruments.

Individual credit authority for commercial and personal loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to the appropriate Credit Approval Committee (Committee). Each Committee is chaired by the executive in charge of the area or their designee and has a Credit Policy officer as a voting participant. Each Committee’s credit approval authority is specified, based on commitment levels, risk ratings and maturities. Credits involving commitment exposure in excess of these limits require the approval of the Senior Credit Committee. All exposures approved by the Committees and the Senior Credit Committee require unanimous approval of all voting members.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   40


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The Counterparty Risk Management Committee established by Credit Policy manages counterparty risk. This committee has sole credit authority for exposure to all non-U.S. banks, certain U.S. banks which Credit Policy deems to be counterparties and which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Corporation, and certain other exposures. Under the direction of Credit Policy, country exposure limits are reviewed and approved by the Counterparty Risk Management Committee on a country-by-country basis.

As part of its credit process, Northern Trust utilizes an internal borrower risk rating system to support identification, approval, and monitoring of credit risk. Borrower risk ratings are used in credit underwriting, management reporting, setting of loss allowances, and economic capital calculations. Borrower risk ratings are discussed further in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Credit Policy oversees a range of portfolio reviews that focus on significant and/or weaker-rated credits. This approach allows management to take remedial action in an effort to deal with potential problems. In addition, independent from Credit Policy, the Credit Review Unit undertakes both on-site and off-site file reviews that evaluate effectiveness of management’s implementation of Credit Policy’s requirements.

Northern Trust maintains a borrower loan watch list for credits with borrower ratings of “6 to 9”. These credits, which include all nonperforming credits, are expected to exhibit minimally acceptable probabilities of default, elevated risk of default, or are currently in default. Loans outstanding to watch list borrowers associated with these risk profiles that are not currently in default but have limited financial flexibility totaled $546.7 million at December 31, 2013. Cash flows and capital levels range from acceptable to potentially insufficient to meet current requirements and borrowers typically have minimal cushion in adverse down cycle scenarios. An integral part of the Credit Policy function is a formal review of past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on nonperforming status or charged off.

As more fully described in the “Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses” section below, the provision for credit losses has been determined, through a disciplined credit review process, to be the amount needed to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level to absorb probable credit losses that have been identified with specific borrower relationships (specific loss component) and for probable losses that are believed to be inherent in the loan and lease portfolios, undrawn commitments, and standby letters of credit (inherent loss component).

 

COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO    DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  

Commercial

                                                    

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,375.8         $ 7,468.5         $ 6,918.7         $ 5,914.5         $ 6,312.1   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,955.8           2,859.8           2,981.7           3,242.4           3,213.2   

Lease Financing, net

     975.1           1,035.0           978.8           1,063.7           1,004.4   

Non-U.S.

     954.7           1,192.3           1,057.5           1,046.2           728.5   

Other

     358.6           341.6           417.6           346.6           457.5   
                                                      

Total Commercial

   $ 12,620.0         $ 12,897.2         $ 12,354.3         $ 11,613.4         $ 11,715.7   
                                                      

Personal

                                                    

Residential Real Estate

   $ 10,271.3         $ 10,375.2         $ 10,708.9         $ 10,854.9         $ 10,807.7   

Private Client

     6,445.6           6,130.1           5,651.4           5,423.7           5,004.4   

Other

     48.6           102.0           349.3           240.0           277.9   
                                                      

Total Personal

   $ 16,765.5         $ 16,607.3         $ 16,709.6         $ 16,518.6         $ 16,090.0   
                                                      

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 29,385.5         $ 29,504.5         $ 29,063.9         $ 28,132.0         $ 27,805.7   

 

SUMMARY OF OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONTRACT AMOUNTS THAT REPRESENT CREDIT RISK

 

                   DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

Undrawn Commitments to Extend Credit

                   

One Year and Less

   $ 9,336.1         $ 9,092.3   

Over One Year

     22,838.7           20,953.4   
                     

Total

   $ 32,174.8         $ 30,045.7   
                     

Standby Letters of Credit

   $ 4,451.1         $ 4,573.7   

Commercial Letters of Credit

     24.8           27.9   

Custody Securities Lent with Indemnification

     82,673.9           69,739.2   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

UNDRAWN COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AT DECEMBER 31, 2013 BY INDUSTRY SECTOR  
     COMMITMENT EXPIRATION  
(In Millions)    TOTAL
COMMITMENTS
       ONE YEAR
AND LESS
       OVER ONE
YEAR
       OUTSTANDING
LOANS
 

Commercial

                                         

Commercial and Institutional

                                         

Industry Sector

                                         

Finance and Insurance

   $ 3,505.4         $ 1,302.8         $ 2,202.6         $ 721.4   

Holding Companies

     30.0           25.8           4.2           108.6   

Manufacturing

     7,510.2           482.5           7,027.7           1,738.0   

Mining

     612.1           141.8           470.3           122.7   

Public Administration

     64.6           10.2           54.4           326.4   

Retail Trade

     1,047.0           124.1           922.9           186.0   

Services

     6,867.2           2,175.8           4,691.4           3,107.9   

Transportation and Warehousing

     351.8           6.8           345.0           276.9   

Utilities

     1,520.9           69.7           1,451.2           43.0   

Wholesale Trade

     652.8           109.3           543.5           569.9   

Other Commercial

     445.6           169.2           276.4           175.0   
                                           

Commercial and Institutional (Note)

   $ 22,607.6         $ 4,618.0         $ 17,989.6         $ 7,375.8   

Commercial Real Estate

     448.2           70.5           377.7           2,955.8   

Lease Financing, net

                                   975.1   

Non-U.S.

     1,089.5           622.4           467.1           954.7   

Other

     189.4           189.4                     358.6   
                                           

Total Commercial

   $ 24,334.7         $ 5,500.3         $ 18,834.4         $ 12,620.0   
                                           

Personal

                                         

Residential Real Estate

   $ 1,744.1         $ 293.6         $ 1,450.5         $ 10,271.3   

Private Client

     6,070.3           3,516.5           2,553.8           6,445.6   

Other

     25.7           25.7                     48.6   
                                           

Total Personal

   $ 7,840.1         $ 3,835.8         $ 4,004.3         $ 16,765.5   
                                           

Total

   $ 32,174.8         $ 9,336.1         $ 22,838.7         $ 29,385.5   

 

Note: Commercial and institutional industry sector information is presented on the basis of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS).

 

NON-U.S. OUTSTANDINGS

As used in this discussion, non-U.S. outstandings are cross-border outstandings as defined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. They consist of loans, acceptances, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, accrued interest and other monetary assets. Not included are letters of credit, loan commitments, and non-U.S. office local currency claims on residents funded by local liabilities. Non-U.S. outstandings related to a country are net of guarantees given by third parties resident outside the country and the value of tangible, liquid collateral held outside the country. However, transactions with branches of non-U.S. banks are included in these outstandings and are classified according to the country location of the non-U.S. bank’s head office.

Short-term interbank time deposits with non-U.S. banks represent the largest category of non-U.S. outstandings. Northern Trust actively participates in the interbank market with U.S. and non-U.S. banks.

Northern Trust places deposits with non-U.S. counterparties that have strong internal (Northern Trust) risk ratings and external credit ratings. These non-U.S. banks are approved and monitored by Northern Trust’s Counterparty Risk Management Committee, which has credit authority for exposure to all non-U.S. banks and approves credit limits. This process includes financial analysis of the non-U.S. banks, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external market indicators. Each counterparty is reviewed at least annually and potentially more frequently based on deteriorating credit fundamentals or general market conditions. Separate from the entity-specific review process, the average life to maturity of deposits with non-U.S. banks is deliberately maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. Northern Trust also utilizes certain risk mitigation tools and agreements that may reduce exposures through use of collateral and/or balance sheet netting.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Additionally, the Counterparty Risk Management Committee oversees country-risk analyses and imposes limits to country exposure. The following table provides information on non-U.S. outstandings by country that exceed 1.00% of Northern Trust’s assets.

 

NON-U.S. OUTSTANDINGS                         
(In Millions)    BANKS        COMMERCIAL
AND OTHER
       TOTAL  

AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

                              

Canada

   $ 2,779         $ 322         $ 3,101   

Australia

     1,347           126           1,473   

Singapore

     1,992           13           2,005   
                                

AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

                              

Canada

   $ 2,447         $ 8         $ 2,455   

United Kingdom

     1,814           156           1,970   

Australia

     998           636           1,634   

Singapore

     1,474           17           1,491   

Sweden

     1,490                     1,490   

France

     1,311           125           1,436   
                                

AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

                              

Australia

   $ 2,513         $ 667         $ 3,180   

United Kingdom

     2,943           34           2,977   

Singapore

     2,604           2           2,606   

Netherlands

     1,466           63           1,529   

France

     1,501                     1,501   

Switzerland

     1,225           26           1,251   

Canada

     1,113           13           1,126   

Sweden

     1,108           4           1,112   
                                

 

Countries whose aggregate outstandings totaled between 0.75% and 1.00% of total assets were as follows: France with aggregate outstandings of $820 million at December 31, 2013, Japan with aggregate outstandings of $914 million and Luxembourg with aggregate outstandings of $859 million at December 31, 2012, Finland with aggregate outstandings of $913 million, Hong Kong with aggregate outstandings of $845 million and Norway with aggregate outstandings of $841 million at December 31, 2011.

 

Northern Trust continues to closely monitor economic developments in the eurozone. Northern Trust considers Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece, Slovenia, Spain and Cyprus to be those eurozone countries experiencing significant economic, fiscal and/or political strains. At December 31, 2013, Northern Trust’s aggregate gross exposure to obligors in those countries totaled approximately $410 million, or less than 1% of Northern Trust’s total consolidated assets, and $407 million related to obligors in Ireland. There was minimal exposure to obligors in Italy and no exposure to obligors in Portugal, Greece, Slovenia, Spain or Cyprus at December 31, 2013. There was no exposure to sovereign debt securities in any of these countries as of December 31, 2013. Of the total exposure to obligors in Ireland, approximately $6 million was to banks and the remainder was to commercial and other borrowers, primarily funds domiciled in Ireland whose assets and investment activities are broadly diversified by investment strategy, issuer type, country of risk, and/or instrument type. Exposures to these borrowers in Ireland may be secured or unsecured, committed or uncommitted, but are typically for short periods of a year or less for foreign exchange, overdraft accommodations, and loans. Exposure levels at December 31, 2013 reflect Northern Trust’s risk management policies and practices, which operate to limit exposures to higher risk European financial and sovereign entities.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND 90 DAY PAST DUE LOANS

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest can fluctuate widely at any reporting period based on the timing of cash collections, renegotiations and renewals. The following table presents nonperforming assets and loans that were delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing for the current and prior four years.

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS    DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011        2010        2009  

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

                                                    

Commercial

                                                    

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 23.1         $ 21.6         $ 31.3         $ 58.0         $ 48.5   

Commercial Real Estate

     49.2           56.4           79.5           116.4           109.3   
                                                      

Total Commercial

     72.3           78.0           110.8           174.4           157.8   
                                                      

Personal

                                                    

Residential Real Estate

   $ 189.1         $ 174.6         $ 177.6         $ 153.3         $ 116.9   

Private Client

     1.4           2.2           5.3           5.3           3.8   
                                                      

Total Personal

     190.5           176.8           182.9           158.6           120.7   
                                                      

Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     262.8           254.8           293.7           333.0           278.5   

Other Real Estate Owned

     11.9           20.3           21.2           45.5           29.6   
                                                      

Total Nonperforming Assets

   $ 274.7         $ 275.1         $ 314.9         $ 378.5         $ 308.1   
                                                      

90 Day Past Due Loans Still Accruing

   $ 16.4         $ 19.0         $ 13.1         $ 13.0         $ 15.1   
                                                      

Nonperforming Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases

     0.89        0.86        1.01        1.18        1.00
                                                      

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases to Nonperforming Loans and Leases

     1.1        1.2        1.0        1.0        1.1

 

Nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2013 remain elevated from historical levels reflecting the effect of the economic downturn in 2008 on residential property valuations and general economic conditions. As a result, residential real estate loans have exhibited persistent weakness. Nonperforming loan levels continued to decline within the commercial real estate loan class, while commercial and institutional loans remained stable. Changes in credit quality, including nonperforming loan balances, impact the level of the allowance for credit losses through the resultant adjustment of the specific allowance and of the qualitative factors used in the determination of the inherent allowance levels within the allowance for credit losses. Additional information regarding residential real estate and commercial real estate loans is provided below.

 

RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE

The residential real estate loan portfolio is primarily composed of mortgages and home equity credit lines provided as an accommodation to affluent clients and to facilitate the establishment of a comprehensive financial services relationship with Northern Trust. Residential real estate loans totaled $10.3 billion at December 31, 2013, or 36% of total U.S. loans, compared with $10.4 billion or 37% at December 31, 2012. All residential real estate loans are underwritten utilizing Northern Trust’s credit policies, which do not support the origination of loan types generally considered to be of high risk in nature, such as option ARM loans, subprime loans, loans with initial “teaser” rates, and loans with excessively high loan-to-value ratios. Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and home equity credit lines, which generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Revaluations of supporting collateral for residential real estate loans are obtained upon refinancing or default or when otherwise considered warranted. Residential real estate collateral revaluations are performed by independent third parties.

Of the total $10.3 billion in residential real estate loans, $3.1 billion were in the greater Chicago area, $2.5 billion were in Florida, and $1.6 billion were in California, with the remainder distributed throughout the other geographic regions within the U.S. served by Northern Trust. Legally binding commitments to extend residential real estate credit, which are primarily home equity credit lines, totaled $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE

In managing its credit exposure, management has defined a commercial real estate loan as one where: (1) the borrower’s principal business activity is the acquisition or the development of real estate for commercial purposes; (2) the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes, and loan repayment is expected to flow from the operation of the property; or (3) the loan repayment is expected to flow from the sale or refinance of real estate as a normal and ongoing part of the business. Unsecured lines of credit to firms or individuals engaged in commercial real estate endeavors are included without regard to the use of loan proceeds. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of commercial mortgages and construction, acquisition and development loans extended primarily to highly experienced developers and/or investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to borrowers through guarantees is also commonly required.

Commercial mortgage financing is provided for the acquisition or refinancing of income producing properties. Cash flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans average approximately $1.8 million each and are primarily located in the Illinois, Florida, California, Texas, and Arizona markets. Construction, acquisition and development loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower will sell the project or refinance the loan through a commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion.

The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types:

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Commercial Mortgages:

                 

Apartment/Multi-family

   $ 616.2       $ 652.9   

Office

     686.0         621.4   

Retail

     768.0         614.5   

Industrial/ Warehouse

     318.6         312.5   

Other

     110.6         148.7   
                   

Total Commercial Mortgages

     2,499.4         2,350.0   

Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans

     254.2         289.4   

Single Family Investment

     110.0         135.0   

Other Commercial Real Estate Related

     92.2         85.4   
                   

Total Commercial Real Estate Loans

   $ 2,955.8       $ 2,859.8   

 

At December 31, 2013, legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real estate borrowers totaled $448.2 million and $97.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012 legally binding commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $97.4 million and $103.7 million, respectively.

 

IMPAIRED LOANS

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or when its terms have been modified as a concession resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring. As of December 31, 2013, impaired loans totaled $293.4 million and included $162.5 million of loans deemed troubled debt restructurings as compared to total impaired loans of $269.8 million at December 31, 2012 that included $124.5 million of loans deemed troubled debt restructurings. Impaired loans had $10.4 million and $18.0 million of the allowance for credit losses allocated to them at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Impaired loans are measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, dependent upon the level of certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established or a charge-off is recorded for the difference. Smaller balance (individually less than $250,000) homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards.

 

Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses

Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:

 

(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

Balance at Beginning of Year

   $ 327.6         $ 328.9         $ 357.3   

Charge-Offs

     (59.3        (63.0        (116.3

Recoveries

     19.6           36.7           32.9   
                                

Net Charge-Offs

     (39.7        (26.3        (83.4

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0           25.0           55.0   
                                

Balance at End of Year

   $ 307.9         $ 327.6         $ 328.9   

 

The provision for credit losses is the charge to current earnings that is determined by management, through a disciplined credit review process, to be the amount needed to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an appropriate level to absorb probable credit losses that have been identified with specific borrower relationships (specific loss component) and for probable losses that are believed to be inherent in the loan and lease portfolios, undrawn commitments, and standby letters of credit (inherent loss component).

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   45


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following table shows the specific portion of the allowance and the allocated inherent portion of the allowance and its components by loan category at December 31, 2013 and at each of the prior four year-ends.

 

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

    DECEMBER 31,  
    2013     2012     2011     2010     2009  
($ In Millions)   ALLOWANCE
AMOUNT
    PERCENT
OF
LOANS
TO
TOTAL
LOANS
    ALLOWANCE
AMOUNT
    PERCENT
OF
LOANS
TO
TOTAL
LOANS
    ALLOWANCE
AMOUNT
    PERCENT
OF
LOANS
TO
TOTAL
LOANS
    ALLOWANCE
AMOUNT
    PERCENT
OF
LOANS
TO
TOTAL
LOANS
    ALLOWANCE
AMOUNT
    PERCENT
OF
LOANS
TO
TOTAL
LOANS
 

Specific Allowance

  $ 24.9          $ 32.5          $ 47.3          $ 63.7          $ 43.8       
                                                                                 

Allocated Inherent Allowance

                                                                               

Commercial

                                                                               

Commercial and Institutional

    67.5        25        79.2        25        90.0        24        113.6        21        137.6        23   

Commercial Real Estate

    71.5        10        80.6        10        77.1        10        76.7        11        65.6        11   

Lease Financing, net

    4.2        3        5.5        4        1.8        3        1.3        4        1.4        4   

Non-U.S.

    2.1        3        3.4        4        4.7        4        3.8        4        4.9        3   

Other

           2               1               1               1               1   
                                                                                 

Total Commercial

    145.3        43        168.7        44        173.6        42        195.4        41        209.5        42   
                                                                                 

Personal

                                                                               

Residential Real Estate

    118.7        35        110.9        35        92.0        37        81.6        39        66.8        39   

Private Client

    19.0        22        15.5        21        16.0        20        16.6        19        20.5        18   

Other

                                       1               1               1   
                                                                                 

Total Personal

    137.7        57        126.4        56        108.0        58        98.2        59        87.3        58   
                                                                                 

Total Allocated Inherent Allowance

  $ 283.0        100   $ 295.1        100   $ 281.6        100   $ 293.6        100   $ 296.8        100
                                                                                 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

  $ 307.9        100   $ 327.6        100   $ 328.9        100   $ 357.3        100   $ 340.6        100
                                                                                 

Allowance Assigned to:

                                                                               

Loans and Leases

  $ 278.1              $ 297.9              $ 294.8              $ 319.6              $ 309.2           

Undrawn Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

    29.8                29.7                34.1                37.7                31.4           
                                                                                 

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

  $ 307.9              $ 327.6              $ 328.9              $ 357.3              $ 340.6           

Allowance Assigned to Loans and Leases to Total Loans and Leases

    0.95             1.01             1.01             1.14             1.11        

 

SPECIFIC COMPONENT OF THE ALLOWANCE

The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, collateral value, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay.

At December 31, 2013, the specific allowance component amounted to $24.9 million compared with $32.5 million at the end of 2012. The $7.6 million decrease is primarily attributable to charge-offs and pay offs, partially offset by additional allowances provided for new and existing nonperforming loans.

The decrease in the specific component of the allowance from $47.3 million in 2011 to $32.5 million in 2012 primarily reflected a decrease in nonperforming loans attributable to restructurings and pay offs as a result of improvement in commercial and institutional and residential real estate loans, partially offset by additional allowances provided for new and existing nonperforming loans.

 

INHERENT COMPONENT OF THE ALLOWANCE

The inherent component of the allowance addresses exposure relating to probable but unidentified credit-related losses. The amount of the inherent loss allowance is based on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various qualitative factors such as management’s evaluation of economic and business conditions and changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   46


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The historical charge-off experience for each loan category is based on data from the current and preceding three years. Qualitative factors reviewed by management include changes in asset quality metrics, the nature and volume of the portfolio, economic and business conditions, and in collateral valuations such as property values, as well as other pertinent information. Changes in collateral values, delinquency ratios, portfolio volume and concentration, and other asset quality metrics, including management’s subjective evaluation of economic and business conditions, result in adjustments of qualitative allowance factors that are applied in the determination of inherent allowance requirements.

The inherent component of the allowance also covers the credit exposure associated with undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit. To estimate the allowance for credit losses on these instruments, management uses conversion rates to determine the estimated amount that will be drawn and assigns an allowance factor determined in accordance with the methodology utilized for outstanding loans.

The inherent portion of the allowance decreased $12.0 million to $283.0 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $295.1 million at December 31, 2012, which increased $13.5 million from $281.6 million at December 31, 2011. The current year decrease in the inherent allowance reflects improvement in the commercial and institutional and commercial real estate loans in certain markets. The increase in 2012 reflected continued weakness in residential real estate loans in certain markets.

 

OVERALL ALLOWANCE

The evaluation of the factors above resulted in a total allowance for credit losses of $307.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $327.6 million at the end of 2012. The allowance of $278.1 million assigned to loans and leases, as a percentage of total loans and leases, was 0.95% at December 31, 2013, down from 1.01% at December 31, 2012. Allowances assigned to undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $29.8 million and $29.7 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

PROVISION

The provision for credit losses was $20.0 million for 2013 and net charge-offs totaled $39.7 million. This compares with a $25.0 million provision for credit losses and net charge-offs of $26.3 million in 2012, and a $55.0 million provision for credit losses and net charge-offs of $83.4 million in 2011.

 

Market Risk Management

 

Overview

To ensure adherence to Northern Trust’s interest rate and foreign currency risk management policies, ALCO establishes and monitors guidelines designed to control the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The guidelines apply to both on- and off-balance sheet positions. The goal of the ALCO process is to maximize earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet and carefully controlling interest rate and foreign currency risk.

 

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management activities include lending, accepting and placing deposits, investing in securities, issuing debt, and hedging interest rate and foreign currency risk with derivative financial instruments. The primary market risk associated with asset/liability management activities is interest rate risk and, to a lesser degree, foreign currency risk.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital due to changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can have a positive or negative impact on earnings depending on the positioning of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. The impact to earnings will primarily come through net interest income, but it can also impact certain types of fees. Changes in interest rates can also impact the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet positions, which indirectly impact the value of capital. There are four commonly recognized types of interest rate risk: repricing, which arises from differences in the maturity and repricing terms of assets and liabilities; yield curve, which arises from changes in the shape of the yield curve; basis, which arises from the changing relationships between rates earned and paid on different financial instruments with otherwise similar repricing characteristics, and behavioral characteristics/embedded optionality, which arises from client or counterparty behavior in response to interest rate changes. To mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed so that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities (adjusted for hedges) are highly correlated which allows Northern Trust’s interest-bearing assets and liabilities to contribute to earnings even in periods of volatile interest rates.

Northern Trust uses two primary measurement techniques to manage interest rate risk: simulation of earnings and simulation of economic value of equity. Simulation of earnings provides management with an ongoing business view

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

of the impact of interest rate risk on future earnings. Simulation of economic value of equity provides management with a view of the impact of interest rate risk on the economic value of equity (defined as the cash flow present value of assets less the cash flow present value of liabilities) without any changes from the period end balance sheet. Both simulation models use the same initial market interest rates and product balances. These two techniques, which are performed monthly, are complementary and are used in concert to provide a comprehensive interest rate risk management capability.

The Asset & Liability Management Policy, which is reviewed and approved by the Board annually, establishes limits for both the sensitivity of earnings (SOE) measure and the sensitivity of economic value of equity (SEVE) measure. Both interest rate risk measures (SOE and SEVE) are informational and provide context for understanding Northern Trust’s interest rate risk profile. In the event that a limit is exceeded, management is required to communicate the event to the Business Risk Committee along with management’s plans.

Because these two measures are projections, they are not directly comparable to actual results disclosed elsewhere, or directly predictive of future values of other measures provided.

Simulation of earnings measures the sensitivity of earnings under various interest rate scenarios. Management compares the change in earnings resulting from a change in interest rates to the established limit. Management also regularly reviews the projected earnings from the SOE model against actual earnings as a form of back testing.

The modeling of SOE incorporates on-balance sheet positions, as well as derivative financial instruments (principally interest rate swaps) that are used to manage interest rate risk. Northern Trust uses market implied forward interest rates as the base case and measures the sensitivity (i.e. change) in earnings if future rates are 100 or 200 basis points higher than base case forward rates. Each rate movement is assumed to occur gradually over a one-year period. The 100 basis point increase, for example, consists of twelve consecutive monthly increases of 8.3 basis points. The model simulations also incorporate the following assumptions:

Ÿ  

the balance sheet size and mix generally remains constant over the simulation horizon with maturing assets and liabilities replaced with instruments with similar terms as those that are maturing, with the exception of certain products such as securities (the assumed reinvestment of which is determined by management’s strategies); nonmaturity deposits, of which some recent increases are assumed to be temporary in nature; and long-term fixed rate borrowings that upon maturity are replaced with overnight wholesale instruments;

Ÿ  

prepayments on mortgage loans and securities collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions;

Ÿ  

non-maturity deposit rates are projected based on Northern’s actual historical pattern of pricing these products, or based on judgment when there is no appropriate history or when current pricing strategies differ from history;

Ÿ  

commercial demand deposits are treated as short-term rate sensitive as these balances may receive an explicit interest rate or an earnings credit rate that can be applied to fees for services provided by Northern Trust;

Ÿ  

new business rates are based on current spreads to market indices; and

Ÿ  

currency exchange rates and credit spreads are assumed to remain the same in each interest rate scenario.

 

The following table shows the estimated impact on 2014 pre-tax earnings of 100 and 200 basis point upward movements in interest rates relative to forward rates. Given the low level of interest rates and assumed interest rate floors as rates approach zero, simulation of earnings for 100 or 200 basis points lower rates would provide misleading results.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK SIMULATION OF EARNINGS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

(In Millions)    ESTIMATED IMPACT ON
2014 PRE-TAX  EARNINGS:
INCREASE/(DECREASE)
 

INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE

MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES

        

100 Basis Points

   $ 35   

200 Basis Points

   $ 24   

 

Stress testing of interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, non-parallel (i.e. twist) changes to yield curves that result in them becoming steeper or flatter, and changes to the relationship among the yield curves (i.e. basis risk).

The simulations of earnings do not incorporate any management actions that may be used to mitigate negative consequences of actual interest rate deviations. For that reason and others, they do not reflect likely actual results but serve as conservative estimates of interest rate risk. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Northern Trust did not exceed its SOE limits.

A second technique used to measure interest rate risk is simulation of the economic value of equity, which measures the SEVE to changes in interest rates. Management compares the change in the economic value of equity resulting from a

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

change in interest rates to the established limit. Economic value of equity is defined as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities net of the value of instruments that are used to manage the interest rate risk of balance sheet items. The potential effect of interest rate changes on economic equity is derived from the impact of such changes on projected future cash flows and the present value of these cash flows. Northern Trust uses current market rates (and the future rates implied by the market for path dependent items) as the base case and measures SEVE if current rates are immediately shocked up by 100 or 200 basis points. The model simulations also incorporate the following assumptions:

Ÿ  

prepayments on mortgage loans and securities collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions;

Ÿ  

non-maturity deposit rates are projected based on Northern’s actual historical pattern of pricing. Projected rates may also be based on judgment when there is no appropriate history or when current pricing strategies differ from history. The present values of these deposits are based on estimated remaining lives that are based on Northern’s actual historical runoff patterns with some balances assumed to be temporary;

Ÿ  

currency exchange rates and credit spreads are assumed to remain constant over the simulation horizon;

Ÿ  

the present values of most noninterest-related balances (such as receivables, equipment, and payables) are the same as their book values; and

Ÿ  

The initial shock to current rates assumes the relationship among market curves (e.g. Treasury and Libor) remains the same in each interest rate scenario.

 

The following table shows the estimated impact on economic value of equity of 100 and 200 basis point shocks up from current interest rates. Given the low level of interest rates and assumed interest rate floors as rates approach zero simulation of the economic value of equity for 100 or 200 basis points lower rates would provide misleading results.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK SIMULATION OF ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

(In Millions)   

ESTIMATED IMPACT ON

ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY:
INCREASE/(DECREASE)

 

INCREASE IN INTEREST RATES ABOVE

MARKET IMPLIED FORWARD RATES

        

100 Basis Points

   ($ 191

200 Basis Points

   ($ 573

 

Stress testing of interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate non-parallel (i.e. twist) shocks to yield curves that result in them becoming steeper or flatter and basis risk.

The simulations of economic value of equity do not incorporate any management actions that might moderate the negative consequences of actual interest rate deviations. For that reason and others, they do not reflect likely actual results but serve as conservative estimates of interest rate risk. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Northern Trust did not exceed its SEVE limits.

Northern Trust limits aggregate interest rate risk, as measured by the above techniques, to an acceptable level within the context of risk-return trade-offs. A variety of actions may be used to implement risk management strategies to modify interest rate risk including:

Ÿ  

purchases of securities;

Ÿ  

sales of securities that are classified as available for sale;

Ÿ  

issuance of senior notes and subordinated notes;

Ÿ  

collateralized borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank;

Ÿ  

placing and taking Eurodollar time deposits; and

Ÿ  

hedges with various types of derivative financial instruments.

 

Northern Trust strives to use the most effective instruments for implementing its interest risk management strategies, considering the costs, liquidity, collateral and capital requirements of the various alternatives and the risk-return tradeoffs.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT

Northern Trust is exposed to non-trading foreign currency risk as a result of its holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. To manage currency exposures on the balance sheet, Northern Trust attempts to match its assets and liabilities by currency. If those currency offsets do not exist on the balance sheet, Northern Trust will use foreign exchange derivative contracts to mitigate its currency exposure. Foreign exchange contracts are also used to reduce Northern Trust’s currency exposure to future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense.

 

Foreign Exchange Trading. Foreign exchange trading activities consist principally of providing foreign exchange services to clients. Most of those services are provided in connection with Northern Trust’s growing global custody business. In the normal course of business Northern Trust also engages in

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   49


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

trading of non-U.S. currencies for its own account. The market risks associated with these activities are foreign currency and interest rate risk.

Foreign currency trading positions exist when aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than the U.S. dollar either do not offset each other in amount, or offset each other over different time periods. Northern Trust mitigates the risk related to its non-U.S. currency positions by establishing limits on the amounts and durations of its positions. The limits on overnight inventory positions are generally lower than the limits established for intra-day trading activity. All overnight positions are monitored by a risk management function, which is separate from the trading function, to ensure that the limits are not exceeded. Although position limits are important in controlling foreign currency risk, they are not a substitute for the experience or judgment of Northern Trust’s senior management and its currency traders, who have extensive knowledge of the currency markets. Non-U.S. currency positions and strategies are adjusted as needed in response to changing market conditions.

As part of its risk management activities, Northern Trust measures daily the risk of loss associated with all non-U.S. currency positions using a Value-at-Risk (VaR) model. This statistical model provides estimates, at a variety of high confidence levels, of the potential loss in value that might be incurred if an adverse shift in non-U.S. currency exchange rates were to occur over a small number of days. The model, which is based on a variance/co-variance methodology and daily historical data over at least the past year, incorporates foreign currency and interest rate volatilities and correlations in price movement among the currencies. VaR is computed for each trading desk and for the global portfolio.

Northern Trust’s one-day VaR measure, at the 99% confidence level, totaled $193 thousand and $301 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. VaR totals representing the average, high, and low for 2013 were $387 thousand, $811 thousand, and $79 thousand, respectively, with the average, high, and low for 2012 being $421 thousand, $1.1 million, and $97 thousand, respectively. These totals indicate the degree of risk inherent in non-U.S. currency dispositions as of year-end and during the year; however, it is not a prediction of an expected gain or loss. Actual future gains and losses will vary depending on market conditions and the size and duration of future non-U.S. currency positions. During 2013 and 2012, Northern Trust did not incur an actual trading loss in excess of the daily value at risk estimate.

 

Other Trading Activities. Market risk associated with other trading activities is negligible. Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments, most of which consist of interest rate swaps entered into to meet clients’ interest rate risk management needs. When Northern Trust enters into such derivatives, its practice is to mitigate the resulting market risk with an exactly offsetting derivative. Northern Trust carries in its trading portfolio a small inventory of securities that are held for sale to its clients. The interest rate risk associated with these securities is insignificant.

 

Operational Risk Management

In providing its services, Northern Trust is exposed to operational risk which is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. Operational risk reflects the potential for inadequate information systems, operating problems, product design and delivery difficulties, or catastrophes to result in losses. Northern Trust’s success depends, in part, upon maintaining its reputation as a well-managed institution with stockholders, existing and prospective clients, creditors and regulators.

Operational risk includes compliance and fiduciary risks which are governed and managed explicitly, and is mitigated through a system of internal controls and risk management practices that are designed to keep operational risk and operational losses at levels appropriate to Northern Trust’s overall risk appetite and the inherent risk within the markets it operates. While operational risk controls are extensive, operational losses have and will continue to occur.

The Operational Risk Committee of Northern Trust provides independent oversight and is responsible for setting the Corporate Operational Risk Management Policy and developing the operational risk management framework and programs that support the coordination of operational risk activities to identify, monitor, manage and report on operational risk.

The Corporate Operational Risk function is the focal point for the operational risk management framework and works closely with the business units to achieve the goal of assuring proactive management of operational risk within Northern Trust. To further limit operational risks, committee structures have been established to draft, enforce, and monitor adherence to corporate policies and established procedures. Each business unit is responsible for complying with corporate policies and external regulations applicable to the unit, and is responsible for establishing specific procedures to do so.

The Global Compliance function guides and assists Northern Trust’s business units in fulfilling their compliance related responsibilities relative to legal requirements, sound banking and fiduciary standards, and ethical conduct, through the oversight of compliance processes, including compliance

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

monitoring; interpretation of regulations; development and evaluation of procedures; and oversight of regulatory compliance training, in order to minimize exposure and loss to Northern Trust and its clients. Northern Trust’s internal auditors monitor the overall effectiveness of operational risk internal controls on an ongoing basis.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This report contains statements that are forward-looking, such as statements relating to Northern Trust’s financial goals, capital adequacy, dividend policy, risk management policies, litigation-related matters and contingent liabilities, accounting estimates and assumptions, industry trends, strategic initiatives, credit quality including allowance levels, planned capital expenditures and technology spending, future pension plan contributions, anticipated tax benefits and expenses, the impact of recent legislation and accounting pronouncements, and all other statements that do not relate to historical facts.

Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “project”, “likely”, “may increase”, “plan”, “goal”, “target”, “strategy”, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “would”, and “could.”

Forward-looking statements are Northern Trust’s current estimates or expectations of future events or future results. These statements are based on assumptions about many important factors, including:

Ÿ  

the health of the U.S. and international economies and particularly the continuing uncertainty in Europe;

Ÿ  

the downgrade of U.S. Government issued and other securities;

Ÿ  

the health and soundness of the financial institutions and other counterparties with which Northern Trust conducts business;

Ÿ  

changes in financial markets, including debt and equity markets, that impact the value, liquidity, or credit ratings of financial assets in general, or financial assets in particular investment funds, client portfolios, or securities lending collateral pools, including those funds, portfolios, collateral pools, and other financial assets with respect to which Northern Trust has taken, or may in the future take, actions to provide asset value stability or additional liquidity;

Ÿ  

the impact of stress in the financial markets, the effectiveness of governmental actions taken in response, and the effect of such governmental actions on Northern Trust, its competitors and counterparties, financial markets generally and availability of credit specifically, and the U.S. and international economies, including special deposit assessments or potentially higher FDIC premiums;

Ÿ  

a significant downgrade of any of our debt ratings;

Ÿ  

changes in foreign exchange trading client volumes, fluctuations and volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, and Northern Trust’s success in assessing and mitigating the risks arising from such changes, fluctuations and volatility;

Ÿ  

a decline in the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio, particularly asset-backed securities, the liquidity and pricing of which may be negatively impacted by periods of economic turmoil and financial market disruptions;

Ÿ  

uncertainties inherent in the complex and subjective judgments required to assess credit risk and establish appropriate allowances therefor;

Ÿ  

difficulties in measuring, or determining whether there is other-than-temporary impairment in, the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in managing various risks inherent in its business, including credit risk, operational risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk, particularly during times of economic uncertainty and volatility in the credit and financial markets;

Ÿ  

geopolitical risks and the risks of extraordinary events such as natural disasters, terrorist events, war and the U.S. and other governments’ responses to those events;

Ÿ  

the pace and extent of continued globalization of investment activity and growth in worldwide financial assets; regulatory and monetary policy developments;

Ÿ  

failure to obtain regulatory approvals when required, including for the use and distribution of capital;

Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, accounting requirements or interpretations and other legislation in the U.S. or other countries that could affect Northern Trust or its clients, including changes in accounting rules for fair value measurements and recognizing impairments;

Ÿ  

changes in the nature and activities of Northern Trust’s competition, including increased consolidation within the financial services industry;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in maintaining existing business and continuing to generate new business in its existing markets;

Ÿ  

the impact of equity markets on fee revenue;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets;

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in identifying and integrating acquisitions and strategic alliances;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in addressing the complex needs of a global client base and managing compliance with legal, tax, regulatory and other requirements in areas of faster growth in its businesses, especially in immature markets;

Ÿ  

our ability to maintain a product mix that achieves acceptable margins;

Ÿ  

our ability to continue to generate investment results that satisfy clients and to develop an array of investment products;

Ÿ  

our success in generating revenue in our securities lending business, including for our clients, especially in periods of economic and financial market uncertainty;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in recruiting and retaining the necessary personnel to support business growth and expansion and maintain sufficient expertise to support increasingly complex products and services;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s success in controlling expenses and implementing revenue enhancement initiatives;

Ÿ  

Northern Trust’s ability, as products, methods of delivery, and client requirements change or become more complex, to continue to fund and accomplish innovation, improve risk management practices and controls, and address operating risks, including human errors or omissions, data security breach risks, pricing or valuation of securities, fraud, systems performance or defects, systems interruptions, and breakdowns in processes or internal controls;

Ÿ  

uncertainties inherent in Northern Trust’s assumptions concerning its pension plan, including discount rates and expected contributions, returns and payouts;

Ÿ  

increased costs of compliance and other risks associated with changes in regulation, the current regulatory environment, and areas of increased regulatory emphasis and oversight in the U.S. and other countries such as anti-money laundering, anti-bribery, and client privacy;

Ÿ  

risks that evolving regulations, such as Basel III and those promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act, could affect required regulatory capital for financial institutions, including Northern Trust, potentially resulting in changes to the cost and composition of capital for Northern Trust;

Ÿ  

the potential for substantial changes in the legal, regulatory and enforcement framework and oversight applicable to financial institutions in reaction to adverse financial market events, including changes that may affect leverage limits and risk-based capital and liquidity requirements for certain financial institutions, require financial institutions to pay higher assessments, expose financial institutions to certain liabilities of their subsidiary depository institutions, and restrict or increase the regulation of certain activities, including foreign exchange, carried on by financial institutions, including Northern Trust;

Ÿ  

risks and uncertainties inherent in the litigation and regulatory process, including the adequacy of contingent liability, tax, and other accruals;

Ÿ  

the risk of events that could harm Northern Trust’s reputation and so undermine the confidence of clients, counterparties, rating agencies, and stockholders; and

Ÿ  

other factors identified in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those factors described in “Item 1A – Risk Factors”, and other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, all of which are available on our website.

 

Actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Northern Trust assumes no obligation to update its forward-looking statements.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED NET INTEREST INCOME TO FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT

 

The table below presents a reconciliation of interest income and net interest income prepared in accordance with GAAP to interest income and net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, which are non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes this presentation provides a clearer indication of net interest margins for comparative purposes.

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2013     2012     2011  
(In Millions)    REPORTED     FTE ADJ.      FTE*     REPORTED     FTE ADJ.      FTE*     REPORTED     FTE ADJ.      FTE*  

Interest Income

   $ 1,155.5      $ 32.5       $ 1,188.0      $ 1,287.7      $ 40.8       $ 1,328.5      $ 1,408.6      $ 40.2       $ 1,448.8   

Interest Expense

     222.4                222.4        297.4                297.4        399.5                399.5   

Net Interest Income

   $ 933.1      $ 32.5       $ 965.6      $ 990.3      $ 40.8       $ 1,031.1      $ 1,009.1      $ 40.2       $ 1,049.3   

Net Interest Margin

     1.09              1.13     1.18              1.22     1.22              1.27

 

* Fully taxable equivalent (FTE)

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management of Northern Trust Corporation (Northern Trust) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

Management assessed Northern Trust’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, Northern Trust maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, including maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Northern Trust, and policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; (ii) receipts and expenditures of Northern Trust are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Northern Trust; and (iii) unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Northern Trust’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements are prevented or timely detected. Additionally, KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited Northern Trust’s consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2013, included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report (included herein on page 55) on the effectiveness of Northern Trust’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   54


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION:

We have audited Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Northern Trust Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Northern Trust Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated February 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

 

CHICAGO , ILLINOIS

FEBRUARY 26, 2014

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   55


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

                   DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions Except Share Information)    2013        2012  

ASSETS

                   

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 3,162.4         $ 3,752.7   

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell

     529.6           60.8   

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     19,397.4           18,803.5   

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

     12,911.5           7,619.7   

Securities

                   

Available for Sale

     28,392.8           28,643.5   

Held to Maturity (Fair value of $2,321.4 and $2,394.8)

     2,325.8           2,382.0   

Trading Account

     1.7           8.0   
                     

Total Securities

     30,720.3           31,033.5   
                     

Loans and Leases

                   

Commercial

     12,620.0           12,897.2   

Personal

     16,765.5           16,607.3   
                     

Total Loans and Leases (Net of unearned income of $286.2 and $297.9)

     29,385.5           29,504.5   
                     

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases

     (278.1        (297.9

Buildings and Equipment

     458.8           469.9   

Client Security Settlement Receivables

     1,355.2           2,049.1   

Goodwill

     540.7           537.8   

Other Assets

     4,764.0           3,930.2   
                     

Total Assets

   $ 102,947.3         $ 97,463.8   
                     

LIABILITIES

                   

Deposits

                   

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing

   $ 16,888.7         $ 20,519.0   

Savings and Money Market

     14,991.5           15,189.7   

Savings Certificates and Other Time

     1,874.4           2,466.1   

Non-U.S. Offices – Noninterest-Bearing

     1,881.8           3,512.8   

                            – Interest-Bearing

     48,461.7           39,720.2   
                     

Total Deposits

     84,098.1           81,407.8   

Federal Funds Purchased

     965.1           780.2   

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     917.3           699.8   

Other Borrowings

     1,558.6           367.4   

Senior Notes

     1,996.6           2,405.8   

Long-Term Debt

     1,709.2           1,421.6   

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     277.1           277.0   

Other Liabilities

     3,513.3           2,577.2   
                     

Total Liabilities

     95,035.3           89,936.8   
                     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                   

Common Stock, $1.66  2 / 3 Par Value; Authorized 560,000,000 shares; Outstanding shares of 237,322,035 and 238,914,988

     408.6           408.6   

Additional Paid-in Capital

     1,035.7           1,012.7   

Retained Earnings

     7,134.8           6,702.7   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     (244.3        (283.0

Treasury Stock (7,849,489 and 6,256,536 shares, at cost)

     (422.8        (314.0
                     

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     7,912.0           7,527.0   
                     

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 102,947.3         $ 97,463.8   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 60-117.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   56


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions Except Share Information)    2013        2012        2011  

Noninterest Income

                              

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,609.8         $ 2,405.5         $ 2,169.5   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4           206.1           324.5   

Treasury Management Fees

     69.0           67.4           72.1   

Security Commissions and Trading Income

     68.0           73.6           60.5   

Other Operating Income

     166.5           154.9           158.1   

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net (Note)

     (1.5        (1.7        (23.9
                                

Total Noninterest Income

     3,156.2           2,905.8           2,760.8   
                                

Net Interest Income

                              

Interest Income

     1,155.5           1,287.7           1,408.6   

Interest Expense

     222.4           297.4           399.5   
                                

Net Interest Income

     933.1           990.3           1,009.1   

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0           25.0           55.0   
                                

Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses

     913.1           965.3           954.1   
                                

Noninterest Expense

                              

Compensation

     1,306.6           1,267.4           1,267.2   

Employee Benefits

     257.5           258.2           258.2   

Outside Services

     564.1           529.2           552.8   

Equipment and Software

     377.6           366.7           328.1   

Occupancy

     173.8           174.4           180.9   

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                         (23.1

Other Operating Expense

     314.2           282.9           267.1   
                                

Total Noninterest Expense

     2,993.8           2,878.8           2,831.2   
                                

Income before Income Taxes

     1,075.5           992.3           883.7   

Provision for Income Taxes

     344.2           305.0           280.1   
                                

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   
                                

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   
                                

PER COMMON SHARE

                              

Net Income – Basic

   $ 3.01         $ 2.82         $ 2.47   

– Diluted

     2.99           2.81           2.47   
                                

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding – Basic

     239,265,313           240,417,805           241,401,310   

– Diluted

     240,554,840           240,881,244           241,811,384   

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

Net Income

   $            731.3         $            687.3         $            603.6   

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of Tax and Reclassifications)

                              

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale

     (95.0        61.2           53.3   

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges

     4.3           5.6           (18.4

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

     (3.4        20.0           (2.5

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

     132.8           (24.2        (72.7
                                

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     38.7           62.6           (40.3
                                

Comprehensive Income

   $ 770.0         $ 749.9         $ 563.3   

Note:    Changes in Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI) Losses

   $         $ (2.7      $ (1.1

Noncredit-related OTTI Losses Recorded in (Reclassified from) OCI

               (0.6        (22.2

Other Security Gains (Losses), net

     (1.5        1.6           (0.6
                                

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net

   $ (1.5      $ (1.7      $ (23.9

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 60-117.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   57


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

COMMON STOCK

                              

Balance at January 1 and December 31

   $ 408.6         $ 408.6         $ 408.6   
                                

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL

                              

Balance at January 1

     1,012.7           977.5           920.0   

Treasury Stock Transactions – Stock Options and Awards

     (55.0        (41.5        (13.2

Stock Options and Awards – Amortization

     75.0           74.4           71.3   

Stock Options and Awards – Tax Benefits

     3.0           2.3           (0.6
                                

Balance at December 31

     1,035.7           1,012.7           977.5   
                                

RETAINED EARNINGS

                              

Balance at January 1

     6,702.7           6,302.3           5,972.1   

Net Income

     731.3           687.3           603.6   

Dividends Declared – Common Stock

     (299.2        (286.9        (273.4
                                

Balance at December 31

     7,134.8           6,702.7           6,302.3   
                                

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

                              

Balance at January 1

     (283.0        (345.6        (305.3

Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available for Sale

     (95.0        61.2           53.3   

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges

     4.3           5.6           (18.4

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

     (3.4        20.0           (2.5

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

     132.8           (24.2        (72.7
                                

Balance at December 31

     (244.3        (283.0        (345.6
                                

TREASURY STOCK

                              

Balance at January 1

     (314.0        (225.5        (165.1

Stock Options and Awards

     201.2           74.4           19.0   

Stock Purchased

     (310.0        (162.9        (79.4
                                

Balance at December 31

     (422.8        (314.0        (225.5
                                

Total Stockholders’ Equity at December 31

   $ 7,912.0         $ 7,527.0         $ 7,117.3   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 60-117.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   58


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                              

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

                              

Investment Security Losses, net

     1.5           1.7           23.9   

Amortization and Accretion of Securities and Unearned Income, net

     44.7           (11.7        (34.2

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0           25.0           55.0   

Depreciation on Buildings and Equipment

     92.3           88.3           89.2   

Gains on Sale of Buildings and Equipment

     (32.6        1.2           (0.9

Amortization of Computer Software

     205.1           180.8           158.4   

Amortization of Intangibles

     21.1           20.3           17.5   

Change in Accrued Income Taxes

     (31.5        18.5           (115.5

Pension Plan Contributions

     (20.7        (112.3        (110.6

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                         (23.1

Deferred Income Tax Provision

     66.6           79.7           97.2   

Change in Receivables

     (206.2        (41.9        (179.7

Change in Interest Payable

     (11.2        (10.0        5.0   

Change in Collateral With Derivative Counterparties, net

     (250.6        (127.9        172.1   

Other Operating Activities, net

     209.5           15.4           496.4   
                                

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     839.3           814.4           1,254.3   
                                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                              

Net Change in Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell

     (468.8        60.5           38.8   

Change in Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     (782.1        (2,107.1        (1,345.1

Net Change in Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Assets

     (5,292.1        5,829.0           (2,512.4

Purchases of Securities – Held to Maturity

     (5,715.5        (3,798.5        (147.6

Proceeds from Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Held to Maturity

     5,853.9           2,220.9           272.9   

Purchases of Securities – Available for Sale

     (8,168.0        (19,546.4        (33,302.1

Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Available for Sale

     8,456.4           21,183.3           23,082.9   

Change in Loans and Leases

     17.8           (469.6        (1,017.9

Purchases of Buildings and Equipment

     (91.9        (73.3        (96.9

Purchases and Development of Computer Software

     (293.0        (239.2        (274.2

Change in Client Security Settlement Receivables

     690.6           (1,270.8        (77.0

Decrease in Cash Due to Acquisitions, net of Cash Acquired

                         (172.6

Other Investing Activities, net

     109.4           (161.2        162.8   
                                

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

     (5,683.3        1,627.6           (15,388.4
                                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                              

Change in Deposits

     2,938.9           (1,269.7        18,481.8   

Change in Federal Funds Purchased

     184.9           (35.1        (2,876.3

Change in Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     217.5           (499.0        244.4   

Change in Short-Term Other Borrowings

     1,258.8           (435.5        630.5   

Proceeds from Term Federal Funds Purchased

                         7,962.3   

Repayments of Term Federal Funds Purchased

                         (7,981.3

Proceeds from Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt

     750.0           500.0           500.0   

Repayments of Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt

     (804.4        (923.7        (880.7

Treasury Stock Purchased

     (309.7        (162.4        (79.0

Net Proceeds from Stock Options

     146.2           106.8           75.6   

Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock

     (220.6        (354.3        (273.7

Other Financing Activities, net

     226.7                       
                                

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

     4,388.3           (3,072.9        15,803.6   
                                

Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rates on Cash

     (134.6        68.3           (172.2
                                

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks

     (590.3        (562.6        1,497.3   

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year

     3,752.7           4,315.3           2,818.0   
                                

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year

   $ 3,162.4         $ 3,752.7         $ 4,315.3   
                                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

                              

Interest Paid

   $ 231.9         $ 307.4         $ 394.5   

Income Taxes Paid

     262.6           188.5           153.3   

Transfers from Loans to OREO

     24.7           48.5           68.8   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 60-117.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and reporting practices prescribed for the banking industry. A description of the more significant accounting policies follows.

 

A. Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Northern Trust Company (Bank), and various other wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation and Bank. Throughout the notes, the term “Northern Trust” refers to the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated statement of income includes results of acquired subsidiaries from the dates of their acquisition. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified consistent with the current year’s presentation.

 

B. Nature of Operations. The Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in Chicago and the Corporation’s principal subsidiary. The Corporation conducts business in the United States (U.S.) and internationally through various U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including the Bank.

Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from its two primary business units: Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by a third business unit, Asset Management. Northern Trust emphasizes quality through a high level of service complemented by the effective use of technology, delivered by a fourth business unit, Operations & Technology (O&T).

C&IS is a leading global provider of asset servicing, brokerage, banking and related services to corporate and public retirement funds, foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: global master trust and custody; fund administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment risk and analytical services; securities lending; foreign exchange; cash management; treasury management; brokerage services; and transition management services. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia Pacific region.

Wealth Management provides trust, investment management, custody, and philanthropic services; financial consulting; guardianship and estate administration; family business consulting; family financial education; brokerage services; and private and business banking. Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, retirees, and established privately-held businesses in its target markets. Wealth Management also includes the Global Family Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the United States and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network of offices in 18 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi.

 

C. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

D. Foreign Currency Remeasurement and Translation. Asset and liability accounts denominated in nonfunctional currencies are remeasured into functional currencies at period end rates of exchange, except for certain balance sheet items including buildings and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Results from remeasurement of asset and liability accounts are reported in other operating income as currency translation gains (losses), net. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at period average rates of exchange.

Asset and liability accounts of entities with functional currencies that are not the U.S. dollar are translated at period end rates of exchange. Income and expense accounts are translated at period average rates of exchange. Translation adjustments, net of applicable taxes, are reported directly to

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), a component of stockholders’ equity.

 

E. Securities. Securities Available for Sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses credited or charged, net of the tax effect, to AOCI. Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale are determined on a specific identification basis and are reported within other security gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statement of income. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis, adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount.

Securities Held to Maturity consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold until maturity. Such securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount.

Securities Held for Trading are stated at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities held for trading are reported in the consolidated statement of income within security commissions and trading income.

Nonmarketable Securities primarily consist of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and community development investments, each of which are recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock are reported at cost, which represents redemption value. Community development investments, which are discussed in further detail in Note 28, are reported at amortized cost using the effective yield method and amortized over the lives of the related tax credits.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI). A security is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference being defined as the credit loss) or if the fair value of the security is less than the security’s amortized cost basis and the investor intends, or more-likely-than-not will be required, to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. If OTTI exists, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss if the investor does not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost is recognized in AOCI, net of applicable taxes. Otherwise, the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost is charged to earnings.

 

F. Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third party custodians, of securities purchased under agreements to resell.

 

G. Derivative Financial Instruments. Northern Trust is a party to various derivative instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients; as part of its trading activity for its own account; and as part of its risk management activities. These instruments include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, and credit default swap contracts. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value within other assets and other liabilities. Derivative asset and liability positions with the same counterparty are reflected on a net basis on the consolidated balance sheet in cases where legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist. Derivative assets and liabilities are further reduced by cash collateral received from, and deposited with, derivative counterparties. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative in the consolidated statement of income depends on whether or not the contract has been designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting under GAAP. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated cash flow statement within the line item, ‘other operating activities, net,’ except for net investment hedges which are recorded within ‘other investing activities, net’.

Changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments, which are not designated hedges under GAAP, are recognized currently in either foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments entered into for risk management purposes but not designated as hedges are recognized currently in other operating income. Certain derivative instruments used by Northern Trust to manage risk are formally designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are used to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk are recognized currently in income. For substantially all fair value hedges, Northern Trust applies the “shortcut” method of accounting, available under GAAP, which assumes there is no ineffectiveness in a hedge. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged item are equal to the offsetting gain or loss on the derivative and are reflected in the same line item. For fair value hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” method of accounting, Northern Trust utilizes regression analysis, a “long-haul” method of accounting, in assessing whether these hedging relationships are highly effective at inception and quarterly thereafter. Ineffectiveness resulting from fair value hedges is recorded in either interest income or interest expense.

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are used to minimize the variability in cash flows of earning assets or forecasted transactions caused by movements in interest or foreign exchange rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of such derivatives is recognized in AOCI, a component of stockholders’ equity, and there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item. Balances in AOCI are reclassified to earnings when the hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings. Northern Trust assesses effectiveness using regression analysis for cash flow hedges of available for sale securities. Ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. For cash flow hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions, Northern Trust closely matches all terms of the hedged item and the hedging derivative at inception and on an ongoing basis which limits hedge ineffectiveness. To the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, effectiveness is assessed using the dollar-offset method and any ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. Any ineffectiveness is recognized currently in earnings.

Foreign exchange contracts and qualifying non-derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges are used to minimize Northern Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in AOCI consistent with the related translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, all critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are matched at inception and on an ongoing basis to minimize the risk of hedge ineffectiveness. To the extent all terms are not perfectly matched, any ineffectiveness is measured using the hypothetical derivative method. Ineffectiveness resulting from net investment hedges is recorded in other operating income. Amounts recorded in AOCI are reclassified to earnings only upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a non-U.S. branch or subsidiary.

Fair value, cash flow, and net investment hedges are designated and formally documented as such contemporaneous with the transaction. The formal documentation describes the hedge relationship and identifies the hedging instruments and hedged items. Included in the documentation is a discussion of the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking such hedges, the nature of the risk being hedged, a description of the method for assessing hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis, as well as the method that will be used to measure hedge ineffectiveness. For hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” or the critical terms match methods of accounting, a formal assessment is performed on a calendar quarter basis to verify that derivatives used in hedging transactions continue to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued if a derivative ceases to be highly effective, matures, is terminated or sold, if a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, or if Northern Trust removes the derivative’s hedge designation. Subsequent gains and losses on these derivatives are included in foreign exchange trading income or security commissions and trading income. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the accumulated gain or loss on the derivative remains in AOCI and is reclassified to earnings in the period in which the previously hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings or is no longer probable of occurring. For discontinued fair value hedges, the previously hedged asset or liability ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value. Previous adjustments to the hedged item are amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item.

 

H. Loans and Leases. Loans and leases are recognized assets that represent a contractual right to receive money either on demand or on fixed or determinable dates. Loans and leases are disaggregated for disclosure purposes by portfolio segment (segment) and by class. Segment is defined as the level at which management develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine the allowance for credit losses. Northern Trust has defined its segments as commercial and personal. A class of loans and leases is a subset of a segment, the components of which have similar risk characteristics, measurement attributes, or risk monitoring methods. The classes within the commercial segment have

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

been defined as commercial and institutional, commercial real estate, lease financing, non-US and other. The classes within the personal segment have been defined as residential real estate, private client and other.

Loan Classification. Loans that are held for investment are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Loans classified as held for sale are reported at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Loan commitments for residential real estate loans that will be classified as held for sale at the time of funding and which have an interest rate lock are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with subsequent gains or losses recognized in other operating income. Unrealized gains on these loan commitments are reported as other assets, with unrealized losses reported as other liabilities. Other undrawn commitments relating to loans that are not held for sale are recorded in other liabilities and are carried at the amount of unamortized fees with an allowance for credit loss liability recognized for any estimated probable losses.

Recognition of Income. Interest income on loans is recorded on an accrual basis unless, in the opinion of management, there is a question as to the ability of the debtor to meet the terms of the loan agreement, or interest or principal is more than 90 days contractually past due and the loan is not well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans meeting such criteria are classified as nonperforming and interest income is recorded on a cash basis. Past due status is based on how long since the contractual due date a principal or interest payment has been past due. For disclosure purposes, loans that are 29 days past due or less are reported as current. At the time a loan is determined to be nonperforming, interest accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income in the current period. Interest collected on nonperforming loans is applied to principal unless, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is not in doubt. Management’s assessment of indicators of loan and lease collectability, and its policies relative to the recognition of interest income, including the suspension and subsequent resumption of income recognition, do not meaningfully vary between loan and lease classes. Nonperforming loans are returned to performing status when factors indicating doubtful collectability no longer exist. Factors considered in returning a loan to performing status are consistent across all classes of loans and leases and, in accordance with regulatory guidance, relate primarily to expected payment performance. Loans are eligible to be returned to performing status when: (i) no principal or interest that is due is unpaid and repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected or (ii) the loan has otherwise become well-secured (possessing realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt, including accrued interest, in full) and is in the process of collection (through action reasonably expected to result in debt repayment or restoration to a current status in the near future). A loan that has not been brought fully current may be restored to performing status provided there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) by the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms, and Northern Trust is reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period of time. Additionally, a loan that has been formally restructured so as to be reasonably assured of repayment and performance according to its modified terms may be returned to accrual status, provided there was a well-documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects of repayment under the revised terms, and there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) under the revised terms.

Impaired Loans. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, management determines that it is probable that Northern Trust will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are identified through ongoing credit management and risk rating processes, including the formal review of past due and watch list credits. Payment performance and delinquency status are critical factors in identifying impairment for all loans and leases, particularly those within the residential real estate, private client and personal-other classes. Other key factors considered in identifying impairment of loans and leases within the commercial and institutional, non-U.S., lease financing, and commercial-other classes relate to the borrower’s ability to perform under the terms of the obligation as measured through the assessment of future cash flows, including consideration of collateral value, market value, and other factors. A loan is also considered to be impaired if its terms have been modified as a concession by Northern Trust or a bankruptcy court resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties, referred to as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). All TDRs are reported as impaired loans in the calendar year of their restructuring. In subsequent years, a TDR may cease being reported as impaired if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least six months. A loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to performing status if it satisfies the six month performance requirement; however, it will remain reported as impaired. Impairment is measured based upon the loan’s market price, the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

interest rate, or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, based on the certainty of loss, either a specific allowance is established, or a charge-off is recorded, for the difference. Smaller balance (individually less than $250,000) homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and excluded from impaired loan disclosures as allowed under applicable accounting standards. Northern Trust’s accounting policies for impaired loans is consistent across all classes of loans and leases.

Premiums and Discounts. Premiums and discounts on loans are recognized as an adjustment of yield using the interest method based on the contractual terms of the loan. Certain direct origination costs and fees are netted, deferred and amortized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to the loan’s yield.

Direct Financing and Leverage Leases. Unearned lease income from direct financing and leveraged leases is recognized using the interest method. This method provides a constant rate of return on the unrecovered investment over the life of the lease. The rate of return and the allocation of income over the lease term are recalculated from the inception of the lease if during the lease term assumptions regarding the amount or timing of estimated cash flows change. Lease residual values are established at the inception of the lease based on in-house valuations and market analyses provided by outside parties. Lease residual values are reviewed at least annually for other-than-temporary impairment. A decline in the estimated residual value of a leased asset determined to be other-than-temporary would be recorded in the period in which the decline is identified as a reduction of interest income.

 

I. Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The loan and lease portfolio and other lending related credit exposures are regularly reviewed to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses. In determining the level of the allowance, Northern Trust evaluates the allowance necessary for impaired loans and also estimates losses inherent in other credit exposures. The result is an allowance with the following components:

Specific Allowance. The amount of specific allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans where the amount of specific allowance, if any, is determined based on the value of the underlying real estate collateral, third-party appraisals are generally obtained and utilized by management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral.

Inherent Allowance. The amount of inherent allowance is based on factors which incorporate management’s evaluation of historical charge-off experience and various qualitative factors such as management’s evaluation of economic and business conditions and changes in the character and size of the loan portfolio. Factors are applied to loan and lease credit exposures aggregated by shared risk characteristics and are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Reserve Committee which includes representatives from Credit Policy, business unit management, and Corporate Financial Management.

Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are debited to the allowance. Northern Trust’s policies relative to the charging-off of uncollectible loans and leases are consistent across both loan and lease segments. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged-off or a specific reserve is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to income, is the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to the level determined to be appropriate through the above process. Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the amount of the provision for credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs.

Northern Trust analyzes its exposure to credit losses from both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet activity using a consistent methodology. In estimating the allowance for credit losses for undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit, management uses conversion rates to determine the estimated amount that will be funded. Factors based on historical loss experience and specific risk characteristics of the loan product are utilized to calculate inherent losses related to undrawn commitments and standby letters of credit as of the reporting date. The portion of the allowance assigned to loans and leases is reported as a contra asset, directly following loans and leases in the consolidated balance sheet.

The portion of the allowance assigned to undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

J. Standby Letters of Credit. Fees on standby letters of credit are recognized in other operating income using the straight-line method over the lives of the underlying agreements. Northern

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Trust’s recorded liability for standby letters of credit, reflecting the obligation it has undertaken, is measured as the amount of unamortized fees on these instruments.

 

K. Buildings and Equipment. Buildings and equipment owned are carried at original cost less accumulated depreciation. The charge for depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on the following range of lives: buildings – 10 to 30 years; equipment – 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements–the shorter of the lease term or 15 years. Leased properties meeting certain criteria are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over the lease period.

 

L. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell and are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Fair value is typically based on third-party appraisals. Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the properties. Losses identified during the 90-day period after the acquisition of such properties are charged against the allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases. Subsequent write-downs that may be required to the carrying value of these assets and gains or losses realized from asset sales are recorded within other operating expense.

 

M. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill is not subject to amortization. Separately identifiable acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, primarily on a straight-line basis. Purchased software and allowable internal costs, including compensation relating to software developed for internal use, are capitalized. Software is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

 

N. Assets Under Custody and Assets Under Management. Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacities are not included in the consolidated balance sheet, since such items are not assets of Northern Trust.

 

O. Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees. Trust, investment and other servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis, over the period in which the service is provided. Fees are a function of the market value of assets custodied, managed and serviced, the volume of transactions, securities lending volume and spreads, and fees for other services rendered, as set forth in the underlying client agreement. This revenue recognition involves the use of estimates and assumptions, including components that are calculated based on estimated asset valuations and transaction volumes.

Client reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses that are an extension of existing services that are being rendered are recorded on a gross basis as revenue.

 

P. Client Security Settlement Receivables. These receivables represent other collection items presented on behalf of custody clients and settled through withdrawals from short term investment funds on a next day basis.

 

Q. Income Taxes. Northern Trust follows an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. The objective is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates.

Tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are evaluated based on their likelihood of being sustained upon examination by tax authorities. Only tax positions that are considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Northern Trust recognizes any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

 

R. Cash Flow Statements. Cash and cash equivalents have been defined as “Cash and Due from Banks”.

 

S. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. Northern Trust records the funded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheet. Prepaid pension and postretirement benefits are reported in other assets and unfunded pension and postretirement benefits are reported in other liabilities. Plan assets and benefit obligations are measured annually at December 31. Pension costs are recognized ratably over the estimated working lifetime of eligible participants.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

T. Share-Based Compensation Plans. Northern Trust recognizes as compensation expense the grant-date fair value of stock and stock unit awards and other share-based compensation granted to employees within the consolidated income statement. The fair values of stock and stock unit awards, including performance stock unit awards and director awards, are based on the price of the Corporation’s stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model utilizes weighted-average assumptions regarding the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding (expected term) based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants, the estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s stock over the expected term of the options, the historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock, and a risk free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted.

Compensation expense for share-based award grants with terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule, whereby portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Northern Trust does not include an estimate of future forfeitures in its recognition of share-based compensation expense as historical forfeitures have not been significant. Share-based compensation expense is adjusted based on forfeitures as they occur. Dividend equivalents are paid on stock units that have been granted but not yet vested. Cash flows resulting from the realization of tax deductions from the exercise of stock options in excess of the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows.

 

U. Net Income Per Common Share. Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income/loss applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net income per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock and potential common shares by the aggregate of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and common share equivalents calculated for stock options and restricted stock outstanding using the treasury stock method. In a period of a net loss, diluted net income per common share is calculated in the same manner as basic net income per common share.

Northern Trust has issued certain restricted stock awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. These restricted shares are considered participating securities. Accordingly, Northern Trust calculates net income applicable to common stock using the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated between common stock and participating securities.

 

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-01, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The ASU permits reporting entities to elect to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. The ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Northern Trust is currently evaluating the potential application of ASU No. 2014-01; an election to utilize the proportional amortization method is not expected to materially impact Northern Trust’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” This ASU clarifies that an insubstance repossession or foreclosure of a residential real estate property occurs only upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the property upon completion of a foreclosure or through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, rather than by simply taking physical possession of the property. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Northern Trust is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2014-04 and it is not expected to materially impact Northern Trust’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value under GAAP is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Fair Value Hierarchy. The following describes the hierarchy of valuation inputs (Levels 1, 2, and 3) used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity; unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about how market participants would value an asset or liability based on the best information available. GAAP requires an entity measuring fair value to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs and establishes a fair value hierarchy of inputs. Financial instruments are categorized within the hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to their valuation. Northern Trust’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value levels as of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. No transfers between fair value levels occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. Northern Trust’s Level 1 assets are comprised of available for sale investments in U.S. treasury securities.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account securities, the fair values of which are determined predominantly by external pricing vendors. Prices received from vendors are compared to other vendor and third-party prices. If a security price obtained from a pricing vendor is determined to exceed pre-determined tolerance levels that are assigned based on an asset type’s characteristics, the exception is researched and, if the price is not able to be validated, an alternate pricing vendor is utilized, consistent with Northern Trust’s pricing source hierarchy. As of December 31, 2013, Northern Trust’s available for sale securities portfolio included 831 Level 2 securities with an aggregate market value of $26.4 billion. Of those, 829 securities, with a market value of $26.3 billion, were valued by external pricing vendors. The remaining 2 securities, with an aggregate market value of $57.4 million, were valued consistent with prices of similar securities as there were no vended prices available for these securities. As of December 31, 2012, Northern Trust’s available for sale securities portfolio included 696 Level 2 securities with an aggregate market value of $26.8 billion. Of those, 689 securities, with a market value of $26.5 billion, were valued by external pricing vendors. The remaining 7 securities, with an aggregate market value of $307.1 million, were valued consistent with prices of similar securities as there were no vended prices available for these securities. Trading account securities, which totaled $1.7 million and $8.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, were all valued using external pricing vendors.

Northern Trust has established processes and procedures to assess the suitability of valuation methodologies used by external pricing vendors, including reviews of valuation techniques and assumptions used for selected securities. On a daily basis, periodic quality control reviews of prices received from vendors are conducted which include comparisons to prices on similar security types received from multiple pricing vendors and to the previous day’s reported prices for each security. Predetermined tolerance level exceptions are researched and may result in additional validation through available market information or the use of an alternate pricing vendor. Quarterly, Northern Trust reviews documentation from third-party pricing vendors regarding the valuation processes and assumptions used in their valuations and assesses whether the fair value levels assigned by Northern Trust to each security classification are appropriate. Annually, valuation inputs used within third-party pricing vendor valuations are reviewed for propriety on a sample basis through a comparison of inputs used to comparable market data, including security classifications that are less actively traded and security classifications comprising significant portions of the portfolio.

Level 2 assets and liabilities also include derivative contracts which are valued internally using widely accepted income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted markets and reflect the contractual terms of the contracts. Observable inputs include foreign exchange rates and interest rates for foreign exchange contracts; credit spreads, default probabilities, and recovery rates for credit default swap contracts; interest rates for interest rate swap contracts and forward contracts; and interest rates and volatility inputs for interest rate option contracts. Northern Trust evaluates the impact of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments. Factors considered include the likelihood of default by Northern Trust and its counterparties, the remaining maturities of the instruments, net exposures after giving effect to master netting arrangements or similar agreements, available collateral, and other credit enhancements in determining the appropriate fair value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments have not been considered material.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets consist of auction rate securities purchased in 2008 from Northern Trust clients. To estimate the fair value of auction rate securities, for which trading is limited and market prices are generally unavailable, Northern Trust developed and maintains a pricing model that discounts estimated cash flows over their estimated remaining lives. Significant inputs to the model include the contractual terms of the securities, credit risk ratings, discount rates, forward interest rates, credit/liquidity spreads, and Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement are Northern Trust’s own assumptions about the estimated remaining lives of the securities and the applicable discount rates. Significant increases (decreases) in the estimated remaining lives or the discount rates in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Level 3 liabilities consist of acquisition related contingent consideration liabilities. The fair values of these contingent consideration liabilities have been determined using an income-based (discounted cash flow) model that incorporates Northern Trust’s own assumptions about business growth rates and applicable discount rates, which represent unobservable inputs to the model. Significant increases (decreases) in projected growth rates in isolation would result in significantly higher (lower) fair value measurements, while significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements.

Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets and liabilities, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values.

Management of various businesses and departments of Northern Trust (including Corporate Market Risk, Credit Policy, Corporate Financial Management, and relevant business unit personnel) determine the valuation policies and procedures for Level 3 assets and liabilities. Each business and department represents a component of Northern Trust’s business units, and reports to management of their respective business units. Generally, valuation policies are reviewed by management of each business or department. Fair value measurements are performed upon acquisitions of an asset or liability. As necessary, the valuation models are reviewed by management of the appropriate business or department, and adjusted for changes in inputs. Management of each business or department reviews the inputs in order to substantiate the unobservable inputs used in each fair value measurement. When appropriate, management reviews forecasts used in the valuation process in light of other relevant financial projections to understand any variances between current and previous fair value measurements. In certain circumstances, third party information is used to support the fair value measurements. If certain third party information seems inconsistent with consensus views, a review of the information is performed by management of the respective business or department to conclude as to the appropriate fair value of the asset or liability.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following presents the fair values of, and the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and quantitative information used to develop significant unobservable inputs for, Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013.

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT    FAIR VALUE      VALUATION TECHNIQUE      UNOBSERVABLE INPUT      RANGE OF LIVES AND RATES

Auction Rate Securities

   $98.9 million      Discounted Cash Flow      Remaining lives

Discount rates

     2.4 – 8.6 years

0.3% – 7.7%

Contingent Consideration

   $55.4 million      Discounted Cash Flow      Discount rate

Business growth rates

     10.5%

19% – 21%

 

The following presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, segregated by fair value hierarchy level.

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)    LEVEL 1        LEVEL 2        LEVEL 3        NETTING       

ASSETS/

LIABILITIES

AT FAIR

VALUE

 

Securities

                                                    

Available for Sale

                                                    

U.S. Government

   $ 1,917.9         $         $         $         $ 1,917.9   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

               4.6                               4.6   

Government Sponsored Agency

               17,528.0                               17,528.0   

Corporate Debt

               3,524.5                               3,524.5   

Covered Bonds

               1,943.9                               1,943.9   

Supranational, Sovereign and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds

               720.6                               720.6   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

               48.1                               48.1   

Other Asset-Backed

               2,391.8                               2,391.8   

Auction Rate

                         98.9                     98.9   

Other

               214.5                               214.5   
                                                      

Total Available for Sale

     1,917.9           26,376.0           98.9                     28,392.8   
                                                      

Trading Account

               1.7                               1.7   
                                                      

Total Available for Sale and Trading Securities

     1,917.9           26,377.7           98.9                     28,394.5   
                                                      

Other Assets

                                                    

Derivative Assets

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

               2,865.7                               2,865.7   

Interest Rate Swaps

               237.9                               237.9   
                                                      

Total Derivative Assets

               3,103.6                     (1,369.0        1,734.6   
                                                      

Other Liabilities

                                                    

Derivative Liabilities

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

               2,905.7                               2,905.7   

Interest Rate Swaps

               195.2                               195.2   
                                                      

Total Derivative Liabilities

               3,100.9                     (1,926.0        1,174.9   
                                                      

Contingent Consideration

   $         $         $ 55.4         $         $ 55.4   

 

Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2013, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $210.7 million and $767.7 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    LEVEL 1        LEVEL 2        LEVEL 3        NETTING       

ASSETS/

LIABILITIES

AT FAIR

VALUE

 

Securities

                                                    

Available for Sale

                                                    

U.S. Government

   $ 1,784.6         $         $         $         $ 1,784.6   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

               14.1                               14.1   

Government Sponsored Agency

               18,638.8                               18,638.8   

Corporate Debt

               2,618.4                               2,618.4   

Covered Bonds

               1,748.0                               1,748.0   

Supranational Bonds

               1,060.7                               1,060.7   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

               92.0                               92.0   

Other Asset-Backed

               2,283.9                               2,283.9   

Auction Rate

                         97.8                     97.8   

Other

               305.2                               305.2   
                                                      

Total Available for Sale

     1,784.6           26,761.1           97.8                     28,643.5   
                                                      

Trading Account

               8.0                               8.0   
                                                      

Total Available for Sale and Trading Securities

     1,784.6           26,769.1           97.8                     28,651.5   
                                                      

Other Assets

                                                    

Derivatives

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

               1,756.6                               1,756.6   

Interest Rate Swaps

               310.3                               310.3   
                                                      

Total Derivatives Assets

               2,066.9                     (1,101.1        965.8   
                                                      

Other Liabilities

                                                    

Derivatives

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

               1,772.7                               1,772.7   

Interest Rate Swaps

               249.3                               249.3   

Credit Default Swaps

               1.0                               1.0   
                                                      

Total Derivatives Liabilities

               2,023.0                     (1,407.5        615.5   
                                                      

Contingent Consideration

                         50.1                     50.1   

 

Note: Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. As of December 31, 2012, derivative assets and liabilities shown above also include reductions of $118.6 million and $425.0 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables present the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

LEVEL 3 ASSETS    AUCTION RATE SECURITIES  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

Fair Value at January 1

   $ 97.8         $ 178.3   

Total Gains and (Losses):

                   

Included in Earnings (1)

     0.1           (21.6

Included in Other Comprehensive Income (2)

     3.8           6.4   

Purchases, Issuances, Sales, and Settlements:

                   

Sales

     (0.6        (54.7

Settlements

     (2.2        (10.6
                     

Fair Value at December 31

   $ 98.9         $ 97.8   

 

(1) Realized gains for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $0.1 million represents gains from redemptions by issuers. Realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $21.6 million include $20.8 million of losses from sales of securities and $1.6 million of impairment losses, partially offset by $0.8 million of gains from redemptions by issuers. Gains on redemptions are recorded in interest income and sales and impairment losses are recorded in investment security gains (losses), net, within the consolidated statement of income.

(2) Unrealized losses related to auction rate securities are included in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale, within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES    CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

Fair Value at January 1

   $ 50.1         $ 56.8   

Total (Gains) and Losses:

                   

Included in Earnings (1)

     5.3           2.0   

Included in Other Comprehensive Income (2)

               (0.5

Purchases, Issuances, Sales, and Settlements:

                   

Purchases

                 

Settlements

               (8.2
                     

Fair Value at December 31

   $ 55.4         $ 50.1   

Unrealized (Gains) Losses Included in Earnings Related to Financial Instruments Held at December 31 (1)

   $ 5.3         $ 4.8   

 

(1) Gains (losses) are recorded in other operating income (expense) within the consolidated statement of income.

(2) Unrealized foreign currency related losses on contingent consideration liabilities are included in foreign currency translation adjustments, within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no assets or liabilities transferred into or out of Level 3.

Carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis may be adjusted to fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition, for example, to record an impairment of an asset. GAAP requires entities to separately disclose these subsequent fair value measurements and to classify them under the fair value hierarchy.

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of which were categorized as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy, were comprised of impaired loans whose values were based on real-estate and other available collateral, and of Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) properties. Fair values of real-estate loan collateral were estimated using a market approach typically supported by third party valuations and property specific fees and taxes, and were subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to realizable value. Other loan collateral, which typically consists of accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, is valued using a market approach adjusted for asset specific characteristics and in limited instances third party valuations are used.

Collateral-based impaired loans that have been adjusted to fair value totaled $34.0 million and $35.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and the level of specific allowances on these loans was decreased by $14.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and by $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

OREO properties that have been adjusted to fair value totaled $1.4 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $1.0 million and $0.8 million were charged through other operating expense during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to reduce the fair values of these OREO properties.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides the fair value of, and the valuation technique, significant unobservable inputs, and quantitative information used to develop the significant unobservable inputs for, Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2013.

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT    FAIR VALUE      VALUATION TECHNIQUE      UNOBSERVABLE INPUT      RANGE OF DISCOUNTS APPLIED

Loans

   $34.0 million      Market Approach      Discount to reflect
realizable value
     15% – 40%

OREO

   $1.4 million      Market Approach      Discount to reflect
realizable value
     15% – 40%

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value. It excludes from this requirement nonfinancial assets and liabilities, as well as a wide range of franchise, relationship, and intangible values that add value to Northern Trust. Accordingly, the required fair value disclosures provide only a partial estimate of the fair value of Northern Trust. Financial instruments recorded at fair value on Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheet are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments that are not carried at fair value.

Held to Maturity Securities. The fair values of held to maturity securities were modeled by external pricing vendors, or in limited cases internally, using widely accepted models which are based on an income approach that incorporates current market yield curves.

Loans (excluding lease receivables). The fair value of the loan portfolio was estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates offered by Northern Trust as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The fair values of all loans were adjusted to reflect current assessments of loan collectability.

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. The fair values of Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock are equal to their carrying values which represent redemption value.

Community Development Investments. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates.

Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation. These assets include U.S. treasury securities and investments in mutual and collective trust funds held to fund certain supplemental employee benefit obligations and deferred compensation plans. Fair values of U.S. treasury securities were determined using quoted, active market prices for identical securities. The fair values of investments in mutual and collective trust funds were valued at the funds’ net asset values based on a market approach.

Savings Certificates and Other Time Deposits. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates market interest rates currently offered by Northern Trust for deposits with similar maturities.

Senior Notes, Subordinated Debt, and Floating Rate Capital Debt. Fair values were determined using a market approach based on quoted market prices, when available. If quoted market prices were not available, fair values were based on quoted market prices for comparable instruments.

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings. The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates market interest rates available to Northern Trust.

Loan Commitments. The fair values of loan commitments represent the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third party adjusted for any related allowance for credit losses.

Standby Letters of Credit. The fair values of standby letters of credit are measured as the amount of unamortized fees on these instruments, inclusive of the related allowance for credit losses. Fees are determined by applying basis points to the principal amounts of the letters of credit.

Financial Instruments Valued at Carrying Value. Due to their short maturity, the carrying values of certain financial instruments approximated their fair values. These financial instruments include cash and due from banks; federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, interest-bearing deposits with banks, Federal Reserve deposits and other interest-bearing assets; client security settlement receivables; non-U.S. offices interest-bearing deposits; federal funds purchased; securities sold under agreements to repurchase; and other borrowings (includes term federal funds purchased, and other short-term borrowings). As required by GAAP, the fair values required to be disclosed for demand, noninterest-bearing, savings, and money market deposits must equal the amounts disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet, even though such deposits are typically priced at a premium in banking industry consolidations.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables summarize the fair values of all financial instruments.

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)                      FAIR VALUE  
   BOOK VALUE       

TOTAL

FAIR VALUE

       LEVEL 1        LEVEL 2        LEVEL 3  

ASSETS

                                                    

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 3,162.4         $ 3,162.4         $ 3,162.4         $         $   

Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements

     529.6           529.6                     529.6             

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     19,397.4           19,397.4                     19,397.4             

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

     12,911.5           12,911.5                     12,911.5             

Securities

                                                    

Available for Sale (Note)

     28,392.8           28,392.8           1,917.9           26,376.0           98.9   

Held to Maturity

     2,325.8           2,321.4                     2,321.4             

Trading Account

     1.7           1.7                     1.7             

Loans (excluding Leases)

                                                    

Held for Investment

     28,136.5           28,147.2                               28,147.2   

Held for Sale

                                               

Client Security Settlement Receivables

     1,355.2           1,355.2                     1,355.2             

Other Assets

                                                    

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

     194.7           194.7                     194.7             

Community Development Investments

     228.1           227.8                     227.8             

Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation

     132.7           126.9           79.3           47.6             

LIABILITIES

                                                    

Deposits

                                                    

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings and Money Market

   $ 33,762.0         $ 33,762.0         $ 33,762.0         $         $   

Savings Certificates and Other Time

     1,874.4           1,877.1                     1,877.1             

Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing

     48,461.7           48,461.7                     48,461.7             

Federal Funds Purchased

     965.1           965.1                     965.1             

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     917.3           917.3                     917.3             

Other Borrowings

     1,558.6           1,558.6                     1,558.6             

Senior Notes

     1,996.6           1,989.3                     1,989.3             

Long Term Debt (excluding Leases)

                                                    

Subordinated Debt

     1,537.3           1,563.5                     1,563.5             

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

     135.0           137.2                     137.2             

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     277.1           230.2                     230.2             

Other Liabilities

                                                    

Standby Letters of Credit

     59.6           59.6                               59.6   

Contingent Consideration

     55.4           55.4                               55.4   

Loan Commitments

     35.7           35.7                               35.7   

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

                                                    

Asset/Liability Management

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                                                    

Assets

   $ 21.0         $ 21.0         $         $ 21.0         $   

Liabilities

     59.5           59.5                     59.5             

Interest Rate Swaps

                                                    

Assets

     115.1           115.1                     115.1             

Liabilities

     78.2           78.2                     78.2             

Client-Related and Trading

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                                                    

Assets

     2,844.7           2,844.7                     2,844.7             

Liabilities

     2,846.2           2,846.2                     2,846.2             

Interest Rate Contracts

                                                    

Assets

     122.8           122.8                     122.8             

Liabilities

     117.0           117.0                     117.0             

 

Note: Refer to the table located on page 69 for the disaggregation of available for sale securities.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
                       FAIR VALUE  
(In Millions)    BOOK VALUE       

TOTAL

FAIR VALUE

       LEVEL 1        LEVEL 2        LEVEL 3  

ASSETS

                                                    

Cash and Due from Banks

   $ 3,752.7         $ 3,752.7         $ 3,752.7         $         $   

Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements

     60.8           60.8                     60.8             

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     18,803.5           18,803.5                     18,803.5             

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

     7,619.7           7,619.7                     7,619.7             

Securities

                                                    

Available for Sale (Note)

     28,643.5           28,643.5           1,784.6           26,761.1           97.8   

Held to Maturity

     2,382.0           2,394.8                     2,394.8             

Trading Account

     8.0           8.0                     8.0             

Loans (excluding Leases)

                                                    

Held for Investment

     28,165.4           28,220.2                               28,220.2   

Held for Sale

     11.7           11.7                               11.7   

Client Security Settlement Receivables

     2,049.1           2,049.1                     2,049.1             

Other Assets

                                                    

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

     197.6           197.6                     197.6             

Community Development Investments

     253.2           275.1                     275.1             

Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation

     121.3           126.1           86.7           39.4             

LIABILITIES

                                                    

Deposits

                                                    

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings and Money
Market

   $ 39,221.5         $ 39,221.5         $ 39,221.5         $         $   

Savings Certificates and Other Time

     2,466.1           2,476.7                     2,476.7             

Non-U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing

     39,720.2           39,720.2                     39,720.2             

Federal Funds Purchased

     780.2           780.2                     780.2             

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     699.8           699.8                     699.8             

Other Borrowings

     367.4           367.4                     367.4             

Senior Notes

     2,405.8           2,513.4                     2,513.4             

Long Term Debt (excluding Leases)

                                                    

Subordinated Debt

     1,045.4           1,065.3                     1,065.3             

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

     335.0           345.4                     345.4             

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     277.0           228.0                     228.0             

Other Liabilities

                                                    

Standby Letters of Credit

     60.5           60.5                               60.5   

Contingent Consideration

     50.1           50.1                               50.1   

Loan Commitments

     38.9           38.9                               38.9   

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

                                                    

Asset/Liability Management

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                                                    

Assets

   $ 21.3         $ 21.3         $         $ 21.3         $   

Liabilities

     42.3           42.3                     42.3             

Interest Rate Swaps

                                                    

Assets

     129.7           129.7                     129.7             

Liabilities

     75.3           75.3                     75.3             

Credit Default Swaps

                                                    

Liabilities

     1.0           1.0                     1.0             

Client-Related and Trading

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts

                                                    

Assets

     1,735.3           1,735.3                     1,735.3             

Liabilities

     1,730.4           1,730.4                     1,730.4             

Interest Rate Contracts

                                                    

Assets

     180.6           180.6                     180.6             

Liabilities

     174.0           174.0                     174.0             

 

Note: Refer to the table located on page 70 for the disaggregation of available for sale securities.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4 – Securities

 

Securities Available for Sale. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values, and remaining maturities of securities available for sale.

 

RECONCILIATION OF AMORTIZED COST TO FAIR VALUES OF
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
   DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)    AMORTIZED
COST
       GROSS
UNREALIZED
GAINS
       GROSS
UNREALIZED
LOSSES
       FAIR
VALUE
 

U.S. Government

   $ 1,896.7         $ 22.6         $ 1.4         $ 1,917.9   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     4.5           0.1                     4.6   

Government Sponsored Agency

     17,495.2           80.7           47.9           17,528.0   

Corporate Debt

     3,615.2           10.5           101.2           3,524.5   

Covered Bonds

     1,898.9           50.9           5.9           1,943.9   

Supranational, Sovereign and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds

     717.0           5.3           1.7           720.6   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

     52.4           0.1           4.4           48.1   

Other Asset-Backed

     2,390.8           1.4           0.4           2,391.8   

Auction Rate

     97.5           2.2           0.8           98.9   

Other

     214.1           0.4                     214.5   
                                           

Total

   $ 28,382.3         $ 174.2         $ 163.7         $ 28,392.8   
     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    AMORTIZED
COST
       GROSS
UNREALIZED
GAINS
       GROSS
UNREALIZED
LOSSES
      

FAIR

VALUE

 

U.S. Government

   $ 1,747.9         $ 36.7         $         $ 1,784.6   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     13.9           0.2                     14.1   

Government Sponsored Agency

     18,520.6           122.2           4.0           18,638.8   

Corporate Debt

     2,602.4           18.1           2.1           2,618.4   

Covered Bonds

     1,697.1           51.0           0.1           1,748.0   

Supranational Bonds

     1,053.9           7.0           0.2           1,060.7   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

     102.4           0.4           10.8           92.0   

Other Asset-Backed

     2,280.0           4.3           0.4           2,283.9   

Auction Rate

     99.6           2.1           3.9           97.8   

Other

     304.4           0.8                     305.2   
                                           

Total

   $ 28,422.2         $ 242.8         $ 21.5         $ 28,643.5   

 

REMAINING MATURITY OF SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE    DECEMBER 31, 2013        DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    AMORTIZED
COST
      

FAIR

VALUE

       AMORTIZED
COST
       FAIR
VALUE
 

Due in One Year or Less

   $ 9,552.9         $ 9,565.7         $ 7,431.7         $ 7,451.2   

Due After One Year Through Five Years

     15,011.4           15,067.2           18,663.4           18,840.4   

Due After Five Years Through Ten Years

     2,545.9           2,494.1           1,724.0           1,738.0   

Due After Ten Years

     1,272.1           1,265.8           603.1           613.9   
                                           

Total

   $ 28,382.3         $ 28,392.8         $ 28,422.2         $ 28,643.5   

 

Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Securities Held to Maturity. The following tables provide the amortized cost, fair values and remaining maturities of securities held to maturity.

 

RECONCILIATION OF AMORTIZED COST TO FAIR VALUES OF
SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
   DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)   

AMORTIZED

COST

      

GROSS

UNREALIZED

GAINS

      

GROSS

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

   $ 225.2         $ 10.3         $         $ 235.5   

Government Sponsored Agency

     35.9           1.1                     37.0   

Non-U.S. Government Debt

     197.3                               197.3   

Certificates of Deposit

     698.1                     0.2           697.9   

Supranational, Sovereign and Non-U.S. Agency Bonds

     1,109.4           0.8           4.3           1,105.9   

Other

     59.9           0.1           12.2           47.8   
                                           

Total

   $ 2,325.8         $ 12.3         $ 16.7         $ 2,321.4   
     DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)   

AMORTIZED

COST

      

GROSS

UNREALIZED

GAINS

      

GROSS

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

 

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

   $ 329.3         $ 17.2         $         $ 346.5   

Government Sponsored Agency

     112.9           3.8                     116.7   

Non-U.S. Government Debt

     205.0                               205.0   

Certificates of Deposit

     1,667.6           0.2           0.6           1,667.2   

Other

     67.2           0.3           8.1           59.4   
                                           

Total

   $ 2,382.0         $ 21.5         $ 8.7         $ 2,394.8   

 

REMAINING MATURITY OF SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY    DECEMBER 31, 2013        DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    AMORTIZED
COST
      

FAIR

VALUE

       AMORTIZED
COST
      

FAIR

VALUE

 

Due in One Year or Less

   $ 1,009.9         $ 1,011.2         $ 2,029.5         $ 2,030.6   

Due After One Year Through Five Years

     1,254.9           1,257.0           268.1           280.2   

Due After Five Years Through Ten Years

     26.1           27.1           45.4           49.8   

Due After Ten Years

     34.9           26.1           39.0           34.2   
                                           

Total

   $ 2,325.8         $ 2,321.4         $ 2,382.0         $ 2,394.8   

 

Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments.

 

Securities held to maturity consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold until maturity.

 

Investment Security Gains and Losses. Net investment security losses totaling $1.5 million, $1.7 million, and $23.9 million were recognized in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Losses in 2012 and 2011 included $3.3 million, and $23.3 million of OTTI losses, respectively. There were no OTTI losses in 2013. Gross proceeds of $0.5 billion from the sale of securities in 2013 resulted in gross realized gains of $0.8 million and gross realized losses of $2.3 million. Gross proceeds of $2.7 billion from the sale of securities in 2012 resulted in gross realized gains of $23.5 million and gross realized losses of $21.9 million. There were $0.6 million of other realized net security losses in 2011.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Securities with Unrealized Losses. The following tables provide information regarding securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

SECURITIES WITH UNREALIZED
LOSSES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013
   LESS THAN 12 MONTHS        12 MONTHS OR LONGER        TOTAL  
(In Millions)   

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

 

U.S. Government

   $ 896.4         $ 1.4         $         $         $ 896.4         $ 1.4   

Government Sponsored Agency

     4,340.8           42.6           413.7           5.3           4,754.5           47.9   

Corporate Debt

     1,759.5           85.4           267.0           15.8           2,026.5           101.2   

Covered Bonds

     278.8           5.7           9.9           0.2           288.7           5.9   

Supranational Sovereign and Non U.S. Agency Bonds

     789.4           6.0                               789.4           6.0   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

                         42.0           4.4           42.0           4.4   

Other Asset-Backed

     677.0           0.4                               677.0           0.4   

Certificates of Deposit

     684.2           0.2                               684.2           0.2   

Auction Rate

     22.1           0.1           14.0           0.7           36.1           0.8   

Other

     25.7           4.0           29.5           8.2           55.2           12.2   
   

Total

   $ 9,473.9         $ 145.8         $ 776.1         $ 34.6         $ 10,250.0         $ 180.4   
SECURITIES WITH UNREALIZED
LOSSES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012
   LESS THAN 12 MONTHS        12 MONTHS OR LONGER        TOTAL  
(In Millions)   

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

      

FAIR

VALUE

      

UNREALIZED

LOSSES

 

Government Sponsored Agency

   $ 482.2         $ 1.0         $ 1,171.8         $ 3.0         $ 1,654.0         $ 4.0   

Corporate Debt

     441.5           2.0           50.0           0.1           491.5           2.1   

Covered Bonds

     20.1           0.1                               20.1           0.1   

Supranational Bonds

     113.8           0.2                               113.8           0.2   

Residential Mortgage-Backed

                         84.7           10.8           84.7           10.8   

Other Asset-Backed

     146.1           0.1           40.0           0.3           186.1           0.4   

Certificates of Deposit

     1,178.8           0.6                               1,178.8           0.6   

Auction Rate

     2.7           0.3           41.0           3.6           43.7           3.9   

Other

     9.3           1.9           43.8           6.2           53.1           8.1   
                                                                 

Total

   $ 2,394.5         $ 6.2         $ 1,431.3         $ 24.0         $ 3,825.8         $ 30.2   

 

As of December 31, 2013, 444 securities with a combined fair value of $10.3 billion were in an unrealized loss position, with their unrealized losses totaling $180.4 million. Unrealized losses of $101.2 million within corporate debt securities primarily reflect widened credit spreads and higher market rates since purchase; 51% of the corporate debt portfolio is backed by guarantees provided by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental entities. Unrealized losses of $47.9 million related to government sponsored agency securities are primarily attributable to changes in market rates since their purchase.

Unrealized losses on residential mortgage-backed securities totaling $4.4 million reflect the impact of wider credit and liquidity spreads on the valuations of 5 residential mortgage-backed securities since purchase, with $42.0 million having been in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. Residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2013 had a total amortized cost and fair value of $52.4 million and $48.1 million, respectively. Securities classified as “other asset-backed” at December 31, 2013 had average lives of less than 5 years, and 99% were rated triple-A.

The majority of the $12.2 million of unrealized losses in securities classified as “other” at December 31, 2013 relate to securities which Northern Trust purchases for compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). Unrealized losses on these CRA related other securities are attributable to their purchase at below market rates for the purpose of supporting institutions and programs that benefit low to moderate income communities within Northern Trust’s market area. Unrealized losses of $0.8 million related to auction rate securities primarily reflect reduced market liquidity as a majority of auctions continue to fail preventing holders from liquidating their investments at par. The remaining unrealized losses on Northern Trust’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013 are attributable to changes in overall market interest rates, increased credit spreads, or reduced market liquidity. As of December 31, 2013, Northern Trust does not intend to sell any investment in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that Northern Trust will be required to sell any such investment before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, which may be maturity.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Security impairment reviews are conducted quarterly to identify and evaluate securities that have indications of possible OTTI. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors Northern Trust considers in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary include, but are not limited to, the length of time the security has been impaired; the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; activity in the market of the issuer which may indicate adverse credit conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date; and the likelihood that it will not be required to sell the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. For each security meeting the requirements of Northern Trust’s internal screening process, an extensive review is conducted to determine if OTTI has occurred.

While all securities are considered, the following describes Northern Trust’s process for identifying credit impairment within non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, the security type for which Northern Trust has previously recognized the majority of its OTTI. To determine if an unrealized loss on a non-agency residential mortgage-backed security is other-than-temporary, economic models are used to perform cash flow analyses by developing multiple scenarios in order to create reasonable forecasts of the security’s future performance using available data including servicers’ loan charge off patterns, prepayment speeds, annualized default rates, each security’s current delinquency pipeline, the delinquency pipeline’s growth rate, the roll rate from delinquency to default, loan loss severities and historical performance of like collateral, along with Northern Trust’s outlook for the housing market and the overall economy. If the present value of future cash flows projected as a result of this analysis is less than the current amortized cost of the security, a credit-related OTTI loss is recorded to earnings equal to the difference between the two amounts.

Impairments of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities are influenced by a number of factors, including but not limited to, U.S. economic and housing market performance, security credit enhancement level, insurance coverage, year of origination, and type of collateral. The factors used in estimating losses on non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities vary by year of origination and type of collateral. As of December 31, 2013, loss estimates for subprime, Alt-A, prime and 2 nd lien collateral portfolios were developed using default roll rates, determined primarily by the stage of delinquency of the underlying instrument, that generally assumed ultimate default rates approximating 5% to 30% for current loans; 30% for loans 30 to 60 days delinquent; 80% for loans 60 to 90 days delinquent; 90% for loans delinquent greater than 90 days; and 100% for OREO properties and loans that are in foreclosure.

 

December 31, 2013 amortized cost, weighted average ultimate default rates, and impairment severity rates for the non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio, by security type, are provided in the following table.

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2013  
                       LOSS SEVERITY RATES  
($ In Millions)    AMORTIZED
COST
       WEIGHTED AVERAGE
ULTIMATE DEFAULT
RATES
       LOW        HIGH        WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
 

Prime

   $ 7.2           21.5        32.7        45.0        41.3

Alt-A

     12.1           40.3           65.5           65.5           65.5   

Subprime

     23.4           48.6           75.6           79.3           76.5   

2 nd Lien

     9.7           32.8           98.9           99.0           99.0   
                                                      

Total Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

   $ 52.4           39.5        32.7        99.0        73.3

 

Northern Trust’s processes for identifying credit impairment within auction rate securities are largely consistent with the processes utilized for non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and include analyses of loss severities and default rates adjusted for the type of underlying loan and the presence of government guarantees, as applicable. There were no OTTI losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013. There were $3.3 million of OTTI losses in 2012, of which $1.7 million related to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.6 million related to auction rate securities, and $23.3 million of OTTI losses in 2011, all of which related to non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Credit Losses on Debt Securities. The table below provides information regarding total other-than-temporarily impaired securities, including noncredit-related amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and net impairment losses recognized in earnings, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

Changes in Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Losses (1)

   $       –         $ (2.7      $ (1.1

Noncredit-related Losses Recorded in / (Reclassified from) OCI (2)

               (0.6        (22.2
                                

Net Impairment Losses Recognized in Earnings

   $         $ (3.3      $ (23.3

 

(1) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective period, the balance includes the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired securities. For subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes any additional changes in fair value of the security subsequent to its most recently recorded OTTI.

(2) For initial other-than-temporary impairments in the respective period, the balance includes the portion of the excess of amortized cost over the fair value of the impaired securities that was recorded in OCI. For subsequent impairments of the same security, the balance includes additional changes in OCI for that security subsequent to its most recently recorded OTTI.

 

Provided in the table below are the cumulative credit-related losses recognized in earnings on debt securities other-than-temporarily impaired.

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Securities Held – Beginning of Year

   $ 42.3         $ 68.2   

Plus: Losses on Newly Identified Impairments

               1.6   

Additional Losses on Previously Identified Impairments

               1.7   

Less: Current and Prior Period Losses on Securities Sold During the Year

     (33.5        (29.2
                     

Cumulative Credit-Related Losses on Securities Held – End of Year

   $ 8.8         $ 42.3   

 

The table below provides information regarding debt securities held as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, for which an OTTI loss has been recognized in the current year or previously.

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

Fair Value

   $ 38.3         $ 51.5   

Amortized Cost Basis

     42.8           59.0   
                     

Noncredit-related Losses Recognized in OCI

     (4.5        (7.5

Tax Effect

     1.7           2.8   
                     

Amount Recognized in OCI

   $ (2.8      $ (4.7

 

Note 5 – Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third party custodians, of securities purchased under agreements to resell.

The following tables summarize information related to securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

 

SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER
AGREEMENTS TO RESELL
      
($ In Millions)    2013     2012  

Balance at December 31

   $ 500.0      $ 35.4   

Average Balance During the Year

     396.3        241.5   

Average Interest Rate Earned During the Year

     0.46     0.16

Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year

     571.5        537.4   

 

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER
AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
      
($ In Millions)    2013     2012  

Balance at December 31

   $ 917.3      $ 699.8   

Average Balance During the Year

     594.3        448.2   

Average Interest Rate Paid During the Year

     0.07     0.08

Maximum Month-End Balance During the Year

     917.3        699.8   

 

Note 6 – Loans and Leases

 

Amounts outstanding for loans and leases, by segment and class, are shown below.

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Commercial

                 

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,375.8       $ 7,468.5   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,955.8         2,859.8   

Lease Financing, net

     975.1         1,035.0   

Non-U.S.

     954.7         1,192.3   

Other

     358.6         341.6   
                   

Total Commercial

     12,620.0         12,897.2   
                   

Personal

                 

Residential Real Estate

     10,271.3         10,375.2   

Private Client

     6,445.6         6,130.1   

Other

     48.6         102.0   
                   

Total Personal

     16,765.5         16,607.3   
                   

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 29,385.5       $ 29,504.5   

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases

     (278.1      (297.9
                   

Net Loans and Leases

   $ 29,107.4       $ 29,206.6   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity credit lines that generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Northern Trust’s equity credit line products generally have draw periods of up to 10 years and a balloon payment of any outstanding balance is due at maturity. Payments are interest only with variable interest rates. Northern Trust does not offer equity credit lines that include an option to convert the outstanding balance to an amortizing payment loan. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, equity credit lines totaled $2.0 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, and equity credit lines for which first liens were held by Northern Trust represented 87% and 86%, respectively, of the total equity credit lines as of those dates.

Included within the non-U.S., commercial-other, and personal-other classes are short duration advances, primarily related to the processing of custodied client investments, that totaled $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Demand deposits reclassified as loan balances totaled $104.1 million and $224.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There were no loans classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013. Loans classified as held for sale totaled $11.7 million at December 31, 2012.

The components of the net investment in direct finance and leveraged leases are as follows:

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Direct Finance Leases:

                 

Lease Receivable

   $ 189.4       $ 239.2   

Residual Value

     143.1         162.2   

Initial Direct Costs

     2.5         3.5   

Unearned Income

     (31.1      (43.5
                   

Investment in Direct Finance Leases

     303.9         361.4   
                   

Leveraged Leases:

                 

Net Rental Receivable

     544.4         559.9   

Residual Value

     295.6         297.9   

Unearned Income

     (168.8      (184.2
                   

Investment in Leveraged Leases

     671.2         673.6   
                   

Lease Financing, net

   $ 975.1       $ 1,035.0   

 

The following schedule reflects the future minimum lease payments to be received over the next five years under direct finance leases:

 

(In Millions)   

FUTURE MINIMUM

LEASE PAYMENTS

 

2014

   $ 44.7   

2015

     40.5   

2016

     30.4   

2017

     27.0   

2018

     19.1   

 

Credit Quality Indicators . Credit quality indicators are statistics, measurements or other metrics that provide information regarding the relative credit risk of loans and leases. Northern Trust utilizes a variety of credit quality indicators to assess the credit risk of loans and leases at the segment, class, and individual credit exposure levels.

As part of its credit process, Northern Trust utilizes an internal borrower risk rating system to support identification, approval, and monitoring of credit risk. Borrower risk ratings are used in credit underwriting, management reporting, and the calculation of credit loss allowances and economic capital.

Risk ratings are used for ranking the credit risk of borrowers and the probability of their default. Each borrower is rated using one of a number of ratings models, which consider both quantitative and qualitative factors. The ratings models vary among classes of loans and leases in order to capture the unique risk characteristics inherent within each particular type of credit exposure. Provided below are the more significant performance indicator attributes considered within Northern Trust’s borrower rating models, by loan and lease class.

Ÿ  

Commercial and Institutional: leverage, profit margin, liquidity, return on assets, asset size, and capital levels;

Ÿ  

Commercial Real Estate: debt service coverage and leasing status for income-producing properties; loan-to-value and loan-to-cost ratios, leasing status, and guarantor support for loans associated with construction and development properties;

Ÿ  

Lease Financing and Commercial-Other: leverage and profit margin levels;

Ÿ  

Non-U.S.: entity type, liquidity, size, and leverage;

Ÿ  

Residential Real Estate: payment history, credit bureau scores, and cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios;

Ÿ  

Private Client: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios, leverage, and profit margin levels; and

Ÿ  

Personal-Other: cash flow-to-debt and net worth ratios.

 

While the criteria vary by model, the objective is for the borrower ratings to be consistent in both the measurement and ranking of risk. Each model is calibrated to a master rating scale to support this consistency. Ratings for borrowers not in default range from “1” for the strongest credits to “7” for the weakest non-defaulted credits. Ratings of “8” or “9” are used for defaulted borrowers. Borrower risk ratings are monitored and are revised when events or circumstances indicate a change is required. Risk ratings are validated at least annually.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Loan and lease segment and class balances at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are provided below, segregated by borrower ratings into “1 to 3”, “4 to 5”, and “6 to 9” (watch list), categories.

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2013      DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    1 TO 3
CATEGORY
     4 TO 5
CATEGORY
    

6 TO 9

CATEGORY
(WATCH LIST)

     TOTAL      1 TO 3
CATEGORY
     4 TO 5
CATEGORY
    

6 TO 9

CATEGORY
(WATCH LIST)

     TOTAL  

Commercial

                                                                       

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 4,432.5       $ 2,801.5       $ 141.8       $ 7,375.8       $ 4,291.8       $ 3,040.6       $ 136.1       $ 7,468.5   

Commercial Real Estate

     1,053.7         1,748.7         153.4         2,955.8         888.6         1,710.9         260.3         2,859.8   

Lease Financing, net

     685.7         285.0         4.4         975.1         647.1         382.3         5.6         1,035.0   

Non-U.S.

     442.8         511.9                 954.7         542.7         646.6         3.0         1,192.3   

Other

     157.7         200.9                 358.6         167.2         174.4                 341.6   
                                                                         

Total Commercial

     6,772.4         5,548.0         299.6         12,620.0         6,537.4         5,954.8         405.0         12,897.2   
                                                                         

Personal

                                                                       

Residential Real Estate

     3,204.6         6,563.6         503.1         10,271.3         3,003.3         6,868.2         503.7         10,375.2   

Private Client

     3,957.6         2,481.2         6.8         6,445.6         3,741.3         2,365.4         23.4         6,130.1   

Other

     21.2         27.4                 48.6         50.0         52.0                 102.0   
                                                                         

Total Personal

     7,183.4         9,072.2         509.9         16,765.5         6,794.6         9,285.6         527.1         16,607.3   
                                                                         

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 13,955.8       $ 14,620.2       $ 809.5       $ 29,385.5       $ 13,332.0       $ 15,240.4       $ 932.1       $ 29,504.5   

 

Loans and leases in the “1 to 3” category are expected to exhibit minimal to modest probabilities of default and are characterized by borrowers having the strongest financial qualities, including above average financial flexibility, cash flows and capital levels. Borrowers assigned these ratings are anticipated to experience very little to moderate financial pressure in adverse down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a minimal to modest likelihood of loss.

Loans and leases in the “4 to 5” category are expected to exhibit moderate to acceptable probabilities of default and are characterized by borrowers with less financial flexibility than those in the “1 to 3” category. Cash flows and capital levels are generally sufficient to allow for borrowers to meet current requirements, but have reduced cushion in adverse down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a moderate likelihood of loss.

Loans and leases in the watch list category have elevated credit risk profiles that are monitored through internal watch lists, and consist of credits with borrower ratings of “6 to 9”. These credits, which include all nonperforming credits, are expected to exhibit minimally acceptable probabilities of default, elevated risk of default, or are currently in default. Borrowers associated with these risk profiles that are not currently in default have limited financial flexibility. Cash flows and capital levels range from acceptable to potentially insufficient to meet current requirements, particularly in adverse down cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers in this category exhibit an elevated to probable likelihood of loss.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables provide balances and delinquency status of performing and nonperforming loans and leases by segment and class, as well as the other real estate owned and total nonperforming asset balances, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(In Millions)    CURRENT      30 – 59 DAYS
PAST DUE
     60 – 89 DAYS
PAST DUE
     90 DAYS
OR MORE
PAST DUE
     TOTAL
PERFORMING
     NONPERFORMING      TOTAL LOANS
AND LEASES
 

DECEMBER 31, 2013

                                                              

Commercial

                                                              

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,332.3       $ 5.0       $ 12.1       $ 3.3       $ 7,352.7       $ 23.1       $ 7,375.8   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,881.1         4.1         14.6         6.8         2,906.6         49.2         2,955.8   

Lease Financing, net

     975.1                                 975.1                 975.1   

Non-U.S.

     954.7                                 954.7                 954.7   

Other

     358.6                                 358.6                 358.6   
                                                                

Total Commercial

     12,501.8         9.1         26.7         10.1         12,547.7         72.3         12,620.0   
                                                                

Personal

                                                              

Residential Real Estate

     9,934.4         129.3         15.6         2.9         10,082.2         189.1         10,271.3   

Private Client

     6,404.2         29.1         7.5         3.4         6,444.2         1.4         6,445.6   

Other

     48.6                                 48.6                 48.6   
                                                                

Total Personal

     16,387.2         158.4         23.1         6.3         16,575.0         190.5         16,765.5   
                                                                

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 28,889.0       $ 167.5       $ 49.8       $ 16.4       $ 29,122.7       $ 262.8       $ 29,385.5   
                                                                
                         Other Real Estate Owned       $ 11.9            
                                                 


        
                         Total Nonperforming Assets       $ 274.7            
                                                 


        

 

(In Millions)    CURRENT      30 – 59 DAYS
PAST DUE
     60 – 89 DAYS
PAST DUE
     90 DAYS
OR MORE
PAST DUE
     TOTAL
PERFORMING
     NONPERFORMING      TOTAL LOANS
AND LEASES
 

DECEMBER 31, 2012

                                                              

Commercial

                                                              

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 7,433.4       $ 6.4       $ 5.5       $ 1.6       $ 7,446.9       $ 21.6       $ 7,468.5   

Commercial Real Estate

     2,782.0         6.9         13.1         1.4         2,803.4         56.4         2,859.8   

Lease Financing, net

     1,035.0                                 1,035.0                 1,035.0   

Non-U.S.

     1,192.3                                 1,192.3                 1,192.3   

Other

     341.6                                 341.6                 341.6   
                                                                

Total Commercial

     12,784.3         13.3         18.6         3.0         12,819.2         78.0         12,897.2   
                                                                

Personal

                                                              

Residential Real Estate

     10,096.3         68.1         25.7         10.5         10,200.6         174.6         10,375.2   

Private Client

     6,091.3         14.8         16.3         5.5         6,127.9         2.2         6,130.1   

Other

     102.0                                 102.0                 102.0   
                                                                

Total Personal

     16,289.6         82.9         42.0         16.0         16,430.5         176.8         16,607.3   
                                                                

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 29,073.9       $ 96.2       $ 60.6       $ 19.0       $ 29,249.7       $ 254.8       $ 29,504.5   
                                                                
                         Other Real Estate Owned       $ 20.3            
                                                 


        
                         Total Nonperforming Assets       $ 275.1            
                                                 


        

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables provide information related to impaired loans by segment and class.

 

     AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013      AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    RECORDED
INVESTMENT
    

UNPAID

PRINCIPAL
BALANCE

     SPECIFIC
ALLOWANCE
     RECORDED
INVESTMENT
    

UNPAID

PRINCIPAL
BALANCE

     SPECIFIC
ALLOWANCE
 

With no related specific allowance

                                                     

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 12.2       $ 18.1       $       $ 15.1       $ 19.3       $   

Commercial Real Estate

     46.6         57.1                 64.9         76.9           

Lease Financing, net

     4.4         4.4                 4.6         4.6           

Residential Real Estate

     185.0         227.8                 131.3         165.7           

Private Client

     0.8         0.8                 0.8         1.0           

With a related specific allowance

                                                     

Commercial and Institutional

     9.6         12.1       $ 3.6         8.1         10.2         2.8   

Commercial Real Estate

     26.7         31.5         4.5         32.3         33.8         8.2   

Residential Real Estate

     8.1         8.7         2.3         11.8         13.0         6.1   

Private Client

                             0.9         0.9         0.9   

Total

                                                     

Commercial

     99.5         123.2         8.1         125.0         144.8         11.0   

Personal

     193.9         237.3         2.3         144.8         180.6         7.0   
                                                       

Total

   $ 293.4       $ 360.5       $ 10.4       $ 269.8       $ 325.4       $ 18.0   

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    AVERAGE
RECORDED
INVESTMENT
     INTEREST
INCOME
RECOGNIZED
     AVERAGE
RECORDED
INVESTMENT
     INTEREST
INCOME
RECOGNIZED
 

With no related specific allowance

                                   

Commercial and Institutional

   $ 11.7       $ 0.2       $ 22.7       $ 0.1   

Commercial Real Estate

     42.4         0.9         51.6         1.2   

Lease Financing, net

     4.5         0.2         3.8           

Residential Real Estate

     160.2         2.5         117.3         0.8   

Private Client

     10.2                 1.6           

With a related specific allowance

                                   

Commercial and Institutional

     12.5                 6.9           

Commercial Real Estate

     31.0                 23.3           

Lease Financing, net

     0.7                           

Residential Real Estate

     5.7                 14.3           

Private Client

     4.0                 1.0           

Total

                                   

Commercial

     102.8         1.3         108.3         1.3   

Personal

     180.1         2.5         134.2         0.8   
                                     

Total

   $ 282.9       $ 3.8       $ 242.5       $ 2.1   

 

Note: Average recorded investments in impaired loans are calculated as the average of the month-end impaired loan balances for the period.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded on nonperforming loans in accordance with their original terms totaled approximately $10.6 million in 2013, $11.6 million in 2012, and $15.4 million in 2011.

There were $3.4 million and $2.1 million of aggregate undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, issued to borrowers whose loans were classified as nonperforming or impaired.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs): Included within impaired loans were $72.7 million and $49.8 million of nonperforming TDRs and $89.8 million and $74.7 million of performing TDRs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables provide, by segment and class, the number of loans and leases modified in TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the recorded investments and unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

($ In Millions)    NUMBER OF
LOANS AND
LEASES
     RECORDED
INVESTMENT
     UNPAID
PRINCIPAL
BALANCE
 

December 31, 2013

Commercial

                          

Commercial and Institutional

     14       $ 3.4       $ 4.7   

Commercial Real Estate

     12         27.7         36.2   
                            

Total Commercial

     26         31.1         40.9   
                            

Personal

                          

Residential Real Estate

     168         49.1         60.0   

Private Client

     9         12.9         12.9   
                            

Total Personal

     177         62.0         72.9   
                            

Total Loans and Leases

     203       $ 93.1       $ 113.8   

 

Note: Period end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year.

 

($ In Millions)    NUMBER OF
LOANS AND
LEASES
     RECORDED
INVESTMENT
     UNPAID
PRINCIPAL
BALANCE
 

December 31, 2012

                          

Commercial

                          

Commercial and Institutional

     3       $ 0.6       $ 1.2   

Commercial Real Estate

     13         36.6         39.2   

Lease Financing, net

     1         4.7         4.7   
                            

Total Commercial

     17         41.9         45.1   
                            

Personal

                          

Residential Real Estate

     116         15.9         22.0   

Private Client

     1         0.8         0.8   
                            

Total Personal

     117         16.7         22.8   
                            

Total Loans and Leases

     134       $ 58.6       $ 67.9   

 

Note: Period end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year.

 

TDR modifications primarily involve interest rate concessions, extensions of term, deferrals of principal, and other modifications. Other modifications typically reflect other nonstandard terms which Northern Trust would not offer in non-troubled situations. During the year ended December 31, 2013, TDR modifications of loans within the commercial and institutional, commercial real estate and private client classes were primarily deferrals of principal, extensions of term and other modifications. During the year ended December 31, 2013, TDR modifications of loans within the residential real estate class were primarily deferrals of principal, extensions of term, interest rate concessions and other modifications. During the year ended December 31, 2012, TDR modifications of loans within the commercial and institutional, commercial real estate, lease financing, and private client classes were primarily extensions of term, deferral of principal and other modifications; modifications of residential real estate loans were primarily interest rate concessions, extensions of term and deferrals of principal.

There were no loans or leases modified in troubled debt restructurings during the previous 12 months which subsequently became nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2013.

There were 3 residential real estate loans modified in troubled debt restructurings during the previous 12 months which subsequently became nonperforming during the year ended December 31, 2012. The total recorded investment and unpaid principal balance of these loans were $128.1 thousand and $129.3 thousand, respectively.

All loans and leases modified in troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of impairment of TDRs, including those which have experienced a subsequent default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses.

 

Note 7 – Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The allowance for credit losses, which represents management’s estimate of probable losses related to specific borrower relationships and inherent in the various loan and lease portfolios, undrawn commitments, and standby letters of credit, is determined by management through a disciplined credit review process. Northern Trust’s accounting policies related to the estimation of the allowance for credit losses and the charging off of loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are consistent across both loan and lease segments.

In establishing the inherent portion of the allowance for credit losses, Northern Trust’s Loan Loss Allowance Committee assesses a common set of qualitative factors applicable to both the commercial and personal loan segments. The risk characteristics underlying these qualitative factors, and management’s assessments as to the relative importance of a qualitative factor, can vary between loan segments and between classes within loan segments. Factors evaluated include those related to external matters, such as economic conditions and changes in collateral value, and those related to internal matters, such as changes in asset quality metrics and loan review activities. In addition to the factors noted above, risk characteristics such as portfolio delinquencies, percentage of portfolio on the watch list and on nonperforming status, and average borrower ratings are assessed in the determination of the inherent allowance.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Loan-to-value levels are considered for collateral-secured loans and leases in both the personal and commercial segments. Borrower debt service coverage is evaluated in the personal segment, and cash flow coverage is analyzed in the commercial segment.

Similar risk characteristics by type of exposure are analyzed when determining the allowance for undrawn commitments and standby letters of credit. These qualitative factors, together with historical loss rates, serve as the basis for the allowance for credit losses.

Loans, leases and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Determinations as to whether an uncollectible loan is charged-off or a specific allowance is established are based on management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss.

 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses by segment were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
(In Millions)    COMMERCIAL     PERSONAL     TOTAL     COMMERCIAL     PERSONAL     TOTAL     COMMERCIAL     PERSONAL      TOTAL  

Balance at Beginning of Year

   $ 194.2      $ 133.4      $ 327.6      $ 211.0      $ 117.9      $ 328.9      $ 256.7      $ 100.6       $ 357.3   

Charge-Offs

     (16.7     (42.6     (59.3     (19.9     (43.1     (63.0     (56.3     (60.0      (116.3

Recoveries

     8.6        11.0        19.6        20.3        16.4        36.7        21.5        11.4         32.9   
                                                                           

Net (Charge-Offs) Recoveries

     (8.1     (31.6     (39.7     0.4        (26.7     (26.3     (34.8     (48.6      (83.4

Provision for Credit Losses

     (18.1     38.1        20.0        (17.2     42.2        25.0        (10.9     65.9         55.0   

Effect of Foreign Exchange Rates

                                                                
                                                                           

Balance at End of Year

   $ 168.0      $ 139.9      $ 307.9      $ 194.2      $ 133.4      $ 327.6      $ 211.0      $ 117.9       $ 328.9   
                                                                           

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to:

                                                                         

Loans and Leases

   $ 140.9      $ 137.2      $ 278.1      $ 166.1      $ 131.8      $ 297.9      $ 178.6      $ 116.2       $ 294.8   

Undrawn Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

     27.1        2.7        29.8        28.1        1.6        29.7        32.4        1.7         34.1   
                                                                           

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

   $ 168.0      $ 139.9      $ 307.9      $ 194.2      $ 133.4      $ 327.6      $ 211.0      $ 117.9       $ 328.9   

 

The following tables provide information regarding the recorded investments in loans and leases and the allowance for credit losses by segment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

 

(In Millions)   COMMERCIAL     PERSONAL     TOTAL  

DECEMBER 31, 2013

                       

Loans and Leases

                       

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment

  $ 99.5      $ 193.9      $ 293.4   

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment

    12,520.5        16,571.6        29,092.1   
                         

Total Loans and Leases

    12,620.0        16,765.5        29,385.5   

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures

                       

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment

    8.1        2.3        10.4   

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment

    132.8        134.9        267.7   
                         

Allowance assigned to loans and leases

    140.9        137.2        278.1   

Allowance for Undrawn
Exposures

                       

Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

    27.1        2.7        29.8   
                         

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

  $ 168.0      $ 139.9      $ 307.9   

 

 

(In Millions)   COMMERCIAL     PERSONAL     TOTAL  

DECEMBER 31, 2012

                       

Loans and Leases

                       

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment

  $ 125.0      $ 144.8      $ 269.8   

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment

    12,772.2        16,462.5        29,234.7   
                         

Total Loans and Leases

    12,897.2        16,607.3        29,504.5   

Allowance for Credit Losses on Credit Exposures

                       

Specifically Evaluated for Impairment

    11.0        7.0        18.0   

Evaluated for Inherent Impairment

    155.1        124.8        279.9   
                         

Allowance assigned to loans and leases

    166.1        131.8        297.9   

Allowance for Undrawn
Exposures

                       

Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

    28.1        1.6        29.7   
                         

Total Allowance for Credit Losses

  $ 194.2      $ 133.4      $ 327.6   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 8 – Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of borrowers or other counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The fact that a credit exposure falls into one of these groups does not necessarily indicate that the credit has a higher than normal degree of credit risk. These groups are: banks and bank holding companies, residential real estate, and commercial real estate.

Banks and Bank Holding Companies. On-balance sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., consists primarily of interest bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell, which totaled $19.9 billion and $18.9 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and noninterest-bearing demand balances maintained at correspondent banks, which totaled $3.0 billion and $3.7 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Credit risk associated with U.S. and non-U.S. banks and bank holding companies deemed to be counterparties by Credit Policy is managed by the Counterparty Risk Management Committee. Credit risk associated with other U.S. banks and bank holding companies that maintain commercial credit relationships with Northern Trust is managed by the relevant Credit Approval Committee and/or the Senior Credit Committee. Credit limits are established through a review process that includes an internally prepared financial analysis, use of an internal risk rating system and consideration of external ratings from rating agencies. Northern Trust places deposits with banks that have strong internal and external credit ratings and the average life to maturity of deposits with banks is maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions.

Residential Real Estate. At December 31, 2013, residential real estate loans totaled $10.3 billion, or 36% of total U.S. loans at December 31, 2013, compared with $10.4 billion or 37% at December 31, 2012. Residential real estate loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity credit lines, which generally require a loan to collateral value of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Revaluations of supporting collateral are obtained upon refinancing or default or when otherwise considered warranted. Collateral revaluations for mortgages are performed by independent third parties. Of the total $10.3 billion in residential real estate loans, $3.1 billion were in the greater Chicago area, $2.5 billion were in Florida, and $1.6 billion were in California, with the remainder distributed throughout the other geographic regions within the U.S. served by Northern Trust. Legally binding undrawn commitments to extend residential real estate credit, which are primarily equity credit lines, totaled $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Commercial Real Estate. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of commercial mortgages and construction, acquisition and development loans extended primarily to highly experienced developers and/or investors well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage requirements. Recourse to borrowers through guarantees is also commonly required. Commercial mortgage financing is provided for the acquisition or refinancing of income producing properties. Cash flows from the properties generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans average approximately $1.8 million each and are primarily located in the Illinois, Florida, California, Texas and Arizona markets. Construction, acquisition and development loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower will sell the project or refinance the loan through a commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion.

 

The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types:

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Commercial Mortgages

                 

Apartment/ Multi-family

   $ 616.2       $ 652.9   

Office

     686.0         621.4   

Retail

     768.0         614.5   

Industrial/ Warehouse

     318.6         312.5   

Other

     110.6         148.7   
                   

Total Commercial Mortgages

     2,499.4         2,350.0   

Construction, Acquisition and Development Loans

     254.2         289.4   

Single Family Investment

     110.0         135.0   

Other Commercial Real Estate Related

     92.2         85.4   
                   

Total Commercial Real Estate Loans

   $ 2,955.8       $ 2,859.8   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 9 – Buildings and Equipment

 

A summary of buildings and equipment is presented below.

 

    DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)  

ORIGINAL

COST

   

ACCUMULATED

DEPRECIATION

    NET BOOK
VALUE
 

Land and Improvements

  $ 27.1      $ 0.6      $ 26.5   

Buildings

    255.6        134.1        121.5   

Equipment

    488.7        320.8        167.9   

Leasehold Improvements

    323.4        213.3        110.1   

Buildings Leased under Capital Leases

    82.5        49.7        32.8   
                         

Total Buildings and Equipment

  $ 1,177.3      $ 718.5      $ 458.8   

 

The charge for depreciation, which includes depreciation of assets recorded under capital leases and is included within occupancy expense in the consolidated statement of income, amounted to $92.3 million in 2013, $88.3 million in 2012, and $89.2 million in 2011.

 

Note 10 – Lease Commitments

 

At December 31, 2013, Northern Trust was obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases for buildings and equipment. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses based on market indices or increases in real estate taxes and other operating expenses and renewal option clauses calling for increased rentals. There are no restrictions imposed by any lease agreement regarding the payment of dividends, debt financing or Northern Trust entering into further lease agreements. Minimum annual lease commitments as of December 31, 2013 for all non-cancelable operating leases with a term of 1 year or more are as follows:

 

(In Millions)    FUTURE MINIMUM
LEASE PAYMENTS
 

2014

   $ 82.2   

2015

     75.8   

2016

     70.4   

2017

     68.8   

2018

     66.3   

Later Years

     346.8   
          

Total Minimum Lease Payments

     710.3   

Less: Sublease Rentals

     (26.5
          

Net Minimum Lease Payments

   $ 683.8   

 

Operating lease rental expense, net of rental income, is recorded in occupancy expense and amounted to $76.2 million in 2013, $77.9 million in 2012, and $84.2 million in 2011.

One of the buildings and related land utilized for Chicago operations has been leased under an agreement that qualifies as a capital lease. The original long-term financing for the property was provided by Northern Trust. In the event of sale or refinancing, Northern Trust would anticipate receiving full repayment of any outstanding loans plus 42% of any proceeds in excess of the original project costs.

The following table reflects the future minimum lease payments required under capital leases, net of any payments received on the long-term financing, and the present value of net capital lease obligations at December 31, 2013.

 

(In Millions)   

FUTURE MINIMUM

LEASE PAYMENTS, NET

 

2014

   $ 8.4   

2015

     8.3   

2016

     8.0   

2017

     8.2   

2018

     8.4   

Later Years

     7.0   
          

Total Minimum Lease Payments, net

     48.3   

Less: Amount Representing Interest

     11.4   
          

Net Present Value under Capital Lease Obligations

   $ 36.9   

 

Note 11 – Goodwill and Other Intangibles

 

Goodwill. Changes by business unit in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, including the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated balances, were as follows:

 

(In Millions)  

CORPORATE &

INSTITUTIONAL

SERVICES

    WEALTH
MANAGEMENT
    TOTAL  

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 460.6      $ 71.4      $ 532.0   

Foreign Exchange Rates

    5.7        0.1        5.8   
                         

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 466.3      $ 71.5      $ 537.8   

Foreign Exchange Rates

    2.9               2.9   
                         

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 469.2      $ 71.5      $ 540.7   

 

Other Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization. The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows.

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Gross Carrying Amount

   $ 198.2       $ 252.1   

Accumulated Amortization

     115.2         148.1   
                   

Net Book Value

   $ 83.0       $ 104.0   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Other intangible assets consist primarily of the value of acquired client relationships and are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $21.1 million, $20.3 million, and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Amortization for the years 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 is estimated to be $19.7 million, $11.9 million, $9.3 million, $9.3 million, and $8.6 million, respectively.

 

Note 12 – Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt

 

Senior Notes. A summary of senior notes outstanding at December 31 is presented below.

 

($ In Millions)    RATE      2013      2012  

Corporation-Senior Notes (1)(4)

                          

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2013 (5)(11)

     5.50       $       $ 409.6   

Fixed Rate Due May 2014

     4.63         500.0         500.0   

Fixed Rate Due Nov. 2020 (6)

     3.45         499.5         499.5   

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2021 (7)

     3.38         498.3         498.1   

Fixed Rate Due Aug. 2022 (8)

     2.38         498.8         498.6   
                            

Total Senior Notes

            $ 1,996.6       $ 2,405.8   

 

Long-Term Debt. A summary of long-term debt outstanding at December 31 is presented below.

 

($ In Millions)    2013      2012  

Bank-Subordinated Debt (1)(4)

                 

4.60% Notes due Feb. 2013 (2)

   $       $ 200.0   

5.85% Notes due Nov. 2017 (2)(12)

     216.3         240.8   

6.50% Notes due Aug. 2018 (2)(9)(12)

     323.6         362.3   

5.375% Sterling Denominated Notes due March 2015 (10)

     248.3         242.3   
                   

Total Bank-Subordinated Debt

     788.2         1,045.4   

Corporation-Subordinated 3.95% Notes due Oct. 2025 (1)(4)(11)

     749.1           

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

                 

One Year or Less (Average Rate at Year End – 4.40% in 2013; 3.86% in 2012)

     135.0         200.0   

One to Three Years (Average Rate at Year End – 4.40% in 2012)

             135.0   
                   

Total Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

     135.0         335.0   

Capital Lease Obligations (3)

     36.9         41.2   
                   

Total Long-Term Debt

   $ 1,709.2       $ 1,421.6   
                   

Long-Term Debt Qualifying as Risk-Based Capital

   $ 1,158.7       $ 556.7   

 

(1) Not redeemable prior to maturity.

(2) Under the terms of its current Offering Circular dated November 6, 2013, the Bank has the ability to offer from time to time its senior bank notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $4.5 billion at any one time outstanding and up to an additional $1.0 billion of subordinated notes. Each senior note will mature from 30 days to fifteen years, and each subordinated note will mature from five years to fifteen years, following its date of original issuance. Each note will mature on such date as selected by the initial purchaser and agreed to by the Bank.

(3) Refer to Note 10.

(4) Debt issue costs are recorded as an asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the Note.

(5) Notes issued at a discount of 0.09%.

(6) Notes issued at a discount of 0.117%.

(7) Notes issued at a discount of 0.437%

(8) Notes issued at a discount of 0.283%

(9) Notes issued at a discount of 0.02%

(10) Notes issued at a discount of 0.484%

(11) Notes issued at a discount of 0.114%

(12) Interest rate swap contracts were entered into to modify the interest expense on these senior and subordinated notes from fixed rates to floating rates. The swaps are recorded as fair value hedges and at December 31, 2013, increases in the carrying values of the senior and subordinated notes outstanding of none and $40.1 million, respectively, were recorded. As of December 31, 2012, increases in the carrying values of senior and subordinated notes outstanding of $9.8 million and $103.3 million, respectively, were recorded.

 

Note 13 – Floating Rate Capital Debt

 

In January 1997, the Corporation issued $150 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A, through a statutory business trust wholly-owned by the Corporation (“NTC Capital I”). In April 1997, the Corporation also issued, through a separate wholly-owned statutory business trust (“NTC Capital II”), $120 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series B. The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of Northern Trust Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. The Series A Securities were issued at a discount to yield 60.5 basis points above the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and are due January 15, 2027. The Series B Securities were issued at a discount to yield 67.9 basis points above the three-month LIBOR and are due April 15, 2027. Both Series A and B Securities currently qualify as tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Under the provisions of The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the tier 1 regulatory capital treatment of these securities is required to be phased out over a three-year period that began on January 1, 2013. The phase-out of tier 1 capital treatment as determined by bank regulators is 50% in 2014, 75% in 2015 and 100% thereafter. As these securities phase out of tier 1 capital, they will be eligible for inclusion in tier 2 capital, beginning with 80% eligibility in 2014, and thereafter will phase out of tier 2 at an incremental 10% a year until they are fully phased out in 2022.

The Corporation has fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all payments due on the Series A and B Securities. The holders of the Series A and B Securities are entitled to receive preferential cumulative cash distributions quarterly in arrears (based on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Security) at an interest rate equal to the rate on the corresponding Subordinated Debentures. The interest rate on the Series A and Series B securities is equal to

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

three-month LIBOR plus 0.52% and 0.59%, respectively. Subject to certain exceptions, the Corporation has the right to defer payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly periods provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity date. If interest is deferred on the Subordinated Debentures, distributions on the Series A and B Securities will also be deferred and the Corporation will not be permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to pay or declare any cash distributions with respect to the Corporation’s capital stock or debt securities that rank the same as or junior to the Subordinated Debentures, until all past due distributions are paid. The Subordinated Debentures are unsecured and subordinated to substantially all of the Corporation’s existing indebtedness.

The Corporation has the right to redeem the Series A and Series B Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, at a price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The following table summarizes the book values of the outstanding Subordinated Debentures as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012  

NTC Capital I Subordinated Debentures due January 15, 2027

   $ 154.0       $ 153.9   

NTC Capital II Subordinated Debentures due April 15, 2027

     123.1         123.1   
                   

Total Subordinated Debentures

   $ 277.1       $ 277.0   

 

Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity

 

Preferred Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue 10.0 million shares of preferred stock without par value. The Corporation’s board of directors (Board) is authorized to fix the particular preferences, rights, qualifications and restrictions for each series of preferred stock issued. There was no preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

Common Stock. The Corporation’s current common stock repurchase authorization was approved by the Board in April of 2013. The stock repurchase authorization remaining after December 31, 2013 is 7.9 million shares. The repurchased shares would be used for general purposes of the Corporation, including management of the Corporation’s capital level and the issuance of shares under stock option and other incentive plans of the Corporation.

Under the Corporation’s capital plan submitted in January 2013, which was reviewed without objection by the Federal Reserve in March 2013, the Corporation may repurchase up to $164.5 million of common stock after December 31, 2013 through March 2014. In January 2014, the Corporation submitted its most recent capital plan to the Federal Reserve Board.

The average price paid per share for common stock repurchased in 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $55.90, $46.32, and $49.63, respectively.

An analysis of changes in the number of shares of common stock outstanding follows:

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Balance at January 1

     238,914,988         241,008,509         242,268,903   

Incentive Plan and Awards

     863,958         449,463         189,793   

Stock Options Exercised

     3,088,490         973,270         149,385   

Treasury Stock Purchased

     (5,545,401      (3,516,254      (1,599,572
                            

Balance at December 31

     237,322,035         238,914,988         241,008,509   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 15 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The following tables summarize the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, and changes during the years then ended.

 

(In Millions)      BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31,
2013
     NET
CHANGE
     BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31,
2012
     NET
CHANGE
     BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31,
2011
     NET
CHANGE
     BALANCE AT
DECEMBER 31,
2010
 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale

     $ 6.0       $ (95.0    $ 101.0       $ 61.2       $ 39.8       $ 53.3       $ (13.5

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges

       2.9         4.3         (1.4      5.6         (7.0      (18.4      11.4   

Net Foreign Currency Adjustments

       7.1         (3.4      10.5         20.0         (9.5      (2.5      (7.0

Net Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

       (260.3      132.8         (393.1      (24.2      (368.9      (72.7      (296.2
                                                                  

Total

     $ (244.3    $ 38.7       $ (283.0    $ 62.6       $ (345.6    $ (40.3    $ (305.3

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2013      2012      2011  
(In Millions)    BEFORE
TAX
     TAX
EFFECT
     AFTER
TAX
    

BEFORE

TAX

    

TAX

EFFECT

    

AFTER

TAX

     BEFORE
TAX
    

TAX

EFFECT

    

AFTER

TAX

 

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale

                                                                                

Noncredit-Related Unrealized Losses on Securities OTTI

   $ 3.0       $ (1.1    $ 1.9       $ 15.7       $ (5.9    $ 9.8       $ 10.2       $ (3.6    $ 6.6   

Other Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities Available for Sale

     (156.8      59.0         (97.8      96.2         (36.1      60.1         61.6         (23.4      38.2   

Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses Included in Net Income

     1.6         (0.7      0.9         (13.9      5.2         (8.7      13.5         (5.0      8.5   
                                                                                  

Net Change

   $ (152.2    $ 57.2       $ (95.0    $ 98.0       $ (36.8    $ 61.2       $ 85.3       $ (32.0    $ 53.3   

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges

                                                                                

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges

   $ 2.1       $ (0.7    $ 1.4       $ 3.2       $ (0.6    $ 2.6       $ (23.6    $ 8.8       $ (14.8

Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses Included in Net Income

     4.7         (1.8      2.9         4.8         (1.8      3.0         (5.6      2.0         (3.6
                                                                                  

Net Change

   $ 6.8       $ (2.5    $ 4.3       $ 8.0       $ (2.4    $ 5.6       $ (29.2    $ 10.8       $ (18.4

Foreign Currency Adjustments

                                                                                

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

   $ 91.9       $ (29.7    $ 62.2       $ 37.9       $ 3.1       $ 41.0       $ (7.0    $       $ (7.0

Net Investment Hedge Gain (Losses)

     (107.3      41.7         (65.6      (33.7      12.7         (21.0      25.7         (21.2      4.5   
                                                                                  

Net Change

   $ (15.4    $ 12.0       $ (3.4    $ 4.2       $ 15.8       $ 20.0       $ 18.7       $ (21.2    $ (2.5

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

                                                                                

Net Actuarial Gain (Loss)

   $ 157.7       $ (54.9    $ 102.8       $ (62.8    $ 15.8       $ (47.0    $ (158.2    $ 61.3       $ (96.9

Prior Service Benefit

                                                     7.7         (2.9      4.8   

Reclassification Adjustment for Losses Included in Net Income

     46.1         (16.1      30.0         33.9         (11.1      22.8         30.2         (10.8      19.4   
                                                                                  

Net Change

   $ 203.8       $ (71.0    $ 132.8       $ (28.9    $ 4.7       $ (24.2    $ (120.3    $ 47.6       $ (72.7

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides the location and before-tax amounts of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

(In Millions)

  

LOCATION OF
RECLASSIFICATION ADJUSTMENTS

RECOGNIZED IN INCOME

    

AMOUNT OF RECLASSIFICATION

ADJUSTMENTS RECOGNIZED

IN INCOME

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 
        2013        2012        2011  

Securities Available for Sale

                                     

Realized (Gains) Losses on Securities Available for Sale

   Investment Security Gains (Losses), net      $ 1.6         $ (13.9      $ 13.5   
                                       

Realized (Gains) Losses on Cash Flow Hedges

                                     

Foreign Exchange Contracts

   Other Operating Income/ Expense        4.7           4.8           (5.6
                                       

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments

                                     

Amortization of Net Actuarial (Gain) Loss

   Employee Benefits        49.0           38.8           33.4   

Amortization of Prior Service Cost

   Employee Benefits        (2.9        (4.9        (3.2
                                       

Gross Reclassification Adjustment

          $ 46.1         $ 33.9         $ 30.2   
                                       

 

Note 16 – Net Income Per Common Share

 

The computations of net income per common share are presented below.

 

($ In Millions Except Per Common Share Information)    2013        2012        2011  

BASIC NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

                              

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding

     239,265,313           240,417,805           241,401,310   

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   

Less: Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities

     11.9           10.0           7.1   
                                

Earnings Allocated to Common Shares Outstanding

     719.4           677.3           596.5   

Basic Net Income Per Common Share

     3.01           2.82           2.47   
                                

DILUTED NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

                              

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding

     239,265,313           240,417,805           241,401,310   

Plus Dilutive Effect of Share-based Compensation

     1,289,527           463,439           410,074   
                                

Average Common and Potential Common Shares

     240,554,840           240,881,244           241,811,384   
                                

Earnings Allocated to Common and Potential Common Shares

   $ 719.5         $ 677.3         $ 596.5   

Diluted Net Income Per Common Share

     2.99           2.81           2.47   

 

Note: Common stock equivalents totaling 3,498,894, 12,158,601, and 13,240,787 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted net income per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.

 

Note 17 – Net Interest Income

 

The components of net interest income were as follows:

 

(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

Interest Income

                              

Loans and Leases

   $ 743.1         $ 828.6         $ 938.7   

Securities – Taxable

     237.2           250.6           223.6   

                 – Non-Taxable

     11.6           17.7           25.0   

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     142.1           176.4           192.8   

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other

     21.5           14.4           28.5   
                                

Total Interest Income

   $ 1,155.5         $ 1,287.7         $ 1,408.6   
                                

Interest Expense

                              

Deposits

   $ 103.3         $ 156.7         $ 230.0   

Federal Funds Purchased

     1.5           1.2           1.9   

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     0.4           0.4           0.7   

Other Borrowings

     3.3           4.0           5.5   

Senior Notes

     74.4           72.0           64.4   

Long-Term Debt

     37.1           60.3           94.6   

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     2.4           2.8           2.4   
                                

Total Interest Expense

   $ 222.4         $ 297.4         $ 399.5   
                                

Net Interest Income

   $ 933.1         $ 990.3         $ 1,009.1   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 18 – Other Operating Income

 

The components of other operating income were as follows:

 

(In Millions)   2013      2012      2011  

Loan Service Fees

  $ 61.9       $ 64.5       $ 68.9   

Banking Service Fees

    50.9         55.0         54.9   

Other Income

    53.7         35.4         34.3   
   

Total Other Operating Income

  $ 166.5       $ 154.9       $ 158.1   

 

Note 19 – Other Operating Expense

 

The components of other operating expense were as follows:

 

(In Millions)   2013      2012      2011  

Business Promotion

  $ 91.6       $ 87.8       $ 82.1   

FDIC Insurance Premiums

    23.5         25.4         29.3   

Staff Related

    39.1         41.9         37.6   

Other Intangibles Amortization

    21.1         20.3         17.5   

Legal Settlement Charge

    19.2                   

Other Expenses

    119.7         107.5         100.6   
   

Total Other Operating Expense

  $ 314.2       $ 282.9       $ 267.1   

 

Note 20 – Income Taxes

 

The following table reconciles the total provision for income taxes recorded in the consolidated statement of income with the amounts computed at the statutory federal tax rate of 35%.

 

(In Millions)   2013     2012     2011  

Tax at Statutory Rate

  $ 376.4      $ 347.3      $ 309.3   

Tax Exempt Income

    (6.2     (8.0     (9.9

Leveraged Lease Adjustments

    (2.3     (12.0     (4.7

Foreign Tax Rate Differential

    (27.6     (27.1     (21.3

State Taxes, net

    26.3        20.4        22.8   

Other

    (22.4     (15.6     (16.1
   

Provision for Income Taxes

  $ 344.2      $ 305.0      $ 280.1   

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, and foreign jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal tax authorities for years before 2009, or non-U.S. tax authorities for years before 2007. The Corporation is no longer subject to income tax examinations by state or local tax authorities for years before 2007.

Included in other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $15.6 million and $19.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. If recognized, 2013 and 2012 net income would have increased by $12.6 million and $16.3 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of those years’ effective income tax rates. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Balance at January 1

   $ 19.4       $ 17.8   

Additions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years

     2.4         4.6   

Reductions for Tax Positions Taken in Prior Years

     (4.4      (1.2

Reductions Resulting from Expiration of Statutes

     (1.8      (1.8
   

Balance at December 31

   $ 15.6       $ 19.4   

 

Unrecognized tax benefits had net decreases of $3.8 million, resulting in a remaining balance of $15.6 million at December 31, 2013, compared to net increases of $1.6 million resulting in a remaining balance of $19.4 million at December 31, 2012. It is possible that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could occur in the next 12 months due to changes in judgment related to recognition or measurement, settlements with taxing authorities, or expiration of statute of limitations. Management does not believe that future changes, if any, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust, although they could have a material effect on operating results for a particular period.

The provision for income tax in 2012 included a $12.4 million tax benefit in connection with the resolution of certain leveraged lease related matters.

A benefit for recoveries of interest and penalties of $1.7 million, net of tax, was included in the provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013. This compares to a provision for interest and penalties of $0.4 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the liability for the potential payment of interest and penalties totaled $11.0 million and $9.0 million, net of tax, respectively.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pre-tax earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. taxation when effectively repatriated. Northern Trust provides income taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries, except to the extent that those earnings are indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Northern Trust elected to indefinitely reinvest $141.0 million, $137.4 million, and $105.9 million of 2013, 2012, and 2011 earnings, respectively, of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries and, therefore, no U.S. deferred income taxes were recorded on those earnings. As of December 31, 2013, the cumulative amount of undistributed pre-tax earnings in these subsidiaries approximately $956.0 million. Based on the current U.S. federal income tax rate, an additional deferred tax liability of approximately $212.0 million would have been required as of December 31, 2013 if Northern Trust had not elected to indefinitely reinvest those earnings.

The components of the consolidated provision for income taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Current Tax Provision:

                          

Federal

   $ 185.6       $ 140.5       $ 113.6   

State

     24.6         21.4         15.1   

Non-U.S.

     67.4         63.4         54.2   
   

Total

     277.6       $ 225.3       $ 182.9   
   

Deferred Tax Provision:

                          

Federal

     53.9       $ 66.0       $ 84.0   

State

     14.1         10.6         11.3   

Non-U.S.

     (1.4      3.1         1.9   
   

Total

     66.6         79.7         97.2   
   

Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 344.2       $ 305.0       $ 280.1   

 

In addition to the amounts shown above, tax charges (benefits) have been recorded directly to stockholders’ equity for the following items:

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Current Tax Benefit for Employee Stock Options and Other Stock-Based Plans

   $ 3.0       $ 2.3       $ 0.6   

Tax Effect of Other Comprehensive Income

     4.3         18.7         (5.2

 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax liabilities and assets have been computed as follows:

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

                          

Lease Financing

   $ 392.0       $ 409.1       $ 398.2   

Software Development

     299.0         277.8         254.9   

Accumulated Depreciation

     22.0         19.7         48.6   

Compensation and Benefits

     112.2         29.7         7.1   

State Taxes, net

     63.3         54.7         52.4   

Other Liabilities

     104.0         170.9         137.6   
   

Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities

     992.5         961.9         898.8   
   

Deferred Tax Assets:

                          

Allowance for Credit Losses

     107.8         114.7         114.5   

Other Assets

     81.1         114.5         150.0   
                            

Gross Deferred Tax Assets

     188.9         229.2         264.5   
                            

Valuation Reserve

                       

Deferred Tax Assets, net of Valuation Reserve

     188.9         229.2         264.5   
                            

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities

   $ 803.6       $ 732.7       $ 634.3   

 

No valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets was recorded at December 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011, as management believes it is more likely that not that the deferred tax assets will be fully realized. At December 31, 2013, Northern Trust had no net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Note 21 – Employee Benefits

 

The Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries provide various benefit programs, including defined benefit pension, postretirement health care, and defined contribution plans. A description of each major plan and related disclosures are provided below.

 

Pension. A noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all U.S. employees of Northern Trust. Employees of various European subsidiaries retain benefits in local defined benefit plans, although those plans are closed to new participants and to future benefit accruals.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Northern Trust also maintains a noncontributory supplemental pension plan for participants whose retirement benefit payments under the U.S. plan are expected to exceed the limits imposed by federal tax law. Northern Trust has a nonqualified trust, referred to as a “Rabbi” Trust, used to hold assets designated for the funding of benefits in excess of those permitted in certain of its qualified retirement plans. This arrangement offers participants a degree of assurance for payment of benefits in excess of those permitted in the related qualified plans. As the “Rabbi” Trust assets remain subject to the claims of creditors and are not the property of the employees, they are accounted for as corporate assets and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Total assets in the “Rabbi” Trust related to the nonqualified pension plan at December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $85.1 million and $81.9 million, respectively. Contributions of $16.4 million and $12.3 million were made to the “Rabbi” Trust in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Benefit levels under the U.S. qualified and supplemental plans have been modified by Plan Amendments effective April 1, 2012. U.S. qualified and supplemental plan expense in 2013 and 2012 reflect the modified benefit levels, as will future periods.

The following tables set forth the status, amounts included in AOCI, and net periodic pension expense of the U.S. plan, non-U.S. plans, and supplemental plan for 2013, 2012, and 2011. Prior service costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 11 years for the U.S. plan and 9 years for the supplemental plan.

 

PLAN STATUS

     U.S. PLAN        NON-U.S. PLANS        SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN  
($ In Millions)    2013        2012        2013        2012        2013        2012  

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 827.9         $ 918.0         $ 164.7         $ 158.1         $ 89.8         $ 98.9   
                                                                 

Projected Benefit Obligation

     919.7           1,030.4           164.7           158.1           101.5           106.4   

Plan Assets at Fair Value

     1,342.1           1,277.7           148.5           133.9                       
                                                                 

Funded Status at December 31

   $ 422.4         $ 247.3         $ (16.2      $ (24.2      $ (101.5      $ (106.4
                                                                 

Weighted-Average Assumptions:

                                                               

Discount Rates

     5.00        4.25        4.31        4.42        5.00        4.25

Rate of Increase in Compensation Level

     4.25           4.02           N/A           N/A           4.25           4.02   

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets

     7.75           7.75           4.84           4.76           N/A           N/A   

 

AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     U.S. PLAN        NON-U.S. PLANS        SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2013        2012        2013        2012  

Net Actuarial Loss

   $ 310.7         $ 507.4         $ 40.9         $ 46.8         $ 64.2         $ 71.4   

Prior Service Cost

     (3.5        (4.0                            1.6           2.1   
                                                                 

Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     307.2           503.4           40.9           46.8           65.8           73.5   

Income Tax Effect

     119.5           189.6           4.8           5.8           25.6           27.7   
                                                                 

Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   $ 187.7         $ 313.8         $ 36.1         $ 41.0         $ 40.2         $ 45.8   

 

NET PERIODIC PENSION EXPENSE

 

     U.S. PLAN      NON-U.S. PLANS      SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN  
($ In Millions)    2013      2012      2011      2013      2012      2011      2013      2012      2011  

Service Cost

   $ 30.3       $ 35.3       $ 42.8       $       $       $       $ 1.6       $ 3.0       $ 3.2   

Interest Cost

     42.1         41.4         40.8         6.6         6.2         6.5         4.4         4.5         4.4   

Expected Return on Plan Assets

     (93.3      (87.0      (78.8      (6.2      (6.8      (8.3      N/A         N/A         N/A   

Amortization:

                                                                                

Net Loss

     42.5         34.3         26.0         1.0         0.7         0.2         6.7         6.1         5.6   

Prior Service Cost

     (0.4      (0.4      1.6                                 0.5         0.6         0.4   
                                                                                  

Net Periodic Pension Expense (Benefit)

   $ 21.2       $ 23.6       $ 32.4       $ 1.4       $ 0.1       $ (1.6    $ 13.2       $ 14.2       $ 13.6   
                                                                                  

Weighted-Average Assumptions:

                                                                                

Discount Rates

     4.25      4.75      5.50      4.42      5.02      5.58      4.25      4.75      5.50

Rate of Increase in Compensation Level

     4.02         4.02         4.02         N/A         N/A         N/A         4.02         4.02         4.02   

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets

     7.75         8.00         8.00         4.76         5.28         6.27         N/A         N/A         N/A   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pension expense for 2014 is expected to include approximately $28.4 million and $0.1 million related to the amortization of net loss and prior service cost balances, respectively, from AOCI.

 

CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION

 

     U.S. PLAN        NON-U.S. PLANS        SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN  
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2013        2012        2013        2012  

Beginning Balance

   $ 1,030.4         $ 904.6         $ 158.1         $ 127.1         $ 106.4         $ 100.3   

Service Cost

     30.3           35.3                               1.6           3.0   

Interest Cost

     42.1           41.4           6.6           6.2           4.4           4.5   

Actuarial (Gain) Loss

     (125.4        96.6           0.4           24.8           (0.5        10.9   

Benefits Paid

     (57.7        (47.5        (5.0        (6.1        (10.4        (12.3

Foreign Exchange Rate Changes

                         4.6           6.1                       
                                                                 

Ending Balance

   $ 919.7         $ 1,030.4         $ 164.7         $ 158.1         $ 101.5         $ 106.4   

 

ESTIMATED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

(In Millions)   

U.S.

PLAN

    

NON-U.S.

PLANS

    

SUPPLEMENTAL

PLAN

 

2014

   $ 62.7       $ 2.2       $ 9.0   

2015

     61.2         2.6         8.5   

2016

     66.0         2.8         9.3   

2017

     67.5         3.1         10.7   

2018

     70.7         3.2         9.4   

2019-2023

     377.2         21.2         50.9   

 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS

 

     U.S. PLAN     NON-U.S. PLANS  
(In Millions)    2013     2012     2013     2012  

Fair Value of Assets at Beginning of Period

   $ 1,277.7      $ 1,094.1      $ 133.9      $ 123.3   

Actual Return on Assets

     122.1        131.1        11.5        11.3   

Employer Contributions

            100.0        4.3          

Benefits Paid

     (57.7     (47.5     (5.0     (6.1

Foreign Exchange Rate Changes

                   3.8        5.4   
                                  

Fair Value of Assets at End of Period

   $ 1,342.1      $ 1,277.7      $ 148.5      $ 133.9   

 

The minimum required and maximum deductible contributions for the U.S. qualified plan in 2014 are estimated to be zero and $195.0 million, respectively.

A total return investment strategy approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan whereby a mix of U.S. and non-U.S. equities, fixed income and alternative asset investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. This is accomplished by diversifying the portfolio across various asset classes, with the goal of reducing volatility of return, and among various issuers of securities to reduce principal risk. Northern Trust utilizes an asset/liability methodology to determine the investment policies that will best meet its short and long-term objectives. The process is performed by modeling current and alternative strategies for asset allocation, funding policy and actuarial methods and assumptions. The financial modeling uses projections of expected capital market returns and expected volatility of those returns to determine alternative asset mixes having the greatest probability of meeting the plan’s investment objectives. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming growth in plan liabilities over the long run.

The target allocation of plan assets since May 2012, by major asset category, is 26% U.S. stocks, 21% non-U.S. stocks, 35% long duration fixed income securities, and 18% alternative investments, split between private equity funds (5%), hedge funds (5%), global real estate (5%) and commodities (3%). Equity investments include common stocks that are listed on an exchange and investments in comingled funds that invest primarily in publicly traded equities. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks and divided by investment style and market capitalization. Fixed income securities held include U.S. treasury securities and investments in commingled funds that invest in a diversified blend of longer duration fixed income securities. Alternative investments, including private equity, hedge funds, global real estate, and commodities, are used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Private equity assets consist primarily of investments in limited partnerships that invest in individual companies in the form of non-public equity or non-public debt positions. Direct or co-investment in non-public stock by the plan is prohibited. The plan’s private equity investments are limited to 20% of the total limited partnership and the maximum allowable loss cannot exceed the commitment amount. The plan holds two investments in a hedge fund of funds, which invests, either directly or indirectly, in a diversified portfolio of funds or other pooled investment vehicles.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Investment in global real estate is designed to provide stable income returns and added diversification based upon the historical low correlation between real estate and equity or fixed income investments. The plan’s global real estate assets consist of one collective index fund that invests in a diversified portfolio of global real estate investments, primarily equity securities.

Commodities also improve portfolio diversification as they tend to react to changing economic fundamentals differently than traditional financial assets. Because commodity prices typically rise with rising inflation, investments in commodities are also likely to provide an offset against inflation. Commodity assets include an investment in one mutual fund that invests in commodity-linked derivative instruments, backed by a portfolio of fixed income securities.

Though not a primary strategy for meeting the plan’s objectives, derivatives may be used from time to time, depending on the nature of the asset class to which they relate, to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner, to hedge foreign currency exposure or interest rate risk, or to alter the duration of a portfolio. There were no derivatives held by the plan at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly liability measurements, periodic asset/liability studies, and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. Standards used to evaluate the plan’s investment manager performance include, but are not limited to, the achievement of objectives, operation within guidelines and policy, and comparison against a relative benchmark. In addition, each manager of the investment funds held by the plan is ranked against a universe of peers and compared to a relative benchmark. Total plan performance analysis includes an analysis of the market environment, asset allocation impact on performance, risk and return relative to other ERISA plans, and manager impacts upon plan performance.

The following describes the hierarchy of inputs used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for the U.S. qualified plan assets measured at fair value.

 

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 1 investments include foreign and domestic common stocks, a commodity return strategy fund, and mutual funds. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 1 investments are exchange traded and are valued at the closing price reported by the respective exchanges on the day of valuation. Share prices of the funds, referred to as a fund’s Net Asset Value (NAV), are calculated daily based on the closing market prices and accruals of securities in the fund’s total portfolio (total value of the fund) divided by the number of fund shares currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the mutual and collective trust fund shares occur by contract at the respective fund’s redemption date NAV.

 

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted active market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 2 assets include foreign preferred stocks, U.S. government securities, and collective trust funds. U.S. government securities are valued by a third party pricing source that incorporates market observable data such as reported sales of similar securities, broker quotes and reference data. The inputs used are based on observable data in active markets. The NAVs of the funds are calculated monthly based on the closing market prices and accruals of securities in the fund’s total portfolio (total value of the fund) divided by the number of fund shares currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the mutual and collective trust fund shares occur by contract at the respective fund’s redemption date NAV.

 

Level 3 inputs – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. The U.S. pension plan’s Level 3 assets are private equity and hedge funds which invest in underlying groups of investment funds or other pooled investment vehicles that are selected by the respective funds’ investment managers. The investment funds and the underlying investments held by these investment funds are valued at fair value. In determining the fair value of the underlying investments of each fund, the fund’s investment manager or general partner takes into account the estimated value reported by the underlying funds as well as any other considerations that may, in their judgment, increase or decrease such estimated value.

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for plan assets are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to Level 3 assets, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan assets, by major asset category, and their level within the fair value hierarchy defined by GAAP as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

    DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)   LEVEL 1     LEVEL 2     LEVEL 3     TOTAL  

Preferred and Common Stock

                               

U.S.

  $ 116.0      $      $      $ 116.0   

Non-U.S.

    52.9        3.9               56.8   

Fixed Income – U.S. Government

           131.7               131.7   

Other Investments

                               

Mutual Funds

    138.4                      138.4   

Commodity Linked Fund

    39.7                      39.7   

Collective Trust Funds

           304.6               304.6   

Short-Term Investment Fund

           6.6               6.6   

Global Real Estate Fund

           65.4               65.4   

Government Agencies Fund

           333.7               333.7   

Emerging Market Fund

           40.9               40.9   

Private Equity Funds

                  47.7        47.7   

Hedge Fund

                  55.1        55.1   

Cash and Other

    5.5                      5.5   
                                 

Total Assets at Fair Value

  $ 352.5      $ 886.8      $ 102.8      $ 1,342.1   

 

    DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)   LEVEL 1     LEVEL 2     LEVEL 3     TOTAL  

Preferred and Common

                               

Stock – U.S.

  $ 111.5      $      $      $ 111.5   

Stock – Non-U.S.

    53.6        2.3               55.9   

Fixed Income – U.S. Government

           142.4               142.4   

Other Investments

                               

Mutual Funds

    194.7                      194.7   

Commodity Linked Fund

    37.5                      37.5   

Collective Trust Funds

           195.6               195.6   

Short-Term Investment Fund

           76.4               76.4   

Global Real Estate Fund

           49.4               49.4   

Government Agencies Fund

           294.2               294.2   

Emerging Market Fund

           37.2               37.2   

Private Equity Funds

                  47.4        47.4   

Hedge Fund

                  30.2        30.2   

Cash and Other

    5.3                      5.3   
                                 

Total Assets at Fair Value

  $ 402.6      $ 797.5      $ 77.6      $ 1,277.7   

 

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

    PRIVATE EQUITY
FUNDS
     HEDGE FUND  
(In Millions)   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Fair Value at January 1

  $ 47.4       $ 45.5       $ 30.2       $ 29.2   

Actual Return on Plan Assets

    5.5         2.5         4.9         1.0   

Purchases

    6.2         4.3         20.0           

Sales

    (11.4      (4.9                
                                    

Fair Value at December 31

  $ 47.7       $ 47.4       $ 55.1       $ 30.2   

 

Note: The return on plan assets represents the change in the unrealized gain (loss) on assets still held at December 31.

 

A building block approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. pension plan in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets and long-term historical relationships between equities, fixed income and other asset classes are studied using the widely-accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long-run. Current market factors such as inflation expectations and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio rate of return is established with consideration given to diversification and rebalancing. The rate is reviewed against peer data and historical returns to verify the return is reasonable and appropriate. Based on this approach and the plan’s target asset allocation, the expected long-term rate of return on assets as of the plan’s December 31, 2013 measurement date was set at 7.75%.

 

Postretirement Health Care. Northern Trust maintains an unfunded postretirement health care plan under which those employees who retire at age 55 or older under the provisions of the U.S. defined benefit plan and had attained 15 years of service as of December 31, 2011 may be eligible for subsidized postretirement health care coverage. The provisions of this plan may be changed further at the discretion of Northern Trust, which also reserves the right to terminate these benefits at any time.

Effective in January 2012 Northern Trust participates in an Employee Group Waiver Plan which allows Northern Trust to offer substantially the same postretirement prescription benefits to eligible participants while increasing subsidy reimbursements received by Northern Trust from the U.S. government. This action served to reduce the January 31, 2012 postretirement health care plan liability by approximately $26.7 million and increased amortization of the net actuarial gain for the year ended December 31, 2012 by approximately $3.3 million.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables set forth the postretirement health care plan status and amounts included in AOCI at December 31, the net periodic postretirement benefit cost of the plan for 2013 and 2012, and the change in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation during 2013 and 2012.

 

PLAN STATUS

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation at Measurement Date:

                 

Retirees and Dependents

   $ 22.5       $ 21.6   

Actives Eligible for Benefits

     8.7         9.0   
                   

Net Postretirement Benefit Obligation

   $ 31.2       $ 30.6   

 

AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Net Actuarial Gain

   $ (6.0    $ (9.1

Prior Service Benefit

             (2.9
                   

Gross Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     (6.0      (12.0

Income Tax Effect

     (2.3      (4.5
                   

Net Amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

   $ (3.7    $ (7.5

 

NET PERIODIC POSTRETIREMENT (BENEFIT) EXPENSE

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Service Cost

   $ 0.1       $ 0.2       $ 0.4   

Interest Cost

     1.2         1.3         2.8   

Amortization

                          

Net (Gain) Loss

     (1.2      (2.3      1.6   

Prior Service Benefit

     (3.0      (5.1      (5.2
                            

Net Periodic Postretirement (Benefit) Expense

   $ (2.9    $ (5.9    $ (0.4

 

CHANGE IN ACCUMULATED POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION

(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Beginning Balance

   $ 30.6       $ 54.5   

Service Cost

     0.1         0.2   

Interest Cost

     1.2         1.3   

Actuarial Loss

     1.9         4.5   

Gross Benefits Paid

     (2.8      (4.1

Medicare Subsidy

     0.2         0.9   

Plan Change

             (26.7
                   

Ending Balance

   $ 31.2       $ 30.6   

 

ESTIMATED FUTURE BENEFIT PAYMENTS

(In Millions)   

TOTAL

POSTRETIREMENT

MEDICAL
BENEFITS

 

2014

   $ 3.0   

2015

     3.2   

2016

     3.2   

2017

     3.2   

2018

     3.1   

2019-2023

     12.3   

 

Net periodic postretirement (benefit) expense for 2014 is expected to include gains of $0.6 million related to the amortization from AOCI of the net actuarial gain.

The weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 5.0% at December 31, 2013 and 4.25% at December 31, 2012. For measurement purposes, an 8.0% annual increase in the cost of pre-age 65 medical and drug benefits and a 7.5% annual increase in the cost of post-age 65 medical and drug benefits were assumed for 2013. These rates are both assumed to gradually decrease until they reach 5.0% in 2021. The health care cost trend rate assumption has an effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing or decreasing the assumed health care trend rate by one percentage point in each year would have the following effect.

 

(In Millions)   

1–PERCENTAGE

POINT INCREASE

    

1–PERCENTAGE

POINT DECREASE

 

Effect on Postretirement Benefit Obligation

   $ 0.8       $ (0.7

Effect on Total Service and Interest Cost Components

               

 

Defined Contribution Plans. The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain various defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. The Corporation’s contribution includes a matching component. The expense associated with defined contribution plans is charged to employee benefits and totaled $43.0 million in 2013, $41.0 million in 2012, and $39.3 million in 2011.

 

Note 22 – Share-Based Compensation Plans

 

Northern Trust recognizes expense for the grant-date fair value of stock options and other share-based compensation granted to employees and non-employee directors.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Total compensation expense for share-based payment arrangements to employees and the associated tax impacts were as follows for the periods presented:

 

    

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31,

 
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Stock and Stock Unit Awards

   $ 48.0       $ 44.0       $ 36.2   

Stock Options

     18.4         27.4         34.1   

Performance Stock Units

     7.4         2.5           
                            

Total Share-Based Compensation Expense

   $ 73.8       $ 73.9       $ 70.3   

Tax Benefits Recognized

   $ 27.7       $ 27.7       $ 26.5   

 

As of December 31, 2013, there was $112.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans. That cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years.

The Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (the 2012 Plan) is administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee (Committee) of the Board. All employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and all directors of the Corporation are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, stock units and performance stock units. Grants are outstanding under the 2012 Plan and The Amended and Restated Northern Trust Corporation 2002 Stock Plan (2002 Plan), a predecessor plan. The total number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock authorized for issuance under the 2012 Plan is 30,000,000 plus shares forfeited under the 2002 Plan. As of December 31, 2013, shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan, including shares forfeited under the 2002 Plan, totaled 31,034,922.

The following describes Northern Trust’s share-based payment arrangements and applies to awards under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan, as applicable.

 

Stock Options. Stock options consist of options to purchase common stock at prices not less than 100% of the fair value thereof on the date the options are granted. Options have a maximum ten-year life and generally vest and become exercisable in one to four years after the date of grant. In addition, all options may become exercisable either upon a “change of control” as defined in the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan or, in the case of options issued after September 2012, upon certain involuntary terminations of employment following a change of control. All options terminate at such time as determined by the Committee and as provided in the terms and conditions of the respective option grants.

The weighted-average assumptions used for options granted during the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

     2013        2012        2011  

Expected Term (in Years)

     7.6           7.5           7.7   

Dividend Yield

     2.38        2.79        4.56

Expected Volatility

     29.5           34.0           43.2   

Risk Free Interest Rate

     1.43           1.42           2.94   

 

The expected term of options represents the period of time options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior attributable to previous option grants. Dividend yield represents the estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s common stock over the expected term of the options. Expected volatility is determined based on a combination of the historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted.

The following table provides information about stock options granted, vested, and exercised in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Information)    2013      2012      2011  

Weighted Average Grant-Date Per Share Fair Value of Stock Options Granted

   $ 12.80       $ 11.54       $ 15.26   

Grant-Date Fair Value of Stock Options Vested

     30.0         32.1         27.9   

Stock Options Exercised

                          

Intrinsic Value as of Exercise Date

     26.9         12.8         1.5   

Cash Received

     146.2         32.3         5.4   

Tax Deduction Benefits Realized

     9.8         4.6         0.5   

 

The following is a summary of changes in nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

NONVESTED OPTIONS    SHARES      WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
GRANT-
DATE FAIR
VALUE
PER SHARE
 

Nonvested as December 31, 2012

     4,966,030       $ 14.00   

Granted

     446,868         12.80   

Vested

     (2,038,108      14.74   

Forfeited or Cancelled

     (70,964      13.43   
                   

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

     3,303,826       $ 13.40   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A summary of the status of stock options under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2013, and changes during the year then ended, are presented in the table below.

 

($ In Millions Except Per Share Information)    SHARES       

WEIGHTED

AVERAGE
EXERCISE

PRICE
PER SHARE

      

WEIGHTED

AVERAGE

REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM (YEARS)

       AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     15,302,474         $ 52.53                         

Granted

     446,868           52.69                         

Exercised

     (3,088,490        47.43                         

Forfeited, Expired or Cancelled

     (668,041        56.30                         
                                           

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     11,992,811         $ 53.64           5.5         $ 110.5   
                                           

Options Exercisable, December 31, 2013

     8,688,985         $ 55.52           4.7         $ 66.9   

 

Stock and Stock Unit Awards. Stock or stock unit awards may be granted by the Committee to participants which entitle them to receive a payment in the Corporation’s common stock or cash under the terms of the 2012 Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Each stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock unit that vests. The stock units granted in 2013 predominately vest at a rate equal to 50% on the third anniversary date of the grant and 50% on the fourth anniversary date. Stock and stock unit grants totaled 1,181,321, 988,421, and 995,176, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $52.82, $43.72, and $50.79 per share, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The total fair value of stock and stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, was $47.0 million, $21.6 million, and $7.1 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of outstanding stock and stock unit awards under the 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2013, and changes during the year then ended, is presented in the table below.

 

($ In Millions)    NUMBER      AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Stock and Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2012

     3,306,444       $ 165.9   

Granted

     1,181,321            

Distributed

     (851,297         

Forfeited

     (157,582         
                   

Stock and Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2013

     3,478,886       $ 215.3   
                   

Units Convertible, December 31, 2013

     181,059       $ 11.2   

 

The following is a summary of nonvested stock and stock unit awards at December 31, 2013, and changes during the year then ended.

 

NONVESTED STOCK

AND STOCK UNITS

   NUMBER      WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT-
DATE FAIR
VALUE PER
UNIT
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
VESTING
TERM
(YEARS)
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2012

     3,136,496       $ 49.20         2.0   

Granted

     1,181,321         52.82            

Vested

     (862,408      52.47            

Forfeited

     (157,582      46.67            
                            

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

     3,297,827       $ 49.76         2.0   

 

Performance Stock Units. Each performance stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock unit that vests. The number of performance stock units granted that may vest ranges from 0% to 125% of the original award granted based on the attainment of a three-year average return on equity target. Distribution of the award is then made after vesting.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, 296,650 and 198,552 performance stock units were granted with weighted average grant-date fair values of $49.07 and $43.65, respectively. Performance stock units outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, had aggregate intrinsic values of $30.6 and $10.0 million and weighted average remaining vesting terms of 2.7 and 3.1 years, respectively.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Non-employee Director Stock Awards. Stock units with total values of $1.1 million (20,599 units), $0.9 million (20,148 units), and $1.1 million (22,188 units) were granted to non-employee directors in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which vest or vested on the date of the annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders in the following years. Total expense recognized on these grants was $1.1 million, $0.9 million, and $1.1 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Stock units granted to non-employee directors do not have voting rights. Each stock unit entitles a director to one share of common stock at vesting, unless a director elects to defer receipt of the shares. Directors may elect to defer the payment of their annual stock unit grant and cash-based compensation until termination of services as director. Deferred cash compensation is converted into stock units representing shares of common stock of the Corporation. Distributions of deferred stock units are made in stock. Distributions of the stock unit accounts that relate to cash-based compensation are made in cash based on the fair value of the stock units at the time of distribution.

 

Note 23 – Cash-Based Compensation Plans

 

Various incentive plans provide for cash incentives and bonuses to selected employees based upon accomplishment of corporate net income objectives, business unit goals, and individual performance. The estimated contributions to these plans are charged to compensation expense and totaled $192.4 million in 2013, $186.8 million in 2012, and $176.7 million in 2011.

 

Note 24 – Contingent Liabilities

 

Legal Proceedings. In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including, but not limited to, actions brought on behalf of various claimants or classes of claimants, regulatory matters, employment matters, and challenges from tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages or adjustments to recorded tax liabilities are asserted.

Based on current knowledge, after consultation with legal counsel and after taking into account current accruals, management does not believe that losses, if any, arising from pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation, although such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results for a particular period.

Under GAAP, (i) an event is “probable” if the “future event or events are likely to occur”; (ii) an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely”; and (iii) an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight”. Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for matters in which the Corporation is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for matters for which the Corporation believes the risk of loss is more than remote but less than likely.

For the reasons set out in this paragraph, the outcome of some matters is inherently difficult to predict and/or the range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated. This may be the case in matters that (i) will be decided by a jury, (ii) are in early stages, (iii) involve uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iv) are subject to appeals or motions, (v) involve significant factual issues to be resolved, including with respect to the amount of damages, (vi) do not specify the amount of damages sought, or (vii) seek very large damages based on novel and complex damage and liability legal theories. Accordingly, the Corporation cannot reasonably estimate the eventual outcome of these pending matters, the timing of their ultimate resolution, or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties, if any, related to each pending matter will be.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Corporation records accruals for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and reasonably estimable, the Corporation does not record accruals. No material accruals have been recorded for pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters.

For a limited number of the matters for which a loss is reasonably possible in future periods, whether in excess of an accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, the Corporation is able to estimate a range of possible loss. As of December 31, 2013, the Corporation has estimated the upper end of the range of reasonably possible losses for these matters to be approximately $115 million in the aggregate. This aggregate amount of reasonably possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results will vary significantly from the current estimate.

In certain other pending matters, there may be a range of reasonably possible losses (including reasonably possible losses

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

in excess of amounts accrued) that cannot be reasonably estimated for the reasons described above. Such matters are not included in the estimate of reasonably possible losses identified above.

As previously disclosed, a number of participants in our securities lending program, which is associated with the Corporation’s asset servicing business, have commenced either individual lawsuits or purported class actions in which they claim, among other things, that we failed to exercise prudence in the investment management of the collateral received from the borrowers of the securities, resulting in losses that they seek to recover. The cases assert various contractual, statutory and common law claims, including claims for breach of fiduciary duty under common law and under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA). In the fourth quarter of 2013, Northern Trust recorded a $19.2 million pre-tax charge in connection with an agreement to resolve claims related to two of these lawsuits. The settlement is not final as it requires further documentation, signed agreements and court approval. Other lawsuits related to securities lending are not part of the proposed settlement, and remain pending.

 

Visa Membership. Northern Trust, as a member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. (Visa U.S.A.) and in connection with the 2007 initial public offering of Visa, Inc. (Visa), received shares of restricted stock in Visa, a portion of which was redeemed pursuant to a mandatory redemption. The proceeds of the redemption totaled $167.9 million and were recorded as a gain in 2008. The remaining Visa shares held by Northern Trust are recorded at their original cost basis of zero and as of December 31, 2013 have restrictions as to their sale or transfer.

Northern Trust is obligated to indemnify Visa for losses resulting from certain indemnified litigation involving Visa and has been required to recognize, at its estimated fair value in accordance with GAAP, a guarantee liability arising from such litigation that has not yet settled.

During 2007, Northern Trust recorded charges and corresponding liabilities of $150 million relating to Visa indemnified litigation. Subsequently, Visa established an escrow account to cover the settlements of, or judgments in, indemnified litigation. The fundings by Visa of its escrow account have resulted in reductions of Northern Trust’s Visa related indemnification liability and of the future realization of the value of outstanding shares of Visa common stock held by Northern Trust as a member bank of Visa U.S.A. Reductions of Northern Trust’s indemnification liability totaling $23.1 million, $33.0 million, and $17.8 million were recorded in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, which combined with a $76.1 million reduction recorded in 2008, fully eliminated the recorded indemnification liability as of December 31, 2011.

On October 19, 2012, Visa signed a settlement agreement with plaintiff representatives for binding settlement of the indemnified litigation relating to interchange fees, which was approved by a federal judge on December 13, 2013, and is subject to appeals. While the final settlement and ultimate resolution of outstanding Visa related litigation and the timing for removal of selling restrictions on shares owned by Northern Trust are highly uncertain, based upon the settlement terms announced by Visa, Northern Trust anticipates that the value of its remaining shares of Visa stock will be adequate to offset any remaining indemnification obligations related to Visa litigation.

 

Contingent Purchase Consideration. In connection with acquisitions consummated in 2011, contingent consideration was recorded relating to certain performance-related purchase price adjustments. The fair value of the contingent consideration at December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $55.4 million and $50.1 million, respectively.

 

Note 25 – Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients; as part of its trading activity for its own account; and as part of its risk management activities. These instruments include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, and credit default swap contracts.

Northern Trust’s primary risks associated with these instruments is the possibility that interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or credit spreads could change in an unanticipated manner, resulting in higher costs or a loss in the underlying value of the instrument. These risks are mitigated by establishing limits, monitoring the level of actual positions taken against such established limits, and monitoring the level of any interest rate sensitivity gaps created by such positions. When establishing position limits, market liquidity and volatility, as well as experience in each market, are taken into account.

Credit risk associated with derivative instruments relates to the failure of the counterparty and the failure of Northern Trust to pay based on the contractual terms of the agreement, and is generally limited to the unrealized fair value gains and losses, respectively, on these instruments, net of any cash collateral received or deposited. The amount of credit risk will

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

increase or decrease during the lives of the instruments as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or credit spreads fluctuate. This risk is controlled by limiting such activity to an approved list of counterparties and by subjecting such activity to the same credit and quality controls as are followed in lending and investment activities. Credit Support Annexes and other similar agreements are currently in place with a number of counterparties which mitigate the aforementioned credit risk associated with derivative activity conducted with those counterparties by requiring that significant net unrealized fair value gains be supported by collateral placed with Northern Trust.

Northern Trust has elected to net derivative assets and liabilities when legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist between Northern Trust and the counterparty. Derivative assets and liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet were each reduced by $1.2 billion and $982.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, as a result of master netting arrangements and similar agreements in place. Derivative assets and liabilities recorded at December 31, 2013 also reflect reductions of $210.7 million and $767.7 million, respectively, as a result of cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties. This compares with reductions of derivative assets and liabilities of $118.6 million and $425.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. Additional cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties totaling $36.4 million and $39.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013, and $1.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, were not offset against derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as the amounts exceeded the net derivative positions with those counterparties. Effective in the second quarter of 2013, Northern Trust centrally clears interest rate derivative instruments that are addressed under Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Securities posted as collateral for these transactions totaled $27.6 million, are not offset against derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet, and the counterparty receiving the securities as collateral does not have the right to repledge or sell the securities.

Certain master netting arrangements Northern Trust enters into with derivative counterparties contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash settlement of net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified levels. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit risk-related contingent features that were in a liability position was $257.3 million and $178.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash collateral amounts deposited with derivative counterparties on those dates included $197.0 million and $155.4 million, respectively, posted against these liabilities, resulting in a net maximum amount of termination payments that could have been required at December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $60.3 million and $23.5 million, respectively. Accelerated settlement of these liabilities would not have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust.

Foreign exchange contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date, at a specified rate of exchange. Foreign exchange contracts are entered into primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of clients. Foreign exchange contracts are also used for trading purposes and risk management. For risk management purposes, Northern Trust uses foreign exchange contracts to reduce its exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates relating to certain forecasted non-functional currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, and net investments in non-U.S. affiliates.

Interest rate contracts include swap and option contracts. Interest rate swap contracts involve the exchange of fixed and floating rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Northern Trust enters into interest rate swap contracts on behalf of its clients and also may utilize such contracts to reduce or eliminate the exposure to changes in the cash flows or fair value of hedged assets or liabilities due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate option contracts may include caps, floors, and swaptions, and provide for the transfer or reduction of interest rate risk in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into option contracts primarily as a seller of interest rate protection to clients. Northern Trust receives a fee at the outset of the agreement for the assumption of the risk of an unfavorable change in interest rates. This assumed interest rate risk is then mitigated by entering into an offsetting position with an outside counterparty. Northern Trust may also purchase option contracts for risk management purposes.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Credit default swap contracts are agreements to transfer credit default risk from one party to another in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into credit default swaps with outside counterparties where the counterparty agrees to assume the underlying credit exposure of a specific Northern Trust commercial loan or loan commitment.

 

Client-Related and Trading Derivative Instruments. Approximately 97% of Northern Trust’s derivatives outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, measured on a notional value basis, relate to client-related and trading activities. These activities consist principally of providing foreign exchange services to clients in connection with Northern Trust’s global custody business. However, in the normal course of business, Northern Trust also engages in trading of currencies for its own account.

 

The following table shows the notional and fair values of client-related and trading derivative financial instruments. Notional amounts of derivative financial instruments do not represent credit risk, and are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. They are used merely to express the volume of this activity. Northern Trust’s credit related risk of loss is limited to the positive fair value of the derivative instrument, which is significantly less than the notional amount.

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2013        DECEMBER 31, 2012  
              FAIR VALUE                 FAIR VALUE  
(In Millions)   

NOTIONAL

VALUE

       ASSET        LIABILITY       

NOTIONAL

VALUE

       ASSET        LIABILITY  

Foreign Exchange Contracts

   $ 243,135.0         $ 2,844.7         $ 2,846.2         $ 213,246.7         $ 1,735.3         $ 1,730.4   

Interest Rate Contracts

     5,001.7           122.8           117.0           4,946.6           180.6           174.0   
                                                                 

Total

   $ 248,136.7         $ 2,967.5         $ 2,963.2         $ 218,193.3         $ 1,915.9         $ 1,904.4   

 

Changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments are recognized currently in income. The following table shows the location and amount of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

    

 

LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE

GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED

IN INCOME

 

AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/
(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME

DECEMBER 31,

 
(In Millions)      2013        2012        2011  

Foreign Exchange Contracts

   Foreign Exchange Trading Income   $ 244.4         $ 206.1         $ 324.5   

Interest Rate Contracts

   Security Commissions and Trading Income     12.7           11.6           5.9   
                                    

Total

       $ 257.1         $ 217.7         $ 330.4   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Risk Management Instruments. Northern Trust uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign currency, interest rate, and credit risk.

The following table identifies the types and classifications of derivative instruments formally designated as hedges under GAAP and used by Northern Trust to manage risk, their notional and fair values, and the respective risks addressed.

 

             DECEMBER 31, 2013      DECEMBER 31, 2012  
                    FAIR VALUE             FAIR VALUE  
(In Millions)   

DERIVATIVE

INSTRUMENT

 

RISK

CLASSIFICATION

 

NOTIONAL

VALUE

     ASSET      LIABILITY     

NOTIONAL

VALUE

     ASSET      LIABILITY  

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

                                                             

Available for Sale Investment Securities

   Interest Rate Swap Contracts   Interest Rate   $ 3,296.9       $ 31.5       $ 44.8       $ 3,617.0       $ 3.4       $ 75.1   

Senior Notes and Long-Term Subordinated Debt

   Interest Rate Swap Contracts   Interest Rate     1,250.0         83.6         33.4         900.0         126.3         0.2   

CASH FLOW HEDGES

                                                             

Forecasted Foreign Currency Denominated Transactions

   Foreign Exchange Contracts   Foreign Currency     314.0         10.2         5.5         669.0         8.7         11.5   

NET INVESTMENT HEDGES

                                                             

Net Investments in Non-U.S. Affiliates

   Foreign Exchange Contracts   Foreign Currency     1,684.9         9.8         52.8         1,451.4         2.3         27.8   
                                                               

Total

           $ 6,545.8       $ 135.1       $ 136.5       $ 6,637.4       $ 140.7       $ 114.6   

 

In addition to the above, Sterling denominated debt, totaling $259.1 million and $242.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was designated as a hedge of the foreign exchange risk associated with the net investment in certain non-U.S. affiliates.

Derivatives are designated as fair value hedges to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. The following table shows the location and amount of derivative gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of income related to fair value hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

    

DERIVATIVE

INSTRUMENT

      

LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE
GAIN/(LOSS) RECOGNIZED

IN INCOME

 

AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/
(LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN INCOME

DECEMBER 31,

 
(In Millions)                 2013        2012        2011  

Available for Sale Investment Securities

     Interest Rate Swap Contracts         Interest Income   $ 26.3         $ (48.4      $ (56.6

Senior Notes and Long-Term Subordinated Debt

     Interest Rate Swap Contracts         Interest Expense     (44.9        54.3           194.4   

Total

                  $ (18.6      $ 5.9         $ 137.8   

 

There was $0.9 million of losses, $0.4 million of gains, and $0.3 million of gains recorded within the fair values of hedged items for “long-haul” hedges during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and $0.8 million of losses, $0.3 million of gains, and $0.9 million of gains from ineffectiveness recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Derivatives are also designated as cash flow hedges in order to minimize the variability in cash flows of earning assets or forecasted transactions caused by movements in interest or foreign exchange rates. There was no ineffectiveness recognized in earnings for cash flow hedges during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, or 2011. As of December 31, 2013, twenty-three months is the maximum length of time over which the exposure to variability in future cash flows of forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions is being hedged.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, there was $0.2 million of net cash flow hedge derivative losses relating to interest rate swap contracts reclassified from AOCI to interest income; there were no gains or losses reclassified during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011. The following table provides cash flow hedge derivative gains and losses relating to foreign exchange contracts that were recognized in AOCI and the amounts reclassified to earnings during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Beginning in 2012, gains and losses associated with forecasted foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions are classified in other operating income or other operating expense.

 

    

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

CONTRACTS

(BEFORE TAX )

 
(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

Net Gain/(Loss) Recognized in AOCI

     $2.1       $ (3.2    $ (23.6
                            

Net Gain/(Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Earnings

                          

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

                     0.6   

Other Operating Income

     (2.1      (4.6      (0.1

Interest Income

                     (1.2

Interest Expense

                       

Compensation

                     3.0   

Employee Benefits

                     0.9   

Equipment and Software

                       

Occupancy Expense

                     0.5   

Other Operating Expense

     (2.6              1.9   
                            

Total

   $ (4.7    $ (4.6    $ 5.6   

 

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were $0.2 million of gains and $6.3 million of losses, respectively, relating to net foreign exchange contract amounts that were reclassified into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of forecasted transactions that were no longer probable of occurring; there were no gains or losses reclassified during the year ended December 31, 2013. It is estimated that a net gain of $3.1 million will be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months relating to cash flow hedges.

Certain foreign exchange contracts and qualifying nonderivative instruments are designated as net investment hedges to minimize Northern Trust’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in non-U.S. branches and subsidiaries. For net investment hedges, there was $5.3 million of gains from ineffectiveness recorded for these hedges during the year ended December 31, 2012, and no ineffectiveness recorded for these hedges during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011.

The following table provides net investment hedge gains and losses recognized in AOCI during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

(In Millions)    AMOUNT OF HEDGING
INSTRUMENT GAIN/(LOSS)
RECOGNIZED IN AOCI
(BEFORE TAX)
 
   2013      2012  

Foreign Exchange Contracts

   $ (101.6    $ (24.7

Sterling Denominated Subordinated Debt

     (5.7      (9.0
                   

Total

   $ (107.3    $ (33.7

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Derivatives that are not formally designated as hedges under GAAP are entered into for risk management purposes. Foreign exchange contracts are entered into to manage the foreign currency risk of non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, the net investment in certain non-U.S. affiliates, commercial loans, and forecasted foreign currency denominated transactions. Credit default swaps are entered into to manage the credit risk associated with certain loans and loan commitments. Forward contracts are entered into to manage the interest rate risk associated with loan commitments. The following table identifies the types of risk management derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges and their notional amounts and fair values.

 

       DECEMBER 31, 2013        DECEMBER 31, 2012  
              FAIR VALUE                 FAIR VALUE  
(In Millions)      NOTIONAL
VALUE
       ASSET        LIABILITY        NOTIONAL
VALUE
       ASSET      LIABILITY  

Credit Default Swap Contracts

     $         $         $         $ 42.5         $       $ 1.0   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

       168.8           1.0           1.2           1,189.8           10.3         3.0   
                                                                 

Total

     $ 168.8           1.0         $ 1.2         $ 1,232.3         $ 10.3       $ 4.0   

 

The following table provides the location and amount of gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 for derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges under GAAP.

 

              AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN INCOME  
(In Millions)    LOCATION OF DERIVATIVE GAIN/(LOSS)
RECOGNIZED IN INCOME
       2013        2012        2011  

Credit Default Swap Contracts

     Other Operating Income         $ (0.1      $ (2.6      $ 0.9   

Forward Contracts

     Other Operating Income                               0.2   

Foreign Exchange Contracts

     Other Operating Income           (4.0        11.3           (7.0
                                           

Total

              $ (4.1      $ 8.7         $ (5.9

 

Note 26 – Offsetting of Assets and Liabilities

 

The following tables provide information regarding the offsetting of derivative assets and of securities purchased under agreements to resell within the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)    GROSS
RECOGNIZED
ASSETS
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNTS
PRESENTED
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
NOT OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNT (3)
 

Derivative Assets (1)

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts Over the Counter (OTC)

   $ 2,612.5         $ 1,073.3         $ 1,539.2         $         $ 1,539.2   

Interest Rate Swaps OTC

     228.8           47.5           181.3                     181.3   

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared

     9.1           9.1                                 

Cross Product Netting Adjustment

               28.4                                 

Cross Product Collateral Adjustment

               210.7                                 
                                                      

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement

     2,850.4           1,369.0           1,481.4                     1,481.4   
                                                      

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement

     253.2                      253.2                     253.2   
                                                      

Total Derivatives

     3,103.6           1,369.0           1,734.6                     1,734.6   
                                                      

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell (2)

   $ 500.0         $ -         $ 500.0         $ 500.0         $   
                                                      

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    GROSS
RECOGNIZED
ASSETS
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNTS
PRESENTED
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
NOT OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNT (3)
 

Derivative Assets (1)

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC

   $ 1,756.6         $ 877.1         $ 879.5         $         $ 879.5   

Interest Rate Swaps OTC

     310.3           68.3           242.0                     242.0   

Cross Product Netting Adjustment

               37.1                                 

Cross Product Collateral Adjustment

               118.6                                 
                                                      

Total

     2,066.9           1,101.1           965.8                     965.8   
                                                      

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell (2)

   $ 35.4         $         $ 35.4         $ 35.4         $   
                                                      

 

(1) Derivative assets are reported in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Other assets (excluding derivative assets) totaled $3,029.4 million and $2,964.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2) Securities purchased under agreements to resell are reported in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in the consolidated balance sheet. Federal funds sold totaled $29.6 million and $25.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3) Northern Trust did not possess any cash collateral that was not offset in the consolidated balance sheet that could have been used to offset the net amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The following tables provide information regarding the offsetting of derivative liabilities and of securities sold under agreements to repurchase within the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

DECEMBER 31, 2013  
(In Millions)    GROSS
RECOGNIZED
LIABILITIES
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNTS
PRESENTED
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
NOT OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNT (2)
 

Derivative Liabilities (1)

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC

   $ 2,039.0         $ 1,073.3         $ 965.7         $         $ 965.7   

Interest Rate Swaps OTC

     163.7           47.5           116.2                     116.2   

Interest Rate Swaps Exchange Cleared

     31.5           9.1           22.4                     22.4   

Cross Product Netting Adjustment

               28.4                                 

Cross Product Collateral Adjustment

               767.7                                 
                                                      

Total Derivatives Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement

     2,234.2           1,926.0           308.2                     308.2   
                                                      

Total Derivatives Not Subject to a Master Netting Arrangement

     866.7                     866.7                     866.7   
                                                      

Total Derivatives

     3,100.9           1,926.0           1,174.9                     1,174.9   
                                                      

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

   $ 917.3         $         $ 917.3         $ 917.3         $   
                                                      

 

DECEMBER 31, 2012  
(In Millions)    GROSS
RECOGNIZED
LIABILITIES
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNTS
PRESENTED
       GROSS
AMOUNTS
NOT OFFSET
       NET
AMOUNT (2)
 

Derivative Liabilities (1)

                                                    

Foreign Exchange Contracts OTC

   $ 1,772.7         $ 877.1         $ 895.6         $         $ 895.6   

Interest Rate Swaps OTC

     249.3           68.3           181.0                     181.0   

Credit Default Swaps OTC

     1.0                     1.0                     1.0   

Cross Product Netting Adjustment

               37.1                                 

Cross Product Collateral Adjustment

               425.0                                 
                                                      

Total

     2,023.0           1,407.5           615.5                     615.5   
                                                      

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

   $ 699.8         $         $ 699.8         $ 699.8         $   
                                                      

 

(1) Derivative liabilities are reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Other liabilities (excluding derivative liabilities) totaled $2,338.4 million and $1,961.7 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2) Northern Trust did not place any cash collateral with counterparties that was not offset in the consolidated balance sheet that could have been used to offset the net amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

All of Northern Trust’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) involve the transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash subject to a right and obligation to repurchase those assets for an agreed upon amount. In the event of a repurchase failure, the cash or financial assets are available for offset. All of Northern Trust’s repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements are subject to a master netting arrangement, which sets forth the rights and obligations for repurchase and offset. Under the master netting arrangement, Northern Trust is entitled to set off receivables from and collateral placed with a single counterparty against obligations owed to that counterparty. In addition, collateral held by Northern Trust can be offset against receivables from that counterparty.

Derivative asset and liability positions with a single counterparty can be offset against each other in cases where legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist. Derivative assets and liabilities can be further offset by cash collateral received from, and deposited with, the transacting counterparty. The basis for this view is that, upon termination of transactions subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement, the individual derivative receivables do not represent resources to which general creditors have rights and individual derivative payables do not represent claims that are equivalent to the claims of general creditors. Effective in the second quarter of 2013, Northern Trust centrally clears those interest rate derivative instruments addressed under Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act. These transactions are subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement, which has the same rights of offset as described above.

 

Note 27 – Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

Commitments and Letters of Credit. Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, enters into various types of commitments and issues letters of credit to meet the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the potential credit exposure should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as its lending activities.

Commitments and letters of credit consist of the following:

Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since a significant portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future loans or liquidity requirements.

Standby Letters of Credit obligate Northern Trust to meet certain financial obligations of its clients, if, under the contractual terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public and private financial commitments, including commercial paper, bond financing, initial margin requirements on futures exchanges, and similar transactions. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants.

Commercial Letters of Credit are instruments issued by Northern Trust on behalf of its clients that authorize a third party (the beneficiary) to draw drafts up to a stipulated amount under the specified terms and conditions of the agreement. Commercial letters of credit are issued primarily to facilitate international trade.

The following table shows the contractual amounts of commitments and letters of credit.

 

COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

                   DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013      2012  

Legally Binding Commitments to Extend Credit (1)

   $ 32,174.8       $ 30,045.7   

Standby Letters of Credit (2)

     4,451.1         4,573.7   

Commercial Letters of Credit

     24.8         27.9   

 

(1) These amounts exclude $418.5 million and $406.7 million of commitments participated to others at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(2) These amounts include $208.9 million and $557.7 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The weighted average maturity of standby letters of credit was 25 months at December 31, 2013 and 27 months at December 31, 2012.

 

Other Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments. As part of its securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, Northern Trust lends securities owned by clients to borrowers who are reviewed and approved by the Northern Trust Senior Credit Committee. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued indemnifications to

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities when due, should the value of such securities exceed the value of the collateral required to be posted. Borrowers are required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily basis. The amount of securities loaned as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 subject to indemnification was $82.7 billion and $69.7 billion, respectively. Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that the exposure to credit loss from this activity is not significant and no liability was recorded related to these indemnifications.

The Bank is a participating member of various cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations such as The Depository Trust Company in New York. It participates in these organizations on behalf of its clients and on its own behalf as a result of its own activities. A wide variety of cash and securities transactions are settled through these organizations, including those involving obligations of states and political subdivisions, asset-backed securities, commercial paper, dollar placements, and securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association.

As a result of its participation in cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations, the Bank could be responsible for a pro rata share of certain credit-related losses arising out of the clearing activities. The method in which such losses would be shared by the clearing members is stipulated in each clearing organization’s membership agreement. Credit exposure related to these agreements varies from day to day, primarily as a result of fluctuations in the volume of transactions cleared through the organizations. The estimated credit exposure at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $73 million and $81 million, respectively, based on the membership agreements and clearing volume for those days. Controls related to these clearing transactions are closely monitored by management to protect the assets of Northern Trust and its clients.

 

Note 28 – Variable Interest Entities

 

Variable Interest Entities (VIEs) are defined within GAAP as entities which either have a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests, or other counterparties that provide other forms of support, such as guarantees, subordinated fee arrangements, or certain types of derivative contracts, are variable interest holders in the entity and the variable interest holder, if any, that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the entity and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

 

Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to the lease and typically funds 20-30% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 70-80% provided by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide the lessee use of the property with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance and operation of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has the ability to increase the benefits it can receive and limit the losses it can suffer by the manner in which it uses the property. As a result, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs given it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIEs.

Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the leveraged lease trust VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of its leveraged lease investments. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in loans and leases in the consolidated balance sheet, were $671.2 million and $673.6 million, respectively. Northern Trust’s funding requirements relative to the VIEs are limited to its invested capital. Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose Northern Trust to a loss.

 

Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust invests in community development projects that are designed to generate a return primarily through the realization of tax credits. The community development projects are formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and Northern Trust typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the community development projects, which are deemed to be VIEs, is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of any community development projects as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or to affect the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners and managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs.

Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with community development projects is limited to the carrying amounts of its investments, including any undrawn commitments. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying amounts of these investments in community development projects deemed to be VIEs, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, were $222.3 million and $248.2 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, liabilities related to undrawn commitments on investments in community development projects, which are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet, were $19.8 million and $33.1 million, respectively. Northern Trust’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional undrawn commitments for future equity contributions. Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the community development projects that would expose it to a loss.

 

Trust Preferred Securities. As discussed in further detail in Note 13 – Floating Rate Capital Debt, in 1997, Northern Trust issued Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series A and Series B, through NTC Capital I and NTC Capital II, respectively, statutory business trusts wholly-owned by the Corporation. The sole assets of the trusts are Subordinated Debentures of the Corporation that have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the corresponding distribution rates and redemption dates of the Floating Rate Capital Securities. NTC Capital I and NTC Capital II are considered VIEs; however, as the sole asset of each trust is a receivable from the Corporation and proceeds to the Corporation from the receivable exceed the Corporation’s investment in the VIEs’ equity shares, the Corporation is not permitted to consolidate the trusts, even though the Corporation owns all of the voting equity shares of the trusts, has fully guaranteed the trusts’ obligations, and has the right to redeem the preferred securities in certain circumstances. Northern Trust recognizes the subordinated debentures on its consolidated balance sheet as long-term liabilities.

 

Investment Funds. Northern Trust acts as asset manager for various funds in which clients of Northern Trust are investors. As an asset manager of funds, the Corporation earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed and varies with each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs under GAAP.

 

Note 29 – Pledged and Restricted Assets

 

Certain of Northern Trust’s subsidiaries, as required or permitted by law, pledge assets to secure public and trust deposits; repurchase agreements; Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings; and for other purposes, including support for securities settlement, primarily related to client activities, and for potential Federal Reserve Bank discount window borrowings. On December 31, 2013, securities and loans totaling $32.4 billion ($22.6 billion of government sponsored agency and other securities, $222.7 million of obligations of states and political subdivisions, and $9.6 billion of loans), were pledged. Collateral required for these purposes totaled $5.0 billion. Included in the total pledged assets are available for sale securities with a total fair value of $915.3 million which were pledged as collateral for agreements to repurchase securities sold transactions. The secured parties to these transactions have the right to repledge or sell these securities.

Northern Trust is not permitted, by contract or custom, to repledge or sell collateral from agreements to resell securities purchased transactions. The total fair value of accepted collateral as of December 31, 2013 was $500.0 million. There was no repledged or sold collateral as of December 31, 2013.

Deposits maintained to meet Federal Reserve Bank reserve requirements averaged $0.9 billion in 2013.

 

Note 30 – Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Loans or Advances

 

Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Corporation without regulatory approval. Approval of the Federal Reserve Board is required for payment of any dividend by a state chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System if the total of all dividends declared by the bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its retained net income (as defined by regulatory agencies) for that year combined with its retained net income for the preceding two years. In addition, a state member bank may not pay a dividend in an

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

amount greater than its “undivided profits,” as defined, without regulatory and stockholder approval.

Under Illinois law, an Illinois state bank, prior to paying a dividend, must carry over to surplus at least one-tenth of its net profits since the date of the declaration of the last preceding dividend, until the bank’s surplus is equal to its capital. In addition, an Illinois state bank may not pay any dividend in an amount greater than its net profits then on hand, after deduction of losses and bad debts (defined as debts due to a state bank on which interest is past due and unpaid for a period of 6 months or more, unless the same are well secured and in the process of collection).

The Bank is also prohibited under federal law from paying any dividends if the Bank is undercapitalized or if the payment of the dividends would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a bank or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending on the financial condition of the Bank, be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. The Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, as applied by the Federal Reserve Board to state member banks and their holding companies by regulation or otherwise, may impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Under federal law, financial transactions by the Bank, the Corporation’s insured banking subsidiary, with the Corporation and its affiliates that are in the form of loans or extensions of credit, investments, guarantees, derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions or purchases of assets, are restricted. Transfers of this kind to the Corporation or a nonbanking subsidiary by the Bank are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus with respect to any single affiliate, and to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus with all affiliates in the aggregate, and are also subject to certain collateral requirements (in the case of credit transactions) and other restrictions on covered transactions. These transactions, as well as other transactions between the Bank and the Corporation or its affiliates, also must be on terms substantially the same as, or at least as favorable as, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms, or under circumstances, including credit standards, that would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies. Other state and federal laws may limit the transfer of funds by the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries to the Corporation and certain of its affiliates.

 

Note 31 – Business Units and Related Information

 

Northern Trust is organized around its two principal client-focused business units, C&IS and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by a third business unit, Asset Management. Northern Trust emphasizes quality through a high level of service complemented by the effective use of technology, delivered by a fourth business unit, O&T. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management are fully allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management. The revenue and expenses of O&T are fully allocated to C&IS, Wealth Management, and Treasury and Other.

C&IS and Wealth Management results are presented to promote a greater understanding of their financial performance. The information, presented on an internal management-reporting basis as opposed to GAAP which is used for consolidated financial reporting purposes, derives from internal accounting systems that support Northern Trust’s strategic objectives and management structure. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables show the earnings contribution of Northern Trust’s business units for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

NONINTEREST INCOME

                        

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 1,443.8      $ 1,334.1      $ 1,196.4   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     238.8        193.5        315.7   

Other Noninterest Income

     177.3        193.6        169.7   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     275.9        280.1        282.5   
                          

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     2,135.8        2,001.3        1,964.3   

Provision for Credit Losses

     (3.4     (2.1     (20.5

Noninterest Expense

     1,657.9        1,599.9        1,522.4   
                          

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     481.3        403.5        462.4   

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     145.6        114.3        168.3   
                          

Net Income

   $ 335.7      $ 289.2      $ 294.1   
                          

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

     46     42     49
                          

Average Assets

   $ 53,308.2      $ 49,904.0      $ 47,533.7   

 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

NONINTEREST INCOME

                        

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 1,166.0      $ 1,071.4      $ 973.1   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     5.6        12.6        8.8   

Other Noninterest Income

     116.7        93.6        119.7   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     557.7        629.9        613.7   
                          

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     1,846.0        1,807.5        1,715.3   

Provision for Credit Losses

     23.4        27.1        75.5   

Noninterest Expense

     1,215.0        1,182.3        1,214.9   
                          

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     607.6        598.1        424.9   

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     229.2        226.4        168.7   
                          

Net Income

   $ 378.4      $ 371.7      $ 256.2   
                          

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

     52     54     42
                          

Average Assets

   $ 22,887.6      $ 23,917.9      $ 23,861.5   

 

TREASURY AND OTHER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In Millions)    2013     2012     2011  

Noninterest Income

   $ 8.0      $ 7.0      $ (22.6

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     132.0        121.1        153.1   
                          

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     140.0        128.1        130.5   

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                   (23.1

Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit)

     120.9        96.6        117.0   
                          

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     19.1        31.5        36.6   

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Note)

     1.9        5.1        (16.7
                          

Net Income

   $ 17.2      $ 26.4      $ 53.3   
                          

Percentage of Consolidated Net Income

     2     4     9
                          

Average Assets

   $ 18,661.9      $ 19,153.6      $ 20,552.7   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

(In Millions)    2013      2012      2011  

NONINTEREST INCOME

                          

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

   $ 2,609.8       $ 2,405.5       $ 2,169.5   

Foreign Exchange Trading Income

     244.4         206.1         324.5   

Other Noninterest Income

     302.0         294.2         266.8   

Net Interest Income (FTE) (Note)

     965.6         1,031.1         1,049.3   
                            

Revenue (FTE) (Note)

     4,121.8         3,936.9         3,810.1   

Provision for Credit Losses

     20.0         25.0         55.0   

Visa Indemnification Benefit

                     (23.1

Noninterest Expense (Excluding Visa Indemnification Benefit)

     2,993.8         2,878.8         2,854.3   
                            

Income before Income Taxes (Note)

     1,108.0         1,033.1         923.9   

Provision for Income Taxes (Note)

     376.7         345.8         320.3   
                            

Net Income

   $ 731.3       $ 687.3       $ 603.6   
                            

Average Assets

   $ 94,857.7       $ 92,975.5       $ 91,947.9   

 

Note: Stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $32.5 million, $40.8 million, and $40.2 million, of FTE adjustments for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

Northern Trust’s international activities are centered within the asset servicing, asset management, foreign exchange, cash management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern Trust are managed on a business unit basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source income and assets. Non-U.S. source income and assets are not separately identified in Northern Trust’s internal management reporting system. However, Northern Trust is required to disclose non-U.S. activities based on the domicile of the customer. Due to the complex and integrated nature of Northern Trust’s activities, it is impossible to segregate with precision revenues, expenses and assets between U.S. and non-U.S. domiciled customers. Therefore, certain subjective estimates and assumptions have been made to allocate revenues, expenses and assets between U.S. and non-U.S. operations.

For purposes of this disclosure, all foreign exchange trading income has been allocated to non-U.S. operations. Interest expense is allocated to non-U.S. operations based on specifically matched or pooled funding. Allocations of indirect noninterest expenses related to non-U.S. activities are not significant, but when made, are based on various methods such as time, space, and number of employees.

The table below summarizes international performance based on the allocation process described above without regard to guarantors or the location of collateral. The U.S. performance includes the impacts of benefits totaling $23.1 million recorded in 2011 from reductions in the Visa indemnification liability. As the Visa indemnification liability was fully eliminated in 2011, there was no benefit recognized in 2012 or 2013.

 

DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL ASSETS AND OPERATING PERFORMANCE

 

(In Millions)    TOTAL ASSETS     

TOTAL

REVENUE

     INCOME BEFORE
INCOME TAXES
     NET INCOME  

2013

                                   

Non-U.S.

   $ 30,241.3       $ 1,101.0       $ 272.4       $ 201.3   

U.S.

     72,706.0         2,988.3         803.1         530.0   
                                     

Total

   $ 102,947.3       $ 4,089.3       $ 1,075.5       $ 731.3   
                                     

2012

                                   

Non-U.S.

   $ 29,198.4       $ 992.5       $ 194.9       $ 147.6   

U.S.

     68,265.4         2,903.6         797.4         539.7   
                                     

Total

   $ 97,463.8       $ 3,896.1       $ 992.3       $ 687.3   
                                     

2011

                                   

Non-U.S.

   $ 28,625.2       $ 1,084.8       $ 284.4       $ 199.3   

U.S.

     71,598.5         2,685.1         599.3         404.3   
                                     

Total

   $ 100,223.7       $ 3,769.9       $ 883.7       $ 603.6   
                                     

 

Note: Total revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 32 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

Northern Trust and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal bank regulatory authorities. Under these requirements, banks must maintain specific ratios of total and tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets in order to be classified as “well-capitalized.” The regulatory capital requirements impose certain restrictions upon banks that meet minimum capital requirements but are not “well-capitalized” and obligate the federal bank regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not maintain such minimum ratios. Such prompt corrective action could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had capital ratios above the level required for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution and had not received any regulatory notification of a lower classification. Additionally, Northern Trust’s subsidiary banks located outside the U.S. are subject to regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Northern Trust’s non-U.S. banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements. There were no conditions or events since December 31, 2013 that management believes have adversely affected the capital categorization of any Northern Trust subsidiary bank.

The table below summarizes the risk-based capital amounts and ratios for Northern Trust on a consolidated basis and for the Bank.

 

     ACTUAL        MINIMUM TO
QUALIFY AS
WELL CAPITALIZED
 
($ In Millions)    AMOUNT        RATIO        AMOUNT        RATIO  

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013

                                         

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

                                         

Consolidated

   $ 9,294.9           15.8      $ 5,877.4           10.0

The Northern Trust Company

     8,366.2           14.3           5,858.8           10.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

                                         

Consolidated

     7,853.2           13.4           3,526.4           6.0   

The Northern Trust Company

     6,765.6           11.5           3,515.2           6.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets

                                         

Consolidated

     7,853.2           7.9           4,953.7           5.0   

The Northern Trust Company

     6,765.6           6.8           4,939.9           5.0   

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

                                         

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

                                         

Consolidated

   $ 8,340.8           14.3      $ 5,831.6           10.0

The Northern Trust Company

     7,971.0           13.7           5,803.2           10.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

                                         

Consolidated

     7,489.0           12.8           3,499.0           6.0   

The Northern Trust Company

     6,904.2           11.9           3,481.9           6.0   

Tier 1 Capital to Adjusted Average Fourth Quarter Assets

                                         

Consolidated

     7,489.0           8.2           4,543.7           5.0   

The Northern Trust Company

     6,904.2           7.6           4,533.9           5.0   

 

The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to the Corporation and the Bank, commonly referred to as Basel I, are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board.

The Corporation is also subject to the Basel II framework for risk-based capital adequacy. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have issued final rules with respect to implementation of the Basel II framework. Under the final Basel II rules, the Corporation is one of a small number of “core” banking organizations. The rules require core banking organizations to have rigorous processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. The U.S.’s implementation of Basel III has increased the minimum capital thresholds for banking organizations and tightened the standards for what qualifies as capital. In October 2013, the U.S. banking agencies proposed a rule that would introduce quantitative liquidity requirements in the U.S. for large banking organizations, such as the Corporation

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

and the Bank. The ultimate impact of the U.S. implementation of the new capital and liquidity standards on the Corporation and its bank subsidiaries is currently being reviewed. At this point we cannot determine the ultimate effect these final and proposed regulations would have upon our earnings or financial position. However, we believe our capital strength, balance sheet and business model leave us well positioned for the U.S. implementation of Basel III.

On February 21, 2014, the Corporation was notified by the Federal Reserve Board that both the Corporation and the Bank would be permitted to exit parallel run. Accordingly, the Corporation and the Bank are required to use the advanced approaches methodologies to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. Current results from the parallel run of the risk-based capital framework have demonstrated that the use of the advanced approaches methodologies, inclusive of commitments we provided to the Federal Reserve regarding our approach to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, has not resulted in common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital or total risk-based capital ratios falling below the levels required for categorization as “well-capitalized.” These results show that, as of December 31, 2013, the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio as calculated under the advanced approaches methodologies would have been 11.6% on a fully phased-in basis, while the Corporation’s common equity tier 1 capital ratio under the standardized approach would have been 11.1% on a fully phased-in basis.

 

Note 33 – Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation only)

 

Condensed financial information is presented below. Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries are carried on the equity method of accounting.

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET    DECEMBER 31,  
(In Millions)    2013        2012  

ASSETS

                   

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank

   $ 1,566.4         $ 6.5   

Time Deposits with Subsidiary Banks

               1,691.4   

Securities

     5.3           4.9   

Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks

     2,035.0           1,035.0   

                                                                   – Nonbank

     5.0           5.0   

Investments in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks

     7,101.7           7,225.6   

                                                                       – Nonbank

     168.5           142.6   

Buildings and Equipment

               3.4   

Other Assets

     608.8           377.7   
                     

Total Assets

   $ 11,490.7         $ 10,492.1   
                     

LIABILITIES

                   

Senior Notes

   $ 1,996.6         $ 2,405.8   

Long Term Debt

     717.8             

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     277.1           277.0   

Other Liabilities

     587.2           282.3   
                     

Total Liabilities

     3,578.7           2,965.1   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                   

Common Stock

     408.6           408.6   

Additional Paid-in Capital

     1,035.7           1,012.7   

Retained Earnings

     7,134.8           6,702.7   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     (244.3        (283.0

Treasury Stock

     (422.8        (314.0
                     

Total Stockholders’ Equity

     7,912.0           7,527.0   
                     

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 11,490.7         $ 10,492.1   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

OPERATING INCOME

                              

Dividends – Bank Subsidiaries

   $ 880.0         $ 440.0         $ 500.0   

                 – Nonbank Subsidiaries

     21.7           26.2           5.1   

Intercompany Interest and Other Charges

     33.2           30.0           19.8   

Interest and Other Income

     9.0           10.6           13.3   
                                

Total Operating Income

     943.9           506.8           538.2   

OPERATING EXPENSES

                              

Interest Expense

     78.3           74.9           66.9   

Other Operating Expenses

     20.8           13.0           12.6   
                                

Total Operating Expenses

     99.1           87.9           79.5   
                                

Income before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries

     844.8           418.9           458.7   

Benefit for Income Taxes

     24.2           21.1           24.8   
                                

Income before Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries

     869.0           440.0           483.5   

Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries – Banks

     (152.5        266.9           71.0   

                                                                                   – Nonbank

     14.8           (19.6        49.1   
                                

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   
                                

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS    FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
(In Millions)    2013        2012        2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                              

Net Income

   $ 731.3         $ 687.3         $ 603.6   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities:

                              

Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Subsidiaries

     131.0           (247.3        (120.1

Change in Prepaid Expenses

     (1.1        (0.9        0.2   

Change in Accrued Income Taxes

     (18.1        34.7           28.5   

Other, net

     102.6           (36.0        (41.1
                                

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     945.7           437.8           471.1   
                                

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                              

Change in Time Deposits with Banks

     1,691.4           (422.2        292.1   

Purchases of Securities – Available for Sale

               (0.4        (91.4

Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Securities – Available for Sale

     0.2           94.3           105.4   

Change in Capital Investments in Subsidiaries

     (13.0        0.3           (0.5

Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries

     (1,000.0                  (750.0

Other, net

     1.8                       
                                

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     680.4           (328.0        (444.4
                                

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                              

Change in Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt

     317.9           300.0           250.0   

Treasury Stock Purchased

     (309.7        (162.4        (79.0

Net Proceeds from Stock Options

     146.2           106.8           75.6   

Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock

     (220.6        (354.3        (273.7

Other, net

               0.1           0.1   
                                

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

     (66.2        (109.8        (27.0
                                

Net Change in Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank

     1,559.9                     (0.3

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at Beginning of Year

     6.5           6.5           6.8   
                                

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank at End of Year

   $ 1,566.4         $ 6.5         $ 6.5   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   117


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries (Northern Trust) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Northern Trust’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 26, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Northern Trust Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO

 

CHICAGO , ILLINOIS

FEBRUARY 26, 2014

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   118


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATISTICS

 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

STATEMENT OF INCOME   2013     2012  
($ In Millions Except Per Share Information)   FOURTH
QUARTER
    THIRD
QUARTER
    SECOND
QUARTER
    FIRST
QUARTER
   

FOURTH

QUARTER

   

THIRD

QUARTER

    SECOND
QUARTER
    FIRST
QUARTER
 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees

  $ 673.8      $ 648.0      $ 657.3      $ 630.7      $ 622.6      $ 601.9      $ 605.8      $ 575.2   

Other Noninterest Income

    121.5        162.2        143.1        119.6        112.9        125.0        128.6        133.8   

Net Interest Income

                                                               

Interest Income

    302.4        291.1        275.3        286.7        302.1        323.1        321.5        341.0   

Interest Expense

    52.5        54.1        55.2        60.6        67.9        77.5        67.4        84.6   
                                                                 

Net Interest Income

    249.9        237.0        220.1        226.1        234.2        245.6        254.1        256.4   

Provision for Credit Losses

    5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        5.0        10.0        5.0        5.0   

Noninterest Expense

    794.5        740.7        729.7        728.9        741.5        696.4        717.3        723.6   

Provision for Income Taxes

    76.0        95.0        94.7        78.5        55.5        87.3        86.6        75.6   
                                                                 

Net Income

  $ 169.7      $ 206.5      $ 191.1      $ 164.0      $ 167.7      $ 178.8      $ 179.6      $ 161.2   
                                                                 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock

  $ 169.7      $ 206.5      $ 191.1      $ 164.0      $ 167.7      $ 178.8      $ 179.6      $ 161.2   
                                                                 

PER COMMON SHARE

                                                               
                                                                 

Net Income – Basic

  $ 0.70      $ 0.85      $ 0.78      $ 0.68      $ 0.69      $ 0.73      $ 0.73      $ 0.66   

                 – Diluted

    0.70        0.84        0.78        0.67        0.69        0.73        0.73        0.66   

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

                                                               
                                                                 

Cash and Due from Banks

  $ 2,676.5      $ 2,776.8      $ 2,964.6      $ 3,392.5      $ 4,059.3      $ 3,446.6      $ 3,860.7      $ 4,002.5   

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell

    549.7        548.2        309.8        249.5        239.3        285.6        260.3        246.6   

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

    18,264.9        17,767.6        18,192.6        18,099.5        18,355.2        19,215.4        18,788.9        18,246.4   

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

    13,220.9        7,987.5        5,275.5        3,872.0        4,118.7        6,113.7        3,643.4        7,685.3   

Securities (1)

    30,708.1        30,563.4        30,742.0        31,275.1        30,991.6        29,865.1        31,458.1        31,270.4   

Loans and Leases

    28,858.1        28,662.4        28,601.8        28,661.9        29,180.8        29,046.0        29,057.5      $ 28,615.6   

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases

    (283.8     (289.6     (290.2     (296.1     (298.1     (297.8     (298.1     (293.0

Other Assets

    5,712.3        7,196.2        7,053.5        6,314.9        5,023.7        5,035.3        5,639.8        5,354.3   
                                                                 

Total Assets

  $ 99,706.7      $ 95,212.5      $ 92,849.6      $ 91,569.3      $ 91,670.5      $ 92,709.9      $ 92,410.6      $ 95,128.1   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                               

Deposits

                                                               

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing

  $ 16,004.8      $ 16,134.2      $ 17,468.1      $ 16,899.1      $ 21,280.4      $ 20,235.8      $ 19,720.1      $ 19,467.2   

Savings and Money Market

    14,340.8        14,286.5        14,634.7        14,880.3        14,023.4        13,687.1        14,095.6        14,606.8   

Savings Certificates and Other Time

    1,861.6        1,969.0        2,199.1        2,385.6        2,728.9        3,083.6        3,098.3        3,071.4   

Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing

    47,920.3        43,064.7        39,043.3        39,221.1        37,461.3        38,896.8        36,431.2        38,980.8   
                                                                 

Total Deposits

    80,127.5        75,454.4        73,345.2        73,386.1        75,494.0        75,903.3        73,345.2        76,126.2   

Short-Term Borrowings

    4,989.9        5,447.2        4,750.0        3,405.5        1,614.2        2,200.7        4,165.6        4,228.2   

Senior Notes

    1,996.5        2,192.5        2,400.1        2,403.9        2,492.6        2,439.6        2,119.5        2,125.2   

Long-Term Debt

    1,485.8        978.5        1,105.2        1,277.7        1,423.7        1,452.9        1,674.9        1,989.4   

Floating Rate Capital Debt

    277.1        277.1        277.1        277.1        277.0        277.0        277.0        277.0   

Other Liabilities

    3,054.2        3,165.0        3,323.7        3,275.8        2,817.0        3,014.5        3,539.6        3,214.8   

Stockholders’ Equity

    7,775.7        7,697.8        7,648.3        7,543.2        7,552.0        7,421.9        7,288.8        7,167.3   
                                                                 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

  $ 99,706.7      $ 95,212.5      $ 92,849.6      $ 91,569.3      $ 91,670.5      $ 92,709.9      $ 92,410.6      $ 95,128.1   

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

                                                               
                                                                 

Earning Assets

  $ 91,601.7      $ 85,529.1      $ 83,121.7      $ 82,158.0      $ 82,885.6      $ 84,525.8      $ 83,208.2      $ 86,064.3   

Interest-Related Funds

    72,872.0        68,215.5        64,409.5        63,851.2        60,021.1        62,037.7        61,862.1        65,278.8   

Noninterest-Related Funds

  $ 18,729.7      $ 17,313.6      $ 18,712.2      $ 18,306.8      $ 22,864.5      $ 22,488.1      $ 21,346.1      $ 20,785.5   

Net Interest Income (Fully Taxable Equivalent)

    259.1        244.8        228.0        233.7        243.6        256.9        264.3        266.3   

Net Interest Margin (Fully Taxable Equivalent)

    1.12     1.14     1.10     1.15     1.17     1.21     1.28     1.24

COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND AND MARKET PRICE

                                                               
                                                                 

Dividends (2)

  $ 0.31      $ 0.31      $ 0.31      $ 0.30      $ 0.30      $ 0.30      $      $ 0.58   

Market Price Range – High

    62.00        62.02        59.33        55.50        50.46        49.68        48.31        48.15   

                             – Low

    52.40        53.92        51.90        49.27        45.93        43.68        41.11        39.86   

 

(1) Securities include Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(2) Cash dividends of $0.58 per common share were declared in the first quarter of 2012, comprised of a $0.28 per common share dividend declared January 17, 2012, paid April 2, 2012, and a $0.30 per common share dividend declared March 14, 2012, paid July 2, 2012.

Note: The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol NTRS.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   119


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATISTICS

 

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET WITH ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

 

(INTEREST AND RATE ON A FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS)    2013      2012  
($ In Millions)    INTEREST        AVERAGE
BALANCE
       RATE (3)      INTEREST        AVERAGE
BALANCE
       RATE (3)  

AVERAGE EARNING ASSETS

                                                             

Federal Funds Sold and Resell Agreements

   $ 1.9         $ 415.5           0.46    $ 0.5         $ 258.0           0.17

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

     142.1           18,080.7           0.79         176.4           18,652.2           0.95   

Federal Reserve Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing

     19.6           7,615.7           0.26         13.9           5,388.8           0.26   
                                                               

Securities

                                                             

U.S. Government

     18.3           1,625.8           1.12         23.8           2,269.4           1.05   

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions

     18.0           281.0           6.40         27.4           421.1           6.52   

Government Sponsored Agency

     109.7           17,548.8           0.63         124.5           18,381.5           0.68   

Other (1)

     129.0           11,364.3           1.14         127.7           9,821.8           1.30   
                                                               

Total Securities

     275.0           30,819.9           0.89         303.4           30,893.8           0.98   
                                                               

Loans and Leases (2)

     749.4           28,696.5           2.61         834.3           28,975.7           2.88   
                                                               

Total Earning Assets

     1,188.0           85,628.3           1.39         1,328.5           84,168.5           1.58   
                                                               

Allowance for Credit Losses Assigned to Loans and Leases

               (289.9                          (296.7          

Cash and Due from Banks

               2,950.4                             3,841.8             

Buildings and Equipment

               459.0                             471.0             

Client Security Settlement Receivables

               785.8                             492.3             

Goodwill

               533.6                             535.2             

Other Assets

               4,790.5                             3,763.4             
                                                               

Total Assets

   $         $ 94,857.7              $         $ 92,975.5          
                                                               

AVERAGE SOURCE OF FUNDS

                                                             

Deposits

                                                             

Savings and Money Market

   $ 9.7         $ 14,533.4           0.07    $ 18.3         $ 14,101.9           0.13

Savings Certificates and Other Time

     12.4           2,102.0           0.59         20.1           2,995.1           0.67   

Non-U.S. Offices – Interest-Bearing

     81.2           42,338.3           0.19         118.3           37,943.8           0.31   
                                                               

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

     103.3           58,973.7           0.18         156.7           55,040.8           0.28   

Short-Term Borrowings

     5.2           4,654.7           0.11         5.6           3,045.9           0.18   

Senior Notes

     74.4           2,247.0           3.31         72.0           2,295.2           3.14   

Long-Term Debt

     37.1           1,211.7           3.06         60.3           1,634.1           3.69   

Floating Rate Capital Debt

     2.4           277.1           0.85         2.8           277.0           1.04   
                                                               

Total Interest-Related Funds

     222.4           67,364.2           0.33         297.4           62,293.0           0.48
                                                               

Interest Rate Spread

                         1.06                             1.10   

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing Deposits

               16,622.6                             20,179.0             

Other Liabilities

               3,203.9                             3,145.3             

Stockholders’ Equity

               7,667.0                             7,358.2             
                                                               

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $         $ 94,857.7              $         $ 92,975.5          
                                                               

Net Interest Income/Margin (FTE Adjusted)

   $ 965.6         $           1.13    $ 1,031.1         $           1.22
                                                               

Net Interest Income/Margin (Unadjusted)

   $ 933.1         $           1.09    $ 990.3         $           1.18
                                                               

Net Interest Income/Margin Components

                                                             

U.S.

   $ 814.9         $ 61,223.6           1.33    $ 889.3         $ 59,907.2           1.48

Non-U.S.

     150.7           24,404.7           0.62         141.8           24,261.3           0.58   
                                                               

Consolidated

   $ 965.6         $ 85,628.3           1.13    $ 1,031.1         $ 84,168.5           1.22

 

(1) Other securities include Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank stock and certain community development investments which are classified in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(2) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Lease financing receivable balances are reduced by deferred income.

(3) Rate calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheet with Analysis of Net Interest Income.

Notes: Net Interest Income (FTE Adjusted) includes adjustments to a fully taxable equivalent basis for loans and securities. Such adjustments are based on a blended federal and state tax rate of 37.5%. Total taxable equivalent interest adjustments amounted to $32.5 million in 2103, $40.8 million in 2012, $40.2 million in 2011, $39.1 million in 2010, $40.2 million in 2009. Interest revenue on cash collateral positions is reported above within interest-bearing deposits with banks and within loans and leases. Interest expense on cash collateral positions is reported above within non-U.S. offices interest-bearing deposits. Related cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties is recorded net of the associated derivative contract within other assets and other liabilities, respectively.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   120


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATISTICS

 

 

2011     2010     2009  
INTEREST      AVERAGE
BALANCE
     RATE (3)     INTEREST      AVERAGE
BALANCE
     RATE (3)     INTEREST      AVERAGE
BALANCE
     RATE (3)  
                                                                           
$ 0.2       $ 261.0         0.09   $ 0.5       $ 293.9         0.18   $ 0.7       $ 375.7         0.21
  192.8         17,124.5         1.13        134.6         14,599.7         0.92        209.6         15,359.9         1.36   
  28.3         10,610.2         0.27        13.5         5,598.2         0.24        11.6         4,880.2         0.24   
                                                                           
                                                                           
  23.4         1,766.5         1.32        1.1         162.0         0.67        0.2         41.8         0.50   
  40.4         605.6         6.67        47.4         726.9         6.52        53.5         817.5         6.55   
  102.4         14,290.0         0.72        116.6         11,802.2         0.99        147.7         11,900.4         1.24   
  117.8         9,744.3         1.21        84.7         7,168.1         1.18        76.0         4,598.1         1.65   
                                                                           
  284.0         26,406.4         1.08        249.8         19,859.2         1.26        277.4         17,357.8         1.60   
                                                                           
  943.5         28,346.7         3.33        937.4         27,514.4         3.41        946.9         28,697.2         3.30   
                                                                           
  1,448.8         82,748.8         1.75        1,335.8         67,865.4         1.97        1,446.2         66,670.8         2.17   
                                                                           
          (305.3                     (313.0                     (275.0        
          3,845.3                        2,788.4                        2,535.8           
          500.7                        534.7                        537.3           
          429.1                        399.7                        419.7           
          466.0                        396.3                        398.4           
          4,263.3                        4,336.7                        4,027.2           
                                                                           
$       $ 91,947.9           $       $ 76,008.2           $       $ 74,314.2        
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
$ 26.0       $ 14,297.6         0.18   $ 34.9       $ 13,049.5         0.27   $ 53.7       $ 11,162.4         0.48
  27.8         3,605.4         0.77        40.4         3,704.6         1.09        73.2         3,879.1         1.89   
  176.1         39,973.5         0.44        125.7         29,968.4         0.42        80.1         27,157.6         0.29   
                                                                           
  229.9         57,876.5         0.40        201.0         46,722.5         0.43        207.0         42,199.1         0.49   
  8.2         4,466.8         0.18        11.2         5,849.5         0.19        11.0         6,748.7         0.16   
  64.4         1,983.3         3.25        48.6         1,509.0         3.22        44.0         1,388.6         3.17   
  94.6         2,446.3         3.87        114.8         2,821.6         4.07        139.9         3,058.5         4.57   
  2.4         276.9         0.88        2.4         276.8         0.87        4.3         276.7         1.54   
                                                                           
  399.5         67,049.8         0.60     378.0         57,179.4         0.66        406.2         53,671.6         0.76   
                                                                           
                  1.15                        1.31                        1.41   
          14,569.9                        8,860.6                        11,026.9           
          3,304.0                        3,333.8                        3,011.6           
          7,024.2                        6,634.4                        6,604.1           
                                                                           
$       $ 91,947.9           $       $ 76,008.2           $       $ 74,314.2        
                                                                           
$ 1,049.3       $         1.27   $ 957.8       $         1.41   $ 1,040.0       $         1.56
                                                                           
$ 1,009.1       $         1.22   $ 918.7       $         1.35   $ 999.8       $         1.50
                                                                           
                                                                           
$ 911.2       $ 59,053.7         1.54   $ 863.6       $ 49,776.5         1.73   $ 859.8       $ 49,270.9         1.75
  138.1         23,695.1         0.58        94.2         18,088.9         0.52        180.2         17,399.9         1.04   
                                                                           
$ 1,049.3       $ 82,748.8         1.27   $ 957.8       $ 67,865.4         1.41   $ 1,040.0       $ 66,670.8         1.56

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   121


Table of Contents

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

 

Board of Directors

 

Frederick H. Waddell

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Northern Trust Corporation and

The Northern Trust Company (6)

 

Linda Walker Bynoe

President and Chief Executive Officer

Telemat Ltd.

Project management and consulting firm (1, 2, 6)

 

Nicholas D. Chabraja

Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

General Dynamics Corporation

Global defense, aerospace, and other technology products manufacturer (1, 4, 6)

 

Susan Crown

Vice President

Henry Crown and Company

Global company with diversified investments in banking, transportation, real estate, and other industries;

Chief Executive Officer

Owl Creek Partners, LLP

Venture capital investment vehicle;

Chairman and Founder

Susan Crown Exchange Inc.

Social investment organization that connects talent and innovations with market forces to drive social change (4, 5)

 

Dipak C. Jain

Chaired Professor of Marketing

INSEAD

International graduate business school (3, 4, 6)

 

Robert W. Lane

Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Deere & Company

Global provider of agricultural, construction, and forestry equipment, and financial services (1, 5)

 

Edward J. Mooney

Retired Délégué Général – North America

Suez Lyonnaise des Eaux

Global provider of energy, water, waste, and communications services;

Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Nalco Chemical Company

Manufacturer of specialized service chemicals (1, 2, 4, 6)

 

Jose Luis Prado

President

Quaker Oats North America, a division of PepsiCo, Inc.

Global food and beverage company (2, 3)

 

John W. Rowe

Chairman Emeritus

Exelon Corporation

Producer and wholesale marketer of energy (4, 5, 6)

 

Martin P. Slark

Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Molex Incorporated

Manufacturer of electronic, electrical, and fiber optic interconnection products and systems (2, 3)

 

David H.B. Smith Jr.

Executive Vice President – Policy & Legal Affairs

and General Counsel

Mutual Fund Directors Forum

Nonprofit membership organization for investment company directors (1, 2)

 

Charles A. Tribbett III

Managing Director

Russell Reynolds Associates

Global executive recruiting firm (3, 5)

 

Advisory Director

 

Sir John R.H. Bond

Former Chairman

Xstrata plc

Global diversified mining group (2, 3)

 

Board Committees

1. Audit Committee

2. Business Risk Committee

3. Business Strategy Committee

4. Compensation and Benefits Committee

5. Corporate Governance Committee

6. Executive Committee

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   122


Table of Contents

SENIOR OFFICERS

 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

Management Group

 

Frederick H. Waddell

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

S. Biff Bowman

Executive Vice President

Human Resources

 

Jeffrey D. Cohodes

Executive Vice President

Chief Risk Officer

 

Steven L. Fradkin

President –

Corporate & Institutional Services

 

William L. Morrison

President and Chief Operating Officer

 

Michael G. O’Grady

Executive Vice President

Chief Financial Officer

 

Stephen N. Potter

President –

Asset Management

 

Jana R. Schreuder

President –

Wealth Management

 

Joyce M. St. Clair

President –

Operations & Technology

 

Kelly R. Welsh

Executive Vice President

General Counsel

 

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

 

Operating Group

 

Steven R. Bell

President

Wealth Management – West

 

Aileen B. Blake

Executive Vice President

Enterprise Productivity

 

David C. Blowers

President

Wealth Management – East

 

Robert P. Browne

Executive Vice President

Chief Investment Officer

 

Peter B. Cherecwich

Executive Vice President

Global Fund Services

Corporate & Institutional Services

 

David W. Fox, Jr.

Executive Vice President

Corporate & Institutional Services –

Americas

 

J. Jeffery Kauffman

Executive Vice President

Global Family Office

Wealth Management

 

Wilson Leech

Executive Vice President

Corporate & Institutional Services –

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

 

Mac MacLellan

Executive Vice President

Wealth Management – Central

 

Scott S. Murray

Executive Vice President

Chief Technology Officer

 

Teresa A. Parker

Executive Vice President

Corporate & Institutional Services –

Asia Pacific

 

Alan W. Robertson

Executive Vice President

Client Solutions Group

Asset Management

 

Jason J. Tyler

Senior Vice President

Corporate Strategy

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   123


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

 

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Corporation’s common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index for the five fiscal years which ended December 31, 2013. The cumulative total stockholder return assumes the investment of $100 in the Corporation’s common stock and in each index on December 31, 2008 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The KBW Bank Index is a modified-capitalization-weighted index made up of 24 of the largest banking companies in the United States. The Corporation is included in the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index.

 

Total Return Assumes $100 Invested on

December 31, 2008 with Reinvestment of Dividends

 

Five-Year Cumulative Total Return

 

LOGO

 

     DECEMBER 31,  
     2008        2009        2010        2011        2012        2013  

Northern Trust

     100           103           111           81           106           133   

S&P 500

     100           126           146           149           172           228   

KBW Bank Index

     100           98           121           93           124           170   

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   124


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

ANNUAL MEETING

The 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on Tuesday, April 15, 2014, at 10:30 A.M. (Central Time) at 50 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Illinois. If you plan to attend the Annual Meeting, please review the information regarding attendance contained in the 2014 Proxy Statement.

 

STOCK LISTING

The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol NTRS.

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRAR,

AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Shareowner Services

1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101

Mendota Heights, MN 55120

General Phone Number: 1-800-468-9716

Internet Site: www.shareowneronline.com

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Through our website at northerntrust.com, we make available free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

FORM 10-K REPORT

Copies of the Corporation’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, will be mailed to stockholders and other interested persons upon written request to:

 

Stephanie S. Greisch

Corporate Secretary

Northern Trust Corporation

50 South La Salle Street, M-9

Chicago, Illinois 60603

 

QUARTERLY EARNINGS RELEASES

Copies of the Corporation’s quarterly earnings releases may be obtained by accessing Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com or by calling the Corporate Communications department at 312-444-4272.

 

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Please direct Investor Relations inquiries to:

Beverly J. Fleming, Director of Investor Relations,

at 312-444-7811 or beverly_fleming@ntrs.com.

 

NORTHERNTRUST.COM

Information about the Corporation, including financial performance and products and services, is available on Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com.

 

    2013 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS  |  NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION   125

Exhibit 21

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION SUBSIDIARIES AS OF FEBRUARY 26, 2014

 

     Percent
Owned
    Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

The Northern Trust Company

     100   Illinois

Norlease, Inc.

     100   Delaware

TNT-NL Leasing I, Inc.

     100   Delaware

TNT-NL Eurolease I, Ltd.

     100   Bermuda

NL-RFI NMTC Fund LLC

     100   Illinois

TNT-NL Eurolease II, Inc.*

     100   Bermuda

Clenston Ltd.*

     100   Bermuda

Northern Trust Hedge Fund Services, LLC

     100   Delaware

The Northern Trust Company, Canada

     100   Ontario, Canada

Northern Trust Guernsey Holdings Limited

     100   Guernsey

Northern Trust (Guernsey) Limited

     99   Guernsey

Northern Trust Investments, Inc.

     100   Illinois

Northern Trust Holdings Limited

     100   England

Northern Trust Global Services Limited

     100   England

Northern Trust Company of California

     100   California

The Northern Trust Company of Nevada

     100   Nevada

The Northern Trust Company U.K. Pension Plan Limited

     100   England

Nortrust Nominees, Ltd.

     100   England

Realnor Properties, Inc.

     100   Florida

MFC Company, Inc.

     100   Delaware

The Northern Trust International Banking Corporation

     100   Edge Act

Northern Trust Management Services Limited

     100   England

Northern Trust Global Investments Limited

     100   England

Northern Trust Cayman International, Ltd.

     100   Cayman Islands, BWI

The Northern Trust Company of Hong Kong Limited

     99.99   Hong Kong

Northern Trust Fund Managers (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Global Fund Services Cayman Limited

     100   Cayman Islands, BWI

Northern Trust Partners Scotland Limited

     100   Scotland

Northern Operating Services Private Limited

     99   India

Northern Trust Management Services Asia Pte. Ltd.

     100   Singapore

Northern Operating Services Asia Inc.

     100   Philippines

NT Global Advisors, Inc.

     100   Ontario, Canada

The Northern Trust Scottish Limited Partnership

     99   Scotland

Northern Trust Luxembourg Capital S.A.R.L.

     100   Luxembourg

NT EBT Limited

     100   England

Northern Trust Management Services (Deutschland) GmbH

     100   Germany

The Northern Trust Company of Saudi Arabia

     96   Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Northern Trust (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Fund Services (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Nortrust Nominees (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

NTRS Nominees Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Nominees (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Securities Services (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Pension Trustees (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Property Services (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Management Services (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

Northern Trust Fund Administration Services (Ireland) Limited

     100   Ireland

 

* Indirectly owned by Norlease Inc. through Delaware business trusts.


     Percent
Owned
    Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

Northern Trust Fiduciary Services (Ireland) Limited

     100 %   Ireland

Northern Trust GFS Holdings Limited

     100 %   Guernsey

Northern Trust Fiduciary Services (Guernsey) Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Arnold Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Control Nominees Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Truchot Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Vivian Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Doyle Administration Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Barfield Nominees Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Northern Trust International Fund Administration Services (Guernsey) Limited

     99 %   Guernsey

Trafalgar Representatives Limited

     50 %   Guernsey

Nelson Representatives Limited

     50 %   Guernsey

Admiral Nominees Limited

     50 %   Guernsey

Northern Trust Fiduciary Services (Jersey) Limited

     99 %   Jersey (Inactive)

Northern Trust International Fund Administrators (Jersey) Limited

     100   Jersey (Inactive)

The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

     100   Delaware

Northern Trust European Holdings Limited

     100 %   England

Northern Trust Luxembourg Management Company S.A.

     99.99 %   Luxembourg

Northern Trust Directors Services (Guernsey) Limited

     100 %   Guernsey

Northern Trust Securities, Inc.

     100 %   Delaware

Northern Trust Services, Inc.

     100 %   Illinois

The Northern Trust Company of New York

     100 %   New York

Northern Trust Global Investments Japan, K.K.

     100 %   Japan

TNT – Comer College Prep, LLC

     100 %   Delaware

Nortrust Realty Management, Inc.

     100 %   Illinois

Northern Trust Holdings L.L.C.

     100 %   Delaware

Northern Investment Corporation

     100 %   Delaware

NTC Capital I

     100 %   Delaware

NTC Capital II

     100 %   Delaware

Equilend Holdings LLC

     10 %   Delaware

Northern Investment Management Company

     100 %   Delaware (Inactive)

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of

Northern Trust Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 No. 333-175892 and on Form S-8 Nos. 333-180827, 333-174384, 333-144848, and 333-86418 of Northern Trust Corporation of our reports dated February 26, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Northern Trust Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which reports appear in the December 31, 2013 annual report on Form 10-K of Northern Trust Corporation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 26, 2014

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That the undersigned officers and directors of Northern Trust Corporation hereby severally constitute and appoint Frederick H. Waddell, Michael G. O’Grady and Kelly R. Welsh, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys and agents with full power to them and each of them singly, to sign for us in our names, in the capacities indicated below, Form 10-K, annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and to file such Form, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby granting to such attorneys and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation in the premises, and generally to do all such things in our name and behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Northern Trust Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our attorneys, or any one of them, to such Form, and all that our attorneys and agents, or any of them, may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto executed this Power of Attorney this 11th day of February, 2014.

 

/s/ Frederick H. Waddell    

 

Frederick H. Waddell

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,

and Director

   
/s/ Michael G. O’Grady     /s/ Jane Karpinski

Michael G. O’Grady

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

   

Jane Karpinski

Senior Vice President and Controller

(Chief Accounting Officer)

/s/ Linda Walker Bynoe     /s/ Nicholas D. Chabraja
Linda Walker Bynoe     Nicholas D. Chabraja
Director     Director
/s/ Susan Crown     /s/ Dipak C. Jain
Susan Crown     Dipak C. Jain
Director     Director

 

Page 1 of 2


/s/ Robert W. Lane     /s/ Jose Luis Prado
Robert W. Lane     Jose Luis Prado
Director     Director
/s/ Edward J. Mooney     /s/ Martin P. Slark
Edward J. Mooney     Martin P. Slark
Director     Director
/s/ John W. Rowe     /s/ Charles A. Tribbett III
John W. Rowe     Charles A. Tribbett III
Director     Director
/s/ David H.B. Smith    

 

David H.B. Smith    
Director    

 

 

 

STATE OF ILLINOIS                    )   
   )        SS
COUNTY OF COOK    )   

 

I, Phinesia Johnson, a Notary Public, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the above named directors and officers of Northern Trust Corporation, personally known to me to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in person, and severally acknowledged that they signed and delivered the instrument as their free and voluntary act, for the uses and purposes therein set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and notarial seal this 11th day of February, 2014.

 

/s/ Phinesia Johnson

Phinesia Johnson

Notary Public

My Commission Expires: 3/3/2015

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 31(i)

Certification of CEO Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Frederick H. Waddell, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2013 of Northern Trust Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2014    

/s/ Frederick H. Waddell

    Frederick H. Waddell
    Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31(ii)

Certification of CFO Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Michael G. O’Grady, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2013 of Northern Trust Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2014    

/s/ Michael G. O’Grady

    Michael G. O’Grady
    Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32(i)

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Northern Trust Corporation (the “Corporation”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Frederick H. Waddell, as Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and Michael G. O’Grady, as Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

/s/ Frederick H. Waddell

Frederick H. Waddell
Chief Executive Officer
February 26, 2014

/s/ Michael G. O’Grady

Michael G. O’Grady
Chief Financial Officer
February 26, 2014

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by Northern Trust Corporation for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.